Theology 101 for Kids! - Project one28projectone28.com/Theology101forKids.pdf · Theology 101 for...

THEOLOGY 101

For Kids!

PROJECT ONE28 PUBLISHING

EL DORADO, KANSAS

http://ProjectOne28.com

http://ProjectOne28.com

Theology 101 for Kids!

Copyright © 2013 by Spencer Stewart

Project one28 PublishingP.O. Box 2El Dorado, KS 67042

www.ProjectOne28.com

CONTENTS

PREFACE

LESSONS:

1: ONE HOLY GOD

2: GOD IS THREE IN ONE

3: GOD IS EVERYWHERE

4: GOD IS LOVE

5: GOD KNOWS EVERYTHING

6: GOD CREATED THE HEAVENS

7: GOD CREATED ANGELS

8: GOD CREATED THE EARTH

9: THE SIN OF SOME ANGELS

10: THE BAD ANGELS IN TROUBLE

11: THE FIRST DAY

12: DAYS 2, 3, AND 4

13: DAYS 5-6

14: GOD CREATED MAN

15: GOD CREATED WOMAN

16: MAN IN GOD’S IMAGE

17: GOD BLESSED THEM

18: MAN IN THE GARDEN

19: TREES IN THE GARDEN

20: SATAN IN THE GARDEN

21: REVIEW

22: CAIN AND ABEL

23: SETH, ENOSH, AND YAHWEH

24: ENOCH

CONTENTS (CONTINUED)

25: NOAH AND THE FLOOD

26: NOAH AFTER THE FLOOD

27: THE TOWER OF BABEL

28: THE GOD OF ABRAHAM AND ISAAC

29: THE GOD OF ABRAHAM, ISAAC, AND JACOB

30: THE GOD OF JUDAH AND JOSEPH

31: JOSEPH AND HIS BROTHERS

32: JOSEPH, A SLAVE IN EGYPT

33: JOSEPH, THE RULER IN EGYPT

34: JOSEPH AND HIS BROTHERS IN EGYPT

35: MOSES BORN IN EGYPT

36: MOSES MEETS YAHWEH

37: MOSES AND AARON MEET PHARAOH

38: PLAGUES 1 – 2

39: PLAGUES 3 – 5

40: PLAGUES 6 – 7

41: PLAGUES 8 – 9

42: REVIEW PLAGUES 1 – 9

43: THE TENTH PLAGUE

44: THE RED SEA

45: THE DESERT TRIP (PART 1)

46: THE DESERT TRIP (PART 2)

47: THE TEN COMMANDMENTS (1-3)



50: THE LEADERS SAW GOD

CONTENTS (CONTINUED)

51: THE GOLDEN COW

52: THE TABERNACLE

53: SCARED OF THE PROMISED LAND

54: LOVE YAHWEH, YOUR GOD

55: LOVE YOUR NEIGHBOR LIKE YOURSELF

56: PROPHETS (SAMUEL)

57: KINGS – SAUL AND DAVID

58: THE SON OF DAVID

59: SOLOMON'S SMARTS, TEMPLE, AND SINS

60: THE CHRIST, IMMANUEL, AND THE NEW HEAVENS AND EARTH

61: THE CHRIST IS THE PASSOVER LAMB

62: THE CHRIST RAISED BACK TO LIFE

63: NEW HEARTS FULL OF GOD THE SPIRIT

64: A LONG WAIT

65: BABY JOHN AND BABY JESUS (PART 1)

66: BABY JOHN AND BABY JESUS (PART 2)

67: BABY JESUS IS BORN!

68: WISE MEN BRING BIRTHDAY PRESENTS

69: BABY JESUS’ ESCAPE TO EGYPT

70: THE TWELVE-YEAR-OLD TEACHER

71: JOHN THE BAPTIST

72: JOHN BAPTIZED JESUS

73: JESUS TEMPTED BY SATAN

74: BEHOLD, THE LAMB OF GOD!

75: JESUS’ FIRST MIRACLE

76: THE MIRACLE FISH CATCH

77: JESUS SUBDUED A DEMON AT CHURCH

78: JESUS HEALED MANY

79: JESUS REJECTED IN HIS HOMETOWN

80: THE GREATEST COMMANDMENT

81: THE GOLDEN RULE

82: SIN STARTS IN THE HEART

83: SLAVES OF SIN MUST BE BORN AGAIN

84: JESUS FORGAVE SINS AND HEALED A PARALYZED MAN

85: JESUS CALMED A STORM

86: PHARISEES MAD AT SABBATH HEALING (WITHERED HAND)

87: THE CENTURION’S FAITH IN JESUS’ WORD

88: PHARISEES MAD AT SABBATH HEALING (INVALID)

89: JESUS ACCUSED OF CASTING OUT DEMONS BY SATAN

90: JESUS BROUGHT A DEAD SON BACK TO LIFE!

91: JESUS HEALED A BLEEDING WOMAN AND JAIRUS’ DAUGHTER

92: JESUS SENT 12 APOSTLES AND 72 DISCIPLES

93: THE PARABLE OF THE FOUR SOILS

94: THE BREAD OF LIFE FED 5,000 FAMILIES (PART 1)

95: THE BREAD OF LIFE FED 5,000 FAMILIES (PART 2)

96: THE PARABLE OF THE WHEAT AND WEEDS

97: JESUS WALKED ON WATER!

98: PETER'S FAITH AND CHRIST’S PROMISE OF DEATH AND RESURRECTION

99: THE COST OF BEING JESUS’ DISCIPLE

100: THE RICH YOUNG RULER

101: ZACCHAEUS

102: JESUS SHINING ON THE MOUNTAIN

103: HUMILITY

104: PHARISEES MAD AT SABBATH HEALING (BORN BLIND)

105: “LAZARUS, COME OUT!”

106: THE PARABLE OF JOY FOR THE HIDDEN TREASURE

107: HOSANNA! JESUS ENTERED JERUSALEM

108: JUDAS BETRAYED JESUS

109: CHRIST CRUCIFIED

110: CHRIST BURIED

111: CHRIST IS RISEN!

112: THE RISEN CHRIST APPEARED TO HIS DISCIPLES

113: THE RISEN CHRIST APPEARED TO THOMAS

114: ANOTHER MIRACLE CATCH; I AM GOING BACK TO THE FATHER

115: TELL ALL PEOPLES THE GOOD NEWS, AND I WILL COME BACK FOR YOU

116: THE FINAL PLAGUES AND THE SECOND COMING

117: ARMAGEDDON AND 1,000 YEARS

118: THE JUDGMENT AND THE NEW EARTH

119: THE GREAT COMMISSION AND THE ASCENSION

120: PENTECOST

121: PERSONAL PENTECOST

PREFACE

These are lessons that I began to share with my kids when our son had just turned six and our daughter was four-and-a-half. I don’t think this is the only way to do it. I’ll probably do it differently when our baby grows up. But this has been such a joy for me and for my family. When we started regularly stopping what we were doing for a lesson and singing, our home became even brighter, and my wife and I sensed that we were agreeing with the advance of the Kingdom in our lives.

It’s pretty hardcore, since the Bible is a bloody, bloody Book. My wife and I hesitated and prayed every step of the way about how much to talk about death and murder with our sheltered kids. (Before the warning from God to Adam: “If you eat of it, you will surely die,” we had never really talked with our kids about dying because, thankfully, they hadn’t lost any family members since they were old enough to remember.) The decisive factor in what you’ll read here is that our ultimate aim is to lead our kids to believe that Jesus was murdered by the plan and hand of God, so that His blood paid the penalty of our sins and purchased forgiveness – and, that Jesus will come again to kill and throw into hell everyone who does not want Him to be King. So the Gospel is what moved me to not shy away from its Old Testament foundations. I was scared to scar our kids psychologically! But in the several months that we’ve been doing this, it seems that our kids are well adjusted with sobriety about the deadliness of sin, respect for God’s right to judge, and happiness for God’s promise of mercy. And we are crying out to God for the desperately needed miracles: that He will cause them to be born again through the living and abiding word that we are preaching (1 Pet. 1:3, 23-25).

I encourage every parent to lead something like this. I offer this as an example to use exactly or only as a springboard to your own ideas. I pray for you to believe you can do this, whether you are a teacher or a preacher or the shyest person ever. If you believe this content – if you love it – then you can teach your kids to love it. They will be excited about whatever you are excited about. If you show enthusiasm at a basketball game, but are boring when sharing the Gospel of the Kingdom, then something is wrong with your heart, and your kids won’t appreciate these truths as they should. So don’t be stuffy or religious about these things. Be child-like in wonder that the really, really, really big God is love and fun and happiness!

Don’t dream that this will be the smoothest thing ever. It doesn’t have to be. Our kids were easily distracted, coming up with silly wrong answers and unrelated thoughts they just had to share in that moment. It’s okay! Teaching kids God’s revelation is real life. Pray for patience and the ability to be amused by their silliness instead of annoyed. Pray that God will use your kids to humble you by seeing the parable of how unfocused and foolish we adults are at learning, compared to God’s infinite perfection. Pray for the ability to discern the difference between child-like silliness and disrespect. Consider how you can help your kids mature in their ability to listen and learn – without becoming so stern that you sap the fun out of it. The Q&A format encourages their talking, so typically, it will be difficult to discipline for “interrupting.” Their interaction is so important – you need them talking so that you can know what content they are correctly understanding. These abstract thoughts of an invisible God doing things thousands of years ago are challenging for little minds! So encourage them to talk. Listen to them and then correct or redirect back to the lesson. Remove as many distractions as you can – toys and unnecessary items. We learned to have our kids sitting on different couches in the living room, with the rule that they stay sitting up.

Our oldest son is more quietly thoughtful compared to our daughter, who is ridiculously social. He is a left-brain, worksheet learner, and she is a right-brain, conversational learner. She was coming out of herself with joy at the process of these spiritual dialogues. It was a delight to our hearts, but at some point, I had to start telling her that certain questions were only for our son, so that she didn’t exclaim an answer before him.

I’m a hack on acoustic guitar, but we have had fun singing songs after the Bible lessons. Besides

© Spencer Stewart 1 DRAFT 05.28.13

music helping kids memorize truths, I believe God designed singing to help us express worshipful emotions more intensely and more unitedly than we can in normal conversational tones. I believe it’s so important to demonstrate to our children that this isn’t merely dispassionate head knowledge; we love God joyfully because of these revelations. I wrote a simple song that is easy to interchange any attribute of God that I just taught in that lesson (e.g., “God, You are big/strong/smart/love/fun”). You can hear it and find chords for it online. You’ll see other songs included in the lessons. One of the tricks we found effective to help the kids focus on singing is to tell them that first we were going to sing quietly and then loudly and then medium. Man, they get a kick out of that.

As I said, this is just a suggestion of one way to teach these things. Every believer is a priest, so pray for the Spirit’s help and imitate or adjust as seems best for you. One of the ironies in this project is that I have a strong conviction about literal versions of the Bible that accurately and transparently translate God’s original words. Because the original words carry the original meaning, the looser the translation, the more risk of distorting the original meaning. And yet, my kids wouldn’t be able to understand literal translations! So I have paraphrased Scriptures in order to speak to their six-year-old vocabulary, sometimes introducing new words and defining those new words for them. I really want my kids to understand all my words and all the logic of these teachings in storied, conversational form. That means dropping certain details of Biblical stories that would confuse. What a risky project! I have prayed for grace to pick the right details and to omit nothing and paraphrase nothing inappropriately so as to distort the meaning of God’s revelation. I’m sure I’ve done an imperfect job! I’ll have to get back to you later when we see how our kids fare, how they adjust from memorizing these words to reading the real Bible in increasingly literal translations as they mature.

All this to say that I am very open to receiving feedback from brothers and sisters in the Lord. If you pray and study and decide to teach something differently, or paraphrase something differently, please let me know about it. I’d love to learn and get better before our baby grows into his turn with these lessons.

May our children glorify the Lord, by whom and for whom they were created!

With a joyful burden,Spencer Stewart


DEUTERONOMY 6:4-9“Hear, O Israel: Yahweh is our God; Yahweh is One. 5You shall love Yahweh your God with all your heart and with all your soul and with all your might. 6And these words that I command you today shall be on your heart. 7You shall teach them diligently to your children, and shall talk of them when you sit in your house, and when you walk by the way, and when you lie down, and when you rise. 8You shall bind them as a sign on your hand, and they shall be as frontlets between your eyes. 9You shall write them on the doorposts of your house and on your gates.”

PSALM 78:4-84We will not hide them from their children, but tell to the coming generationthe glorious deeds of Yahweh, and his might, and the wonders that he has done.5He established a testimony in Jacob and appointed a law in Israel,which he commanded our fathers to teach to their children,6that the next generation might know them, the children yet unborn,and arise and tell them to their children, 7so that they should set their hope in Godand not forget the works of God, but keep his commandments;8and that they should not be like their fathers, a stubborn and rebellious generation,a generation whose heart was not steadfast, whose spirit was not faithful to God.

PSALM 145:1-71I will extol you, my God and King, and bless your name forever and ever.2Every day I will bless you and praise your name forever and ever.3Great is Yahweh, and greatly to be praised, and his greatness is unsearchable.4One generation shall commend your works to another, and shall declare your mighty acts.5On the glorious splendor of your majesty, and on your wondrous works, I will meditate.6They shall speak of the might of your awesome deeds, and I will declare your greatness.7They shall pour forth the fame of your abundant goodness and shall sing aloud of your righteousness.

ISAIAH 38:19The living, the living, he thanks You, as I do this day;the father makes known to the children Your faithfulness.


1: ONE HOLY GOD

Q: Who is God? What does it mean to be God?A: God always has been alive before anything else.

Before there was the earth or any people, there was God.

God never started. God never had a birthday.God was never born. God has always been God.1

Q: How many gods are there?A: There is only One God.2

Everything else started when God made it.God is the only One who never started, who has always been alive.Hold up your number one finger and say, “One God!”

The Bible says God is holy, which means God is the only God, and He is perfect.3

Q: Do you know what perfect means?A: Perfect means everything is right, and nothing is wrong.

Q: Sometimes people are wrong, and sometimes we do things that are wrong, don’t we?Q: Have you ever done something wrong?4

A: Lots of times. But God never does anything wrong. He is always right, always good. God is the only One who is perfect – holy.

Song: “We Fall Down” (amended)5

We sing holy, holy, holyWe sing holy, holy, holyWe sing holy, holy, holy is our God


1 These truths seem to me to be part of the most basic revelation of God, and a most basic way to distinguish God as different from us. He is the eternal God, the uncaused Cause. The Bible simply assumes it: “In the beginning, God…” (Gen. 1:1). God’s eternal self-existence is communicated in His Name, Yahweh, “I AM WHO I AM” (Ex. 3:14-15), taught in Lesson 23. Cf. also Gen. 21:33, Ps. 90:2.2 This is a core confession of faith that we are commanded to teach our children in Deut. 6, esp. v. 4, “Hear, O Israel: Yahweh is our God; Yahweh is One!” Jesus quoted this in Mk. 12:29.3 Most basically, holy means set apart. People and things can be holy in the sense of set apart from common items for special use (such as in the temple). There can also be a moral component to holiness, a purity which only God possesses (Rev. 15:4). These are the two aspects presented in the definition for the kids: God’s uniqueness and moral perfection. A flawless, one-of-a-kind diamond is extremely valuable. God is infinitely unique – set apart in a class of His own – and so God is infinitely valuable. Let us worship!4 The feeling of sinfulness compared to holiness is most basic and true, to be introduced in the first lesson. See Isa. 6:1-8, Lk. 5:8.5 The angels in heaven sing, “Holy, holy, holy!” (Isa. 6:3, Rev. 4:8). Our kids wouldn’t comprehend the lyrics “we cry” as something positive, so we changed it to, “We sing.” At this stage, they wouldn’t understand “the Lamb” either, so we changed it to “our God.”

LESSON 2: GOD IS THREE IN ONE

Q: When did God starting being God? A: He never started! He’s always been God! And He’ll always be God!

Q: How many gods are there?A: One! (Show “1 God” print-out.)

Here’s something awesome:

God is Three in One.1 God is Three Persons in One God.God is Father, Son, and Spirit.

Q: What is spirit?A: A spirit is someone who is invisible.Q: Do you know what invisible means?A: It means you can’t see it. A spirit doesn’t have a body to see.

The Father is God. The Son is God.

Q: What’s the Son’s Name?A: Jesus! Jesus is God!

Jordan is my son, right? Jordan is a human person because I’m a human person, right? He is what I am.Jesus is God’s Son, so Jesus is God like the Father is God.2

The Father is God. The Son is God.And, the Spirit is God.3

Together, They are One God – Three in One!4

Q: How many persons are you? A: You are one person! There aren’t three people in you!

This is something that’s amazing about God: He is Three in One!

Q: When we do math we say 1 plus 1 plus 1 equals what?A: 3!

But with God, 1 Father + 1 Son + 1 Spirit = 1 God!God is Three in One. (Draw a number 3 inside the 1.)


1 E.g., Mt. 3:17, 28:19, 1 Cor. 12:4-6; 2 Cor. 13:14; Eph. 4:4-6; 1 Pet. 1:2. Many kids’ lessons teach analogies like water/vapor/ice or three-leaf clovers to illustrate the Trinity, but the problem is that each analogy breaks down and ultimately communicates a heresy. For example, water/vapor/ice (if taken too seriously) promotes the heresy of modalism (that the Three Persons do not exist eternally at the same time, but each changed modes of expression/relation: the Father became the Son who became the Spirit). The three-leaf clover promotes, perhaps, a kind of polytheism or pantheism because each leaf is only part of the clover, whereas each Person in the Trinity is fully God, not just partly God. Because of the shortcomings of analogies, I encourage parents (everyone) to avoid them altogether and simply teach the plain statement of faith: God is Three Persons in One God. How can we comprehend such a mystery other than to take it at face-value with child-like faith? Our kids believe it and sing their hearts out about it!2 Especially clear in Jn. 5:17-183 E.g., the parallelism in Acts 5:3 and 5:4. See also 2 Cor. 3:18, the Spirit is the Lord.4 Remember Deut. 6:4. Cf. Jn. 10:30, 1 Tim. 2:5, James 2:19.

Song:

You are God the FatherGod the SonGod the SpiritThree in One

Q: Do you remember what “holy” means?A: Holy means God is the only God, and He is perfect!

Q: Do you remember how many times we sang the word holy?A: Three times.

That’s because…1 The Father is holy. The Son is holy. The Spirit is holy.There is One God who is holy, holy, holy!

Song:

We sing holy, holy, holyWe sing holy, holy, holyWe sing holy, holy, holy is our God


1 J. Alec Motyer taught that Hebrew language used double repetition “to express superlatives or to indicate totality.” E.g., Genesis 14:10 is literally “pits, pits,” and 2 Kings 25:15, “gold, gold.” “Only here is a threefold repetition found. Holiness is supremely the truth about God, and his holiness is in itself so far beyond human thought that a ‘super-superlative’ has to be invented to express it.” “God’s ‘name’ is qualified by the adjective ‘holy’ in the Old Testament more often than by all other qualifiers put together” (The Prophecy of Isaiah: An Introduction and Commentary [Downers Grove, IL: IVP Academic, 1993] 76-77). Many believe “holy” is repeated by the angels three times because God is Three in One. This is supported by John 12:41, which says Isaiah (in Isa. 6:1, 5) saw Jesus’ glory. Also, the angel Gabriel said the Baby Jesus would be called “holy” (Lk. 1:35). Obviously, the Spirit Himself is called the Holy Spirit.

LESSON 3: GOD IS EVERYWHERE

Q: How many gods are there?A: One!

Q: How long has God been God?A: Forever!Q: When did God start?A: Never! He is always God! Always alive!

Q: How many Persons are in God?A: Three!Q: What do we call the Three Persons?A: God the Father, God the Son, and God the Spirit!

Q: What is spirit?A: A spirit is a kind of person that is invisible?Q: What does invisible mean?A: You can’t see it.Q: Are you invisible?A: No, I can see you because you have skin and bones and hair.

God the Father and God the Spirit are invisible because they do not have skin and bones and hair. And God the Son did not have skin and bones and hair until He became Baby Jesus.

Q: When was God the Son born?A: Never. God the Son has always been God the Son, but He came down from Heaven into Mary’s

tummy and became Jesus.1

Q: God is Father, Son, and Spirit. How many gods are there?A: One! Three in One!

Q: Where is God?A: Up in heaven!Q: Very good answer. Where else is God?A: God is everywhere!2Q: Are you everywhere? A: No, you’re only right here.Q: Is Jordan in his bedroom right now?A: No, he’s only right here.Q: Is Taylor at the kitchen table right now?A: No, because we can only be in one place at one time.

But God is so big and amazing that He is everywhere at the same time!

God is invisible.Q: Do you know what invisible means?A: It means we can’t see God, but He is everywhere!

It’s kind of like air. Q: Can you see air?A: We can’t see air, but it’s real, and it’s (almost) everywhere!

God is so big and amazing that He is here and here and here.


1 Always: Jn. 8:58. Came down and became Jesus: Jn. 6:38, 1:14.2 E.g., Ps. 139:7-10, Jer. 23:23-24

God is a long ways away in Tribune with Grandma and Grandpa.God is a long ways away in Manhattan with Pops and Nana.God is in heaven way above the clouds.God is everywhere!

Song:

God, You are big!God, You are big!God, You are big!And You’re everywhere!

You are God the FatherGod the SonGod the SpiritThree in One


LESSON 4: GOD IS LOVE

Q: When did God start being God? A: He never started! He’s always been God! And He’ll always be God!

Q: How many gods are there?A: One!Q: What do we call the Three Persons?A: God the Father, God the Son, and God the Spirit!

Q: Where is God?A: God is everywhere!

Q: What was God doing before He created the heavens and the earth?A: God is Three in One. So, even though there wasn’t anybody else except God, the Father was loving

the Son, and the Son was loving the Father, and the Father and Son were loving the Spirit, and the Spirit was loving the Father and Son.1

A: They were having fun together! Jordan is my son, and I am his father. And I love him, and he loves me. So we talk to each other and play games and hug and kiss and have fun. It makes us happy to love each other, doesn’t it?

Q: What’s God the Son’s Name?A: Jesus!

Everything God the Father does, the Son is doing it with Him because They love Each Other2 and have fun together!3

Song:

God, You are love!God, You are love!God, You are love!And I love You!

God, You are fun!God, You are fun!God, You are fun!And I love You!


1 The Trinity is the only way it can be true that God – eternally – “is love” (1 Jn. 4:8, 16). He could not have been love for the eternity before He had something or something else to love, unless He is Three Persons in One God, in which case Each Person was loving the Other Persons. Jesus prayed in Jn. 17:24, “… You [Father] loved me before the foundation of the world.”2 Jn. 5:19-203 This is the foundation of what will be taught in Lesson 6: that God the Father and the Son created (with the Spirit) out of the overflow of their love and delight in Each Other’s glory. See this creative delight in Prov. 8:22-31, in which the personification of Wisdom represents the Son, who is the Wisdom of God (1 Cor. 1:30, Col. 2:3) through whom the Father created all things (Jn. 1:1-4, Col. 1:16).

You are perfect!You’re my favorite One!You make me happy, God,Everyday!

You are God the Father!God the Son!God the Spirit!Three in One!

LESSON 5: GOD KNOWS EVERYTHING

Q: How many gods are there?A: Only One!

Q: When did God starting being God? A: He never started! He’s always been God! And He’ll always be God!Q: Did God ever have a birthday?A: No!

Q: How many Persons is God?A: Three in One! God the Father, God the Son, God the Spirit!

Q: Is the Father God?A: Yes!Q: Is the Son God?A: Yes!Q: Is the Spirit God?A: Yes!

Q: What was God doing before They made anything?A: They were loving each other and having fun together.

Q: What does it mean that God is holy?A: Holy means that He is the only One who is God and who is perfect!Q: What does perfect mean?A: It means you’re never wrong, always right, always good.

Q: Can you see God the Father?A: No!Q: Can you see God the Spirit?A: No!Q: What is spirit?A: It means you’re invisible.Q: Can you see God the Son?A: Yes!Q: How?A: He’s Jesus!1

Q: Where is God?A: Everywhere!

Q: Do you think that God is smart?A: Yes! Q: Do you think that God knows a little bit or a lot?A: A lot!Q: Do you think that God knows everything?A: Yes!


1 Col. 1:15, “He is the image of the invisible God….”

God does know everything!1

Q: Jordan, you’re good at math. What is 4+4?A: Eight!Good!Q: What is 4,722+3,221?A: I don’t know either! But God knows!

Q: How many stars are there in the sky?A: A lot! Billions of stars! God knows exactly how many there are! And God named every single one of

them!2

Q: Do you know how many hairs are on your head?A: God knows exactly how many hairs are on your head. He has numbered every one of your hairs.3

Hair number one, two, three….

God can see everything.4 He knows what everyone in the world is doing right now. He even knows what everyone is thinking!5

Q: Do you know what happened 4,000 years ago?A: God does!Q: Do you know what is going to happen tomorrow?A: No, because it hasn’t happened yet! But God even knows what will happen tomorrow!6

He knows everything!

Song:

God, You are smart!God, You are smart!God, You are smart!And You know everything!

God, You are big!God, You are big!God, You are big!And You’re everywhere!


1 E.g., 1 Jn. 3:20, Job 37:16, Jn. 16:302 Ps. 147:4, Isa. 40;263 Mt. 10:304 Heb. 4:13, Job 28:24, Prov. 15:35 Ps. 139:1-46 Yahweh declares that His knowledge of the future is an essential evidence that He is God and no one else is (Isa. 46:9-11, cf. Jn. 13:19).

You are perfect!You’re my favorite One!You make me happy, God,Everyday!


LESSON 6: GOD CREATED THE HEAVENS

Q: How many gods are there?A: One!Q: How many Persons is God?A: Three in One! God the Father, God the Son, God the Spirit!Q: What’s God the Son’s Name?A: Jesus!Q: Is Jesus God?A: Yes! God the Son!

Q: When did God starting being God? A: He never started! He’s always been God! And He’ll always be God!

Q: Where is God?A: Everywhere!

Q: What does holy mean?A: God is the only One, and He is perfect.

Q: What was God doing before They made anything?A: They were loving each other and having fun together.Q: Who was the Father loving?A: The Son and the Spirit!Q: Who was the Son loving?A: The Father and the Spirit!Q: Who was the Spirit loving?A: The Father and the Son!

When we love someone, we have fun with them by making something together. Q: I’m your father, so sometimes we have fun making stuff together, don’t we? A: Yeah!

Before anything else was made, the Father, Son, and Spirit were loving Each Other and having fun with Each Other, so They decided to make things together!1 The first thing God made was the heavens.

Q: Do you know how many heavens there are?A: Three!2

The first heavens are the skies and outer space, where we can look up and see them, where the sun, moon, and stars are.

The second heavens are spiritual3 and invisible.Q: What’s invisible mean?A: You can’t see them.We can’t see the second heavens, but they are real, all around us.The third heaven is the highest heaven.


1 Prov. 8:22-312 The implication of 2 Cor. 12:1-3, “the third heaven,” is that there are at least three. And we can safely assume that God dwells on his throne in the highest heaven; therefore, there are three and only three different “levels” or “realms” to the heavens.3 It’s tricky to explain this at this point, but the next lesson will teach about angels being spirits. Then it will make more sense that the second heavens are the realms in which the angelic spirits live and work. If they ask questions about this, you might just tell them to wait until the next lesson.

Q: Do you know who lives in the third heaven?A: God!God the Father, God the Son, and God the Spirit were all working together to make the heavens.

Q: Why did God create the heavens? Why did He decide to make things?A: God created the heavens to show how strong and smart and beautiful He is!1

Q: When we look up to the skies, the colors are beautiful, aren’t they?A: Yes!Q: Why are the heavens beautiful?A: Because they are showing us that God is beautiful! That’s why God made things – to show us what

He is like. When we see something beautiful, we know that God must be beautiful, since He made it.

Q: Do you think God must be strong to be able to create the heavens?A: Yes! The heavens are big, so God must be big and strong to be able to create them.

Nobody else can create things – only God.2

Song:

God, You are strong!God, You are strong!God, You are strong!And You’re the only One!

God shows us how strong He is because He created the heavens. He also showed us He is beautiful, so let’s sing a song that says, “You are beautiful; You are glorious.”

Q: Do you know what glorious means?A: God is glorious means that God shows us how holy He is. Glorious means God shines to show us that

He is perfect and beautiful.3

Song (girls echo):

You are beautiful (You are beautiful)You are glorious (You are glorious)


1 God does everything for His glory, including Creation (Rom. 1:20, Ps. 19:1-6).2 Humans may “make” or “fashion,” but God is the only subject of the Hebrew verb bara (“create,” Gen. 1:1) throughout all of Scripture.3 Glory is the manifestation of one’s nature that results in praise and fame (see ProjectOne28.com/GloryDefinition). Later, the children will memorize a simplified definition of the root noun, glory: “the shining of who God is!”

LESSON 7: GOD CREATED ANGELS

Q: What was the first thing that God created?A: The heavens!

Q: How many heavens are there?A: Three!Q: What else are the first kind of heavens called?A: The skies!Q: What are the second heavens?A: The invisible places all around us!Q: What is the third heaven?A: The highest heaven!Q: Who lives in the third heaven?A: God!Q: Where is God? Is He only in the third heaven?A: No! God is bigger than the heavens! He is everywhere!

Q: Why did God make the heavens?A: God created the heavens to show us how strong and smart and beautiful He is!God is stronger than anybody. God is as strong as possible.

After God created the heavens, God created angels.Q: Do you know what angels are?A: Angels are a different kind of thing that God made, kind of like God made animals, and God made

people. Angels are something God made, and sometimes they look kind of like people,1 but angels are spirits,2 so they don’t have skin or bones like us. And they have wings, and they can fly!3

Q: Do you know where angels live?A: Angels live in the second heavens, in the invisible heavens.

Angels are invisible. Usually, we can’t see them, but sometimes God will make it so that people can see angels. There are some people in the Bible who have seen angels (Abraham, Jacob, Mary and Joseph, Jesus and His disciples). They saw angels, and the angels looked kind of like people, but they were bright and shining, and they had wings and could fly everywhere in the heavens.

Q: Why did God make angels?A: For the same reason He created the heavens! God created angels to show how strong and smart and

beautiful He is! Angels are strong and smart and beautiful, and so God must be even stronger and smarter and more beautiful since He made them like that. And God has fun making things that show us what He is like!

Q: What do angels do?A: Angels do whatever God says.

One of the things God tells the angels to do a lot is sing.4 God loves the sound of singing.

Q: How many angels are there?A: Millions! More than hundreds… more than thousands… millions!

We don’t even know how many angels there are because there are so many angels.


1 They are even called “men” often in Scripture, even though they’re known to be a different kind of creation (cf. Lk. 24:4, Jn. 20:12).2 Heb. 1:143 E.g., Ex. 25:20, Ezek. 1:6, Rev. 4:84 E.g., Job 38:7 (the “morning stars” here refer metaphorically to angels), Rev. 4:8, 5:9-10

Q: Do you think it’s loud when all the angels sing the same song?A: Yes!Q: Do you know one of the songs that the angels sing?A: In the Bible, Isaiah saw angels singing, “Holy, holy, holy!”

That’s why we sing that song, because the angels sing it, and we like to sing the same song that the angels sing.

Let’s sing it now!

Q: What does holy mean?A: Holy means that God is the only God, and He is perfect!

Song:

We sing holy, holy, holy1

We sing holy, holy, holyWe sing holy, holy, holyIs our God

Song:

We stand and lift up our handsFor the joy of the Lord is our strengthWe bow down and worship Him nowHow great, how awesome is He!

And together we sing

Holy is the Lord God AlmightyThe earth is filled with His gloryHoly is the Lord God AlmightyThe earth is filled with His gloryThe earth is filled with His glory


1 Amended lyrics to the chorus of “We Fall Down.”

LESSON 8: GOD CREATED THE EARTH

Q: What was the first thing that God created?A: The heavens!

Q: How many heavens are there?A: Three!Q: What else are the first kind of heavens called?A: The skies!Q: What are the second heavens?A: The invisible places all around us!Q: What is the third heaven?A: The highest heaven!Q: Who lives in the third heaven?A: God!Q: Where is God? Is He only in the third heaven?A: No, God is bigger than the heavens. He is everywhere!

Q: After God created the heavens, what did He create next?A: Angels!Q: What are angels?A: Angels are something God made that are usually invisible; they are spirits. They look kind of like us,

but they have wings and can fly in the second heavens.

Q: Why did God make angels?A: To show how strong and beautiful He is!Q: What do the angels do?A: Whatever God wants them to do!Q: What’s one of the things that God wants them to do a lot?A: Sing!Q: What do they sing?A: “Holy, holy, holy!”

So, God made the heavens, and then God made the angels, and then God made the earth!1

Q: What is the earth?A: The earth is the planet that we live on. [Show pictures of the earth.]

The earth is like a big ball, a big rock, that is floating in space! The brown and green is dirt and grass. We live right in the middle of this green [pointing to North America].

Q: What is the blue?A: Water! The white spots are clouds.[Show solar system.]

Nobody can live on the other planets because they are either too hot or too cold, or they aren’t safe because they don’t have air that we can breathe or food to eat. The earth is more beautiful and special than the other planets. The earth is the only planet with people on it.

]Navigate GoogleEarth; zoom into satellite of kids’ home, grandparents’ homes, where Jesus lived in Galilee.]


1 Job 38:4-7 teaches that the angels were already created when God created the earth, and they sang for joy when they saw it.

[Show picture or GoogleEarth zoomed out to see outer space and the earth and stars.]Q: Why did God make the heavens and the earth so big?A: To show us that He is big!Q: Do you see how the earth is just floating in outer space? Why doesn’t the earth fall?A: God is holding up the earth with just His words!1 It’s like God says, “Stay up there!” Q: And what do you think happens when God says that?A: It happens! Isn’t that amazing? The earth is big and heavy, so God must be even bigger and stronger to create it and hold it together!

Song:

God, You are strong!God, You are strong!God, You are strong!And You’re the only One!

God, You are big!God, You are big!God, You are big!And You’re the only One!

Song (girls echo):



1 Heb. 1:3, Col. 1:17

LESSON 9: THE SIN OF SOME ANGELS

God created the heavens and then the angels and then the earth.

Q: Do you know what the angels did when they saw God create the earth?A: All the angels shouted for joy, “Yea! That’s amazing! God, You are awesome!” And all the angels sang

songs to God because He is so big and strong and smart and beautiful to make the heavens and the earth.

Q: Could anybody else create the earth? Could the angels create the earth?

A: No, only God could create the earth. God the Father, Son, and Spirit made it together.

So, the angels were there and they were happy to see what God was making.

One of the angels was named Lucifer.1 Lucifer was perfect and beautiful, because God made him like that. Lucifer was doing everything God wanted.2 But then Lucifer stopped looking at God first, and he started to think about himself before God. Lucifer started thinking about how beautiful he was, and he decided that he could take God's place.3 He tried to get other angels to treat him like God and sing to him and do what he wanted, instead of what God wanted.4

Q: Does that sound like a good thing or a bad thing?A: It was a very bad thing, because God is the only One who is God. God is the greatest, and Lucifer and all the angels should treat him like He is the greatest, like He is holy. But Lucifer acted like he was as good as God and should be treated like God. But he wasn't.

What Lucifer did was a sin.Q: Do you know what a sin is?A: A sin is doing something that is wrong because it's not what God says is right. Because God is the only One who is perfect and always right, then He is the One who gets to tell us what is right and what we should do. A sin is when we don’t do what God says, but we do something wrong because God says it’s not right.

Some of the angels were tricked by Lucifer, and they went against God, too. They decided to be on Lucifer’s side, on the bad side. But more of the angels did what was right, and it’s like they said, “No! God is the only One who is holy, and we’re going to keep doing what God says!” So, then there were good angels and bad angels.

Q: Do you think Lucifer and the other bad angels got in trouble for sinning?A: Yes, it is really bad to sin, and sin gets us in really big trouble.In our next class, we’ll talk about how the bad angels got in trouble for sinning.


1 “Many translations do not agree with NKJV’s ‘Lucifer,’ [in Isa. 14:12] opting for ‘morning star’ or ‘day star’ because it was applied (outside of the Bible) to Venus. Lucifer actually transliterates the Latin version. The original Hebrew is hēlēl (hay-layl), which literally means ‘shining one.’ The Theological Wordbook of the Old Testament teaches this word appears as a proper name only here. Therefore, translations like ‘shining one’ or ‘morning star’ lose its function in the sentence: a name. We do not translate names to definitions. I do not call Samuel by ‘Heard-of-God.’ I call him by his transliterated name: Samuel. A transliteration from Hebrew (‘Helel’) or even Latin (‘Lucifer’) does better justice to Isaiah 14:12 than many modern translations. This passage is why people refer to Satan as Lucifer when discussing him before his fall” (Spencer Stewart, Light Shines in the Darkness: Scripture Interpreting the Spiritual Drama of Genesis 1:2-3 [El Dorado, KS: Project one28, 2011] 11, free at ProjectOne28.com).

2 Ezek. 28:12-193 Isa. 14:12-164 “… Rev. 12:4 said, “His tail swept down a third of the stars of heaven and cast them to earth.” The stars represent angels (cf. Rev. 1:20). The tail signifies Satan’s ministry of lies (Isa. 9:15, Jn. 8:44) that deceived one-third of the angels to follow him” (Light Shines in the Darkness, 10, footnote 26).

LESSON 10: THE BAD ANGELS IN TROUBLE

Q: Do remember the first thing God made?A: The heavens!

Q: Why did God make the heavens big and beautiful?A: To show that He is big and strong and smart and beautiful!

Q: What was the second kind of thing that God made?A: Angels!Q: What do angels do?A: Whatever God wants them to do!Q: What is one of the things they do the most?A: Sing!Q: What did the angels do when God made the earth?A: Shouted for joy and sang about how great God is!

Q: One of the angels was named Lucifer. What was the first thing He did wrong?A: He started looking at himself instead of God and thinking about how beautiful he was.Q: Because God did make him beautiful, didn’t He?A: Yes.Q: Do you know what Lucifer’s name means?A: Shining One.1 Lucifer was shining, because God made Him, and God is shining. God is light. Light comes shining out from God that is really bright and beautiful!

So Lucifer was a shining one, and he was beautiful and good, and He was always doing what God said, and he was singing. But then he started looking at himself instead of looking at God, and he started thinking that he could take God’s place.2 He started thinking, “I could get all the other angels to act like I am God, and they could do what I say, and they could sing to me, instead of to God.”

Q: Was that a good thing or a bad thing?A: A very bad thing. Q: What is it called when we do something that’s wrong?A: Sin. Sin means doing something that’s wrong because God says it’s not right. Q: Why does God get to say what is right and wrong?A: Because He is the only one who is holy and perfect and always right and never wrong. So God gets to

say what is right and what is wrong.

Sinning against God is the worst thing. Lucifer had to get in big trouble. He couldn’t stay in heaven with God anymore, being against God.

God took away Lucifer’s light, and Lucifer caught on fire (a fire started in him), and God threw Lucifer and all the other bad angels down to the earth! They were high up in the heavens, but God threw them down to earth, and they crashed on the earth! “And the earth became ruined and dark and flooded with water.”3


1 See Lesson 9, footnote 1.2 Isa. 14:12-163 A child-like, yet close paraphrase of Gen. 1:2. See Light Shines in the Darkness (ProjectOne28.com) for teaching on a more literal translation: “… but the earth became waste and emptiness and darkness over the surface of the abyss….”

Q: Do you know what ruined means?A: No.If you guys made a cake, and you drew on it with icing, and it said, “Happy Birthday, Daddy!” on it, but someone came and messed it up with their hands, then the cake would be ruined.

So, when Lucifer and all of the bad angels were thrown from heaven to earth, it ruined the earth. It made there be darkness and water everywhere. You couldn’t see the land – no grass, no trees, no pretty sky, no light – just all covered with water and darkness.

Lucifer was the reason it became dark. He started perfect and shining, but now he was sinful and dark. Q: Do you know what sinful means?A: No.Sinful means that he is full of sin. Lucifer has sin inside of him and always wants to do sins, always wants to do things that are wrong.

So his name is not Lucifer anymore, because Lucifer meant shining one, but now he isn’t shining because God took away his light, and he is dark. Now His name is Satan. Satan means that he is God’s enemy.1 Q: Do you know what enemy means?A: An enemy is someone who is mean and argues and fights against you.

Satan is a bad angel who is mean and always argues and fights against God.

Q: Do you think God wanted to leave the earth ruined and dark?A: No!A ruined earth doesn’t perfectly show what God is like. Next time we will talk about what God did to fix the earth.

Q: Satan tried to take God’s place, but can anybody take God’s place?A: No way! Because there is only One God, and He has all the power, and He is so strong and smart and glorious! So God always wins against His enemies! God always wins, and we will learn how God is going to make everything right. God will make everything perfect again!


1 A more adult definition would be “adversary,” but “enemy” will do. English and NT Greek transliterate “Satan” from the Hebrew. Devil (Gk. diabolos) means slanderer.

LESSON 11: THE FIRST DAY

Before God created anything, there was only God the Father, God the Son, and God the Spirit, and They were loving Each Other and having fun with Each Other, and so They said, “Let’s make stuff!”

Q: What was the first thing that God created?A: The heavens!Q: What did God make next?A: Angels!Q: Why did God make the heavens and the angels?A: To show how strong and smart and beautiful He is!

The skies are beautiful because God is beautiful.Q: Why are the heavens big?A: To show us that God is big and strong!

Angels are spirits (they’re invisible without bodies), and they do whatever God wants them to do, like sing songs. One angel was named Lucifer.Q: Do you remember what the name Lucifer means?A: Shining One!Lucifer was shining, because God made Him, and God is shining. God is light. Light comes shining out from God that is really bright and beautiful! And God made Lucifer to show that God is bright and shining!

Q: What was the first thing Lucifer did wrong?A: He started looking at himself instead of God and thinking, “I’m so smart and beautiful and strong

that I could be God.” And He tried to trick other angels into acting like he was God.Q: What was it called when Lucifer did these bad things?A: Sin. That was the first sin. Sin is thinking or doing something that is wrong because God says it’s not right.

Q: So what happened to Lucifer?A: He got in trouble! God started a fire inside of Lucifer, and took away His light, and God threw Lucifer

and all the other bad angels down to the earth.Q: What is Lucifer’s new name, since he is not good and shining?A: Satan.Q: What does Satan mean?A: Enemy.Q: And what happened to the earth when Lucifer and the bad angels crashed on the earth?A: “The earth became ruined and dark and flooded with water.”

Q: Do you think that God still wanted the earth to show that He was beautiful?A: Yes!Q: Did the earth show that God was beautiful when it was dark and ruined?A: No!So God was going to fix it!

Q: Do you know what was the first thing God did to fix the earth?A: God said, “Let there be light!”1

When God says something, then it happens! So, when God said, “Let there be light,” there was light! All of a sudden it was bright and not dark.


1 Gen. 1:3

But God decided that it would be dark only part of the time, and it would be light part of the time.Q: What do we call it when it’s dark outside?A: Night!Q: What do we call it when it’s light outside?A: Day!

So the Bible teaches us: “God said, ‘Let there be light,’ and there was light! And God saw that the light was good. And God separated the light from the darkness. God called the light Day and the darkness He called Night. And there was [night], and there was morning, [and that was] the first day.”1

Q: Where did the light come from? What was making it shine?Was it coming from the sun?

A: No, because God had not created the sun yet!2

Q: Now we get light from the sun, don’t we? A: Yes!When the sun comes up in the morning, we see its light. But there wasn’t a sun on Day One.Q: So where did the light come from on the first day?A: From God! Remember, God is light! Light shines from God. And God said that He wanted His light to shine onto the earth!Q: And light is good, right?

We like light better than darkness, don’t we?A: Yes!God was starting to fixing the earth and make it better.

We’ll talk the other days in our next lessons.

Song:

God, You are light!God, You are light!God, You are light!And I love You!


You are perfect!You’re my favorite One!You make me happy, God, everyday!



1 Gen. 1:3-52 Not until Day Four (Gen. 1:14-19).

LESSON 12: DAYS 2, 3, AND 4

The first verse in the Bible says, “In the beginning, God created the heavens and the earth.”

Q: Why did God create anything?A: Because God was loving God and having fun, so They decided to make things to show how strong

and smart and beautiful God is!

Later, the Bible tells us that God created the angels before the earth.

Q: What did the angels do when they saw God create the earth?A: They shouted for joy, “Yea! That’s amazing! God, You are amazing!” And they sang songs about how

strong and smart and beautiful God is to be able to create the earth.

But then one of the angels sinned and tricked other angels to treating him like God. Q: What was the first bad angel’s name?A: It was Lucifer, but then it became Satan.

Because these bad angels were now sinful and God’s enemies, they couldn’t stay in heaven with God, because God is holy, and so they had to be punished.Q: Where did God send the bad angels?A: God threw them down to the earth.

That’s why the second verse in the Bible says, “But the earth became ruined and dark and flooded with water.”

Q: What was the first thing God did to fix the earth?A: God said, “Let there be light!”“And there was light! And God saw that the light was good. And God separated the light from the darkness.”

Q: What did God call the time when it’s dark?A: Night!Q: And what did He call the time when it’s light?A: Day!“And there was [night], and there was morning, [and that was] the first day.”

Q: Do you know what God did to keep fixing the earth on the Second Day? God said, “Let there be Sky!” So He separated the waters below from waters above, so there would be air in between, and He called it Sky! And there was night, and there was morning, and that was the Second Day.1

Then on the Third Day, God said, “Let there be dry land.” And so He separated the waters from the waters, and made them the oceans, so that dry ground would stick up above of the waters. And God saw that it was good.

And God said, “Let there be grass and plants and trees that grow out of the ground.” So God planted seeds that would grow into grass and plants and trees, and God saw that it was good. And there was night, and there was morning, and that was the Third Day.2


1 Gen. 1:6-82 Gen. 1:9-10

Then on the Fourth Day, God said, “Let there be lights in the sky.” And God made the sun and the moon and the stars.1

Let’s look at pictures of the sun and the moon and the stars. They are amazing, because God made them.

Q: When we look up at the stars, they look really far away, don’t they? Why did God make the heavens so big?

A: To show us that He is so big, and He is everywhere!

Stars are so far away that we have to use telescopes to get good pictures of them. Here is a picture of a telescope.2 They are kind of like binoculars. You know how binoculars make things look closer and bigger? Telescopes zoom in to see the stars better. Here is a picture of a big telescope that scientists use.3

Look at these pictures of stars.4 Isn’t that pretty? Each one of those bright dots is a star. This is called a galaxy. It’s like a city of stars. There are lots of people who live in our city, right? In a galaxy, there are billions of stars! Q: Does God know how many stars there are?A: Yes!Q: Does He give them all names?A: Yes!Q: How do the stars stay up in the sky?A: God’s word!

Here’s something crazy: the earth floats in between those two lines of stars!5 That’s where we live, in that galaxy!

Q: Isn’t that galaxy of stars beautiful? Why did God make them beautiful?A: To show us that He is even more beautiful!

This is a picture of the moon.6 Q: Do you know what the moon is made of?A: Rock and dust. The light of the sun bounces off of the moon, and that’s what makes the moon look bright to us.

Here is a picture of the sun. The sun is kind of like fire. It’s really, really hot. Q: When you are outside during the day, the sun makes your skin feel warm, doesn’t it?

Here is a picture of how big the earth is compared to how big the sun is.7 It’s just a picture. Really, they are both a lot bigger, but this is a picture to show us that the sun is so much bigger than the earth!


1 Gen. 1:14-192 scopepart.com/images/1070/www.scopepart.com%20White%2070mm%20Refractor%20Telescope%20%20.jpg3 smithsonianscience.org/wordpress/wp-content/uploads/2011/01/telescope..jpg 4 phenomenica.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/04/pleiades.jpg images.wordlesstech.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/01/beautiful-andromeda-galaxy.jpg gillannie.files.wordpress.com/2011/11/galaxy_ngc_pic23941.jpg spacetelescope.org/static/archives/images/screen/heic0506a.jpg flikie.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/10/Space_20101014_TheMajesticSombreroGalaxy1.jpg5 jb.man.ac.uk/astronomy/nightsky/SpitzerMilkyWay.jpg6 ngc7000.org/cam/moon-2002dec18.jpg legault.perso.sfr.fr/moretus_20120908.jpg7 universetoday.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/sunearthcompared.jpg

Look at this video. You can see the “fire” of the sun moving.1 Whoa!

It’s a good thing that God didn’t make the earth too close to the sun, or we would get too hot! But if we were too far away, then we would be too cold, because the sun helps us stay warm and helps make plants grow us food! So, God made the sun and the earth the perfect amount of space apart from each other! And God the Son holds them up there with the power of His words!

So, God saw that the lights were good. And there was night, and there was morning, and that was the Fourth Day.

Q: God is amazing for making the sun, moon, and stars, isn’t He?A: Yes!

Song:



1 youtu.be/A2Y6ay-41No and this one of fiery looping “rain” on the sun: youtu.be/HFT7ATLQQx8

LESSON 13: DAYS 5-6

Q: Why did God have to fix the earth?A: Because the earth became ruined and dark and flooded with water when Satan and the other bad

angels were thrown down from heaven.

Q: What was the first thing God did to start fixing the earth?A: God said, “Let there be light!”Q: And what happened?A: There was light!And God separated the light from the darkness, and He called the darkness… Night, and He called the light… Day. And God saw that the light was good. And there was night and there was morning, and that was the… First Day.

Q: On the Second Day, God said, “Let there be _______ ”? A: Sky! And God separated the waters below from the waters above, so there was dry air in between, called Sky. Q: And there was night and there was morning, and that was the _______ ?A: Second Day!

Q: Then on the Third Day, God said, “Let there be _______ ”? A: Dry land! And so He separated the waters from the waters, and made them the oceans, so that dry ground would stick up above of the waters. And God saw that it was good. And God said, “Let there be grass and plants and trees that grow out of the ground!” So God planted seeds that would grow into grass and plants and trees, and God saw that it was good. Q: And there was night and there was morning, and that was the _______ ?A: Third Day!

Q: Then on the Fourth Day, God said, “Let there be _______ ”? A: Lights in the sky! And God made the sun and the moon and the stars.

On the Fifth Day, God said, “Let the waters be filled with animals, and let birds fly in the sky!” And God created different kinds of fish and whales and seals and dolphins to live in the oceans! And God created birds for the sky. And God saw that it was good.1 Q: And there was night and there was morning, and that was the _______ ?A: Fifth Day!

And at the start of the Sixth Day, God said, “Let there be animals on the earth!” God had already created animals to live in the water and to fly in the sky; now God created animals to live on the land!2

Q: What are some kinds of animals that live on the land?A: Lions and tigers and bears and elephants and monkeys and giraffes and snakes!And God saw that it was good.

Q: Why did God create all of these animals?A: Because He was having fun showing how strong and smart and beautiful He is!

Tomorrow we’ll talk about the most important thing God created later on the Sixth Day. You will be excited to learn what’s next!


1 Gen. 1:20-232 Gen. 1:24-25

LESSON 14: GOD CREATED MAN

Q: How many gods are there?A: One!Q: How many persons are in God?A: Three in One: Father, Son, and Spirit!

Q: What was God doing before He created anything?A: Loving and having fun!

Q: Why did God create anything?A: To show how strong and smart and beautiful He is!

Q: What was the first thing God created?A: The heavens!Q: What was the second thing God created after the heavens?A: Angels!Q: What are angels?A: Spirits who do whatever God says, like sing, “Holy, holy, holy!”Q: What did God create after the heavens and the angels?A: The earth!Q: What did the angels do when God created the earth?A: Shouted for joy and sang to God (“Yea! God, You are amazing!”)

Q: But then what was the first thing Lucifer did wrong?A: He started to look at himself instead of God, and he thought he was smart enough and beautiful

enough to take God’s place, so he tricked some of the other angels into treating him like God.Q: What did God do to Lucifer because of his sin?A: God made a fire start inside of him, took his light away, and threw him down to earth.Q: What happened to the earth?A: It became ruined and dark and flooded with water.Q: Did that show how beautiful God is?A: No!

Q: What did God first do to fix it?A: God said, “Let there be light!”

He separated light from darkness into Night and Day, the First Day.

Q: What happened on the Second Day?A: God said, “Let there be Sky!” He separated the waters.

Q: What happened on the Third Day?A: God said, “Let there be dry land!”

And then God planted seeds for grass, plants, and trees!

Q: What happened on the Fourth Day?A: God created the sun, moon, and stars!

Q: What happened on the Fifth Day?A: God created animals in the waters and in the skies!

Q: What happened at the start of the Sixth Day?A: God created animals for the land!


Then, after God created the land animals, God created Man!1

Q: What was the first man’s name?A: Adam!2

Man was the most special thing God had created. Man was more special than all the other angels and plants and animals.3

God created Adam by taking the dust of the earth and shaping his body!4Q: Does dirt normally turn into a human body?A: No! God did a miracle!

Then God blew into Adam’s nose to give him the breath of life, and Adam came alive! God’s invisible breath makes us alive. God’s invisible breath is His Spirit.5 God’s Spirit made Adam alive and keeps all of us alive!6

Then God made all the animals and the birds come to Adam (another miracle!), so that Adam could name them.7 Adam was the one who got to decide what to call the animals; God was sharing that job with him. Adam got to decide, “I’ll call that one an elephant! And I’ll call that one a lion!” And Adam named all of the animals.

Q: Did God make you?A: Yes! He makes every person!Q: Did God make you from dirt?A: No, that’s only the way He made Adam. Now God does a miracle of making us inside our mommies’ tummies.8 It’s still a miracle how God makes us!

Q: Why did God have to separate light and darkness, water and land, and then create things in the earth?

A: He was fixing the earth that was ruined when Satan and the bad angels sinned and were thrown down to earth.

God made Man to help Him fix the earth!

We’ll talk more about that later, but tomorrow, Mom is going to help me teach the Bible lesson! She is going to teach you two how God created the first woman, Eve. God did something extra special to make Eve!


1 Gen. 1:26-272 “The Hebrew word for man (adam) is the generic term for mankind and becomes the proper name Adam” (ESV footnote at Gen. 1:26).3 Man is the only creature stated in Scripture to be created in the Image of God (Gen. 1:26-27, cf. 1 Cor. 11:7, Lesson 16, after the Creation of woman, since both together are said to be the Image of God). For a little while, we are lower than the angels (Heb. 2:7), but angels serve us (Heb. 1:14), and redeemed, glorified Image-bearers will reign with Christ on the new, heavenly earth forever (Rev. 3:21, 5:10, 20:4-6, 22:5).4 Gen. 2:75 Gen. 2:7. The same Hebrew word, ruach, is translated as breath, wind, and Spirit. See my one-page word study, “The Connection of Breath, Wind, and Spirit in the Scriptures” (ProjectOne28.com/spirit.pdf).6 E.g., Job 34:14-15 7 Gen. 2:19-208 Ps. 139:13-16

LESSON 15: GOD CREATED WOMAN

On the Sixth Day, after God created the land animals, God created Man.Q: What was the first man’s name?A: Adam!

Man was the most special thing God had created. Man was more special than all the other angels and plants and animals.

Q: What did God use to make Adam’s body?A: Dirt!Yes! Q: Does dirt normally turn into a human body?A: No! God did a miracle! God created Adam by taking the dust of the earth and shaping His body.

Q: Then what did God blow into Adam’s nose?A: The breath of life!And Adam came alive! God’s invisible breath makes us alive. God’s invisible breath is His Spirit. God’s Spirit made Adam alive and keeps all of us alive!

Then God made all the animals and the birds come to Adam (another miracle!), so that Adam could name them.

But Adam was the only human, and God said, “It is not good for man to be alone, so I will make a helper for him.”1

[Mom]

Q: Who do you think the helper is going to be?A: Eve!2 A woman who will be Adam’s wife!

Here is how God made the woman: God made Adam fall asleep, and while Adam was really asleep, God took out one of Adam’s ribs.3

Q: Do you know what ribs are?A: No.Feel Daddy’s ribs. Ribs are bones that protect our hearts and lungs.

God poked a hole in Adam and took out a rib bone, and then God closed up the hole in Adam’s side, so


1 Gen. 2:182 It is actually significant to note that Eve is not named until after the Fall into sin and after the first Gospel proclamation. Adam grasped something of God’s mercy after his immediate life was spared. Though he surely understood the penalty of death and its commencement in his spirit, “the man called his wife’s name Eve because she was the mother of all living” (Gen. 3:20). ESV footnotes: “Eve sounds like the Hebrew for life-giver and resembles the word for living.” Before this verse, Eve is only called the “woman” or “wife.” Only after the Fall does Eve receive her meaningful name. Adam believed God’s Gospel prophecy about her Seed defeating the serpent (3:15), and even after the sentence of death, he responded to the mercy and grace of God with hope of living (ProjectOne28.com/fall). But, our kids already knew the names “Adam and Eve,” and the Gospel truth of Eve’s name will be taught to them when they’re older.3 Gen. 2:21

that it was all skin again. Then with that one rib, God built a whole woman!1 A miracle!

Then God made Adam wake up, and God brought the woman to Adam2 and said, “Here’s your wife!”

[Dad]

The woman was extra special because of how God made her. Jordan, God wants us to be extra nice to girls because He made them so special.

[Mom]

Q: Why did God make the woman?A: To be Adam’s helper,3 so that Adam would not be alone.

[Dad]

This is why boys and girls grow up and get married.4 This is why I married your mom, because God did not want me to be alone, and He wanted your mom to be my helper. And so God made us love each other and get married, and we were so happy! And then He gave us you, and we are even happier!

Song:


You are perfect!You’re my favorite One!You make me happy, God! Everyday!



1 Gen. 2:22. It is well worth emphasizing the literal translation, “built,” because it is a foreshadow of Christ’s statement, “I will build My Church” (Mt. 16:18). Adam is the foreshadow of Christ (Rom. 5:14), and Eve is the foreshadow of the Church (Eph. 5:30-31, see ProjectOne28.com/Eve).2 Gen. 2:22-23. How interesting that the first recorded words of Man in the Bible are in response to first seeing his woman, and they are poetry.3 Gen. 2:18. Lessons 17-18 will finally start to answer what Adam was created to do – and what Eve was created to help him do.4 Gen. 2:24

LESSON 16: MAN IN GOD’S IMAGE

Q: What Day did God make Man?A: The Sixth Day!Q: Who did He make first?A: Adam!Q: How did He make Adam?A: He made his body from the dirt and blew into his nose the breath of life!Q: What’s another name for God’s invisible breath?A: His Spirit!Q: Why did God make Adam?A: To show how strong and smart and beautiful He is and to help fix the earth!

Q: But Adam was all alone, so who did God make after Adam?A: Eve!Q: How did God make Eve?A: God put Adam to sleep and poked a hole in his side and took out a rib bone and built a woman!Q: Why did God make Eve?A: To show how strong and smart and beautiful He is and to help Adam fix the earth!

Q: What is a human?A: A person who is not an animal or an angel. I’m a human. You’re a human!Q: How special are humans? Are they more special or less special than animals and angels?A: More special!Q: Do you know why humans are so special?A: No.Because humans are created in God’s Image!1 Q: Do you know what an image is?A: No.It’s like a picture. The picture on a TV is an image. Light comes out of our TV to show us the pictures of a movie, right? Humans were created so that God could shine through them to show what God is like.2

The Bible says when God decided to make Man, He said, “Let Us make Man in Our Image, in Our Likeness.”3 Q: Who is the “Us”? Why did God say, “Let Us make Man”?A: I don’t know.The Us is God the Father, God the Son, God the Spirit, Three in One! God was talking to Himself! They were talking to Each Other, making a plan to make Man!

God said, “Let Us make Man in Our Image, in Our Likeness.” An Image is like a picture that shows us what God is like. “Likeness” means God made humans to show what He is like.

God created the heavens and angels and the earth and everything in it to show how strong and beautiful and glorious He is. He created humans to show how strong and beautiful and glorious He is, but even more than the other things. Because God does a lot of things that the heavens and the earth and the


1 Gen. 1:26-272 I chose the analogy of a TV because a flat, static picture does not seem to do justice to our Creation in His Image. Neither do I believe that a mirror is the best analogy, because Adam and Eve did not reflect exactly what God the Father looks like, not like the exact representation in a mirror. Neither do I think His Image bounces off of our surface, but manifests from within. My statement about God shining through us combines the concepts of image and glory, which are connected in 1 Cor. 11:7, “… Man… is the Image and glory of God….” God wanted to express Himself through human Images – His Spiritual Life filtered through believing human souls, manifested through the obedient actions of their bodies. What an honor!3 Gen. 1:26

animals can’t do. Q: The earth doesn’t think, does it?A: No!Q: Is the ground happy? A: No!Q: Does one tree love another tree? A: No!Q: Can an animal talk with words?A: No!

God thinks and talks and loves and has fun, so He created people to be like Him.

It’s really, really important that God made Adam and Eve to be like Him.

Next time we’ll talk about how they were supposed to be like Him and what kinds of things God wanted them to do.


LESSON 17: GOD BLESSED THEM

Q: What Day did God make Man?A: The Sixth Day!Q: Who did He make first?A: Adam!Q: How did He make Adam?A: He made his body from the dirt and blew into his nose the breath of life!Q: What’s another name for God’s invisible breath?A: His Spirit!Q: Why did God make Adam?A: To show how strong and smart and beautiful He is and to help fix the earth!

Q: But Adam was all alone, so who did God make after Adam?A: Eve!Q: How did God make Eve?A: God put Adam to sleep and poked a hole in his side and took out a rib bone and built a woman!Q: Why did God make Eve?A: To show how strong and smart and beautiful He is and to help Adam fix the earth!

Q: The Bible says when God decided to make Man, He said, “Let Us make Man in ______ “?A: Our Image, in Our Likeness!Q: What is an image?A: A picture.Light shines out of our TV to show us pictures, images. God made humans to shine through them and show what He is like.

Q: The earth doesn’t think, does it? A: No!Q: Is the ground happy? A: No!Q: Does one tree love another tree? A: No!Q: Can an animal talk with words?A: No!God thinks and talks and loves and has fun, so He created people in His Image to be like Him.

Today, we are going to learn what the twenty-eighth verse in the Bible says that God wanted Adam and Eve to do. I’ll tell you the verse, and then I’ll explain what all of the big words mean: “And God blessed them; and God said to them, ‘Be fruitful and multiply, and fill the earth; and subdue it, and rule it.”1

Q: Do you know what it means that God blessed them?A: No.Blessed means that God gave them the power to do what He wanted them to do.2 God was going to make them strong enough to do those five things: be fruitful and multiply and fill the earth and subdue and rule.

Q: Do you know what it means to be fruitful and multiply?A: No.It means to have babies! It means to have kids! Your Mom and I used to be only two people, but now


1 Gen. 1:282 John N. Oswalt, “kābash,” Theological Wordbook of the Old Testament (Chicago: Moody Publishers, 1980) 132.

there are five of us because God made us able to be fruitful and multiply. And we’re so happy to have you kids!

That’s what God promised Adam and Eve. And if they had kids, and their kids had kids, and everybody kept having kids, then soon they would fill the earth! There would be people all over the earth, everywhere!

Then, they could subdue the earth.Q: Can you say the word subdue? Sub-due. A: Subdue.Q: That’s kind of a funny sounding word, isn’t it?A: Yeah!Subdue means to get something under control.1 If there was a kid running around like crazy and knocking everything over, that would be “out of control,” right? And a parent would subdue the child by taking him by the arms and saying, “You need to settle down and do what is right.” Subdue means getting something under control.

Q: What do you think was on the earth that was bad and out of control and needed to be subdued by Adam and Eve?

A: Satan and the other bad angels.There were bad things on the earth, bad angels and darkness and waters everywhere. So God was the first one to start subduing, right? He starting making the darkness only be at night, and water only be in certain spots. God was subduing, and He wanted to share His job of subduing the earth with humans in His Image – people who were like Him. God wanted to give Adam and Eve the power to be able to subdue the bad angels, and get them under control, and fix the earth.2

The last thing God blessed Man do be able to do is rule.Q: Do you know what it means to rule?A: No.To rule means to be in charge. It means that you get to decide what should happen.Q: Who is the highest and best ruler?A: God! God is in charge of everything that He made in the heavens and the earth.3 He is the One who gets to decide what is right and what is wrong and what should happen. And God wanted to share that job of being in charge of the earth with Adam and Eve, who were made in His Image, to be rulers like Him. Even though Adam and Eve would rule the earth, God would rule them. They would rule because God would tell them how to rule.

Q: Who is in charge in this house? Who rules our family?A: Dad and Mom!We read the Bible and pray and God tells us what should happen, and He put us in charge of our kids. That’s how God made families!4

Let’s practice that verse and memorize the five things that God said He wanted humans to do.

And God blessed them; and God said to them:


1 John N. Oswalt, “kābash,” Theological Wordbook of the Old Testament (Chicago: Moody Publishers, 1980) 430.2 Cf. Ps. 8:2. See The Kingdom of God and Light Shines in the Darkness (ProjectOne28.com). See also G. K. Beale, A New Testament Biblical Theology: The Unfolding of the Old Testament in the New (Grand Rapids, MI: Baker Academic, 2011) 34, 45 (qtd. in “Being Disciples,” DiscipleNations.net/being-disciples, fn. 14).3 E.g., Ps. 103:19, 135:6, Dan. 4:17, 34-354 More is coming on this in Lesson 48 on the Fifth Commandment (Ex. 20:12, cf. Eph. 6:1-2).

1. Be fruitful and 2. multiply and3. fill the earth and4. subdue it and5. rule it

Q: What does be fruitful and multiply mean?A: Have babies!

And then they would fill the earth with people!

Q: What does subdue mean?A: To get it under control! To make sure it does what you want it to do.

Q: What does rule mean?A: To be in charge!


LESSON 18: GOD AND MAN IN THE GARDEN

Q: What is the first verse in the Bible?A: “In the beginning God created the heavens and the earth….”Q: What does the second verse in the Bible say?A: “But the earth became ruined and dark and flooded with water.”Q: What is the third verse in the Bible? What did God do to fix it?A: “And God said, ‘Let there be light!”

Q: What is the twenty-sixth verse in the Bible? “And God said, Let Us make ______ “?A: “And God said, ‘Let us make Man in Our Image, in Our likeness.”Q: What is an image?A: An image is like a picture.God made humans to show what He is like.

Q: What is the twenty-eighth verse in the Bible? “And God blessed them; and ______ “?A: “And God blessed them; and God said to them, ‘Be fruitful and multiply, and fill the earth; and

subdue it, and rule it.”Q: Do you remember what it means that God blessed Adam and Eve?A: God gave them the power to do what He wanted them to do!Q: What does it mean to be fruitful and multiply?A: Have babies!Q: What does it mean to subdue?A: To get something that is out of control under control, so that it does what it is supposed to do!Q: What was out of control on the earth?A: Satan and the bad angels!Q: What does it mean to rule?A: To be in charge and decide what happens!Q: Who is the highest and best ruler?A: God! And God wanted to share that job of being in charge of the earth with Adam and Eve. God would rule them and tell them how to rule.

After God created Adam, God planted the Garden of Eden. Q: Do you know what a garden is?A: No.A garden is a place with trees and plants that someone put there to be pretty and grow food. The Garden of Eden was a beautiful place with all kinds of trees for food, and there were rivers bringing water, and gold rocks and other pretty rocks.1 God put Adam and Eve in the Garden of Eden to live and work there.

Something amazing is that God would come down to earth and walk in the Garden with Adam and Eve!2 Q: Was that the Father, Son, or Holy Spirit who would come down and walk with them?A: I don’t know.The Bible says that no one has ever seen God the Father (except for the Son and the Spirit), so it couldn’t have been the Father.3 The Holy Spirit is invisible, too, and so it must have been God the Son who came down and walked in the Garden!4


1 Gen. 2:8-142 Gen. 3:83 Jn. 1:18, 5:37, 6:46; 1 Tim. 6:16; 1 Jn. 4:124 Col. 1:15, Heb. 1:3. Even before becoming flesh, the Word was the manifestation of the glory of God the Father (see Section Three: Glory Is a Person” in The Preeminence of Christ: Part One, To the Glory of God the Father, esp. pp. 28-30, at ProjectOne28.com).

God wanted the whole earth to be like the Garden of Eden.1 He wanted the whole earth to be fixed, so that it all would show how beautiful and strong and smart He is – with no darkness and no oceans and no enemy.2

So God told Adam to do two things:

1. Guard the Garden, which means God wanted Adam to keep the enemy out of the Garden and not let them come in.3

2. Serve in the Garden, which means God wanted Adam to take care of it, to help make sure everything was growing right, and to make the Garden of Eden bigger!

If Adam and Eve had kids, and their kids had kids, then their growing family would make the Garden of Eden bigger and bigger until it filled the earth! God wanted the whole earth to be like the Garden of Eden!4 God wanted the whole earth to be perfect and the enemy to be out of there, under control. And then God the Father would come down and live on all the earth with all the people!5

It didn’t happen this way. Something went wrong, and we’ll talk about it in the next lessons. Q: But this was a good plan, wasn’t it?A: Yes!


1 See “Section Two: The Genesis of the Great Commission” in Introduction to Disciple-making (ProjectOne28.com), indebted to G. K. Beale, The Temple and the Church’s Mission: A Biblical Theology of the Dwelling Place of God.2 A main clue to this is the reality of God’s finished product: the New Earth of Revelation 21-22, with the Tree of Life, precious stones, River of Life, and tabernacling presence of God – all regained and perfected from the Garden of Eden.3 The Hebrew words used in Gen. 2:15, “serve it and guard it” were later used of the priests serving in the temple and guarding it from anything unclean, such as a Satan-infested snake (e.g., 1 Chron. 9:23; 2 Chron. 23:19, Neh. 11:19, see also Beale, 69, 81). This, among many other clues, teaches us that the Garden of Eden was God’s first temple-space on earth.4 Cf. fn. 2 above with Num. 14:21, Isa. 11:9, Hab. 2:14, Ps. 72:19, Rev. 21:11, 22-23.5 Cf. Gen. 3:8 with Rev. 21:3

LESSON 19: TREES IN THE GARDEN

Q: What five things did God bless Adam and Eve to do?A: Be fruitful and multiply, fill the earth, subdue and rule.

Q: Where did God put Adam and Eve?A: The Garden of EdenQ: Who would come and walk with Adam and Eve in the Garden?A: God!Q: Was that the Father, Son, or Holy Spirit who would come down and walk with them?A: God the Son!

Q: What two things did God tell Adam to do in the Garden?A: Guard it and serve it! Q: Why was Adam supposed to guard the Garden?A: Adam was supposed to keep the enemy out.Q: What does it mean that Adam would serve in the Garden?A: To take care of the Garden, so that it would grow and fill the earth.

Q: What did God do on the Seventh Day?A: God rested!1Q: Does God ever need to rest? Does God ever get tired?A: No. God has all the power. He never gets tired.2

Q: If God did not need to rest, then why did God rest on the Seventh Day?A: God was showing Adam and Eve that they needed to rest every week!3

This is why I take a day off of work every week to stay at home and rest and play with you guys!

In the Garden, there were all kinds of trees that were pretty and good for food.4 Then there were two special trees in the middle of the Garden. The first was the Tree of Life. Say, “Tree of Life!” If Adam and Eve ate the Tree of Life every day, then they would live forever with God!5

Q: That sounds like a good tree, doesn’t it?!A: Yeah!

The second special tree in the middle was the Tree of the Knowledge of Good and Evil. Say, “Tree of Knowledge.”Q: Do you know what knowledge means?A: It means you know something and you understand it.Q: What would they know if they ate that tree?A: Good and EvilQ: What is evil?A: Evil means really bad. There are good things, like it is good to be nice. And there are bad things, like it is bad to be mean.

If Adam and Eve ate the Tree of the Knowledge of Good and Evil, then they would know good things, and they would know evil things. But God did not want them to know Good or Evil. God just wanted them to listen to Him. God would walk with them and tell them the Good things to do.Q: Who knows everything that is good?


1 Gen. 2:2-32 Ps. 121:43 Ex. 20:8-114 Gen. 2:95 Cf. Gen. 3:21

A: God!Q: Is God always right?A: Yes!Q: Does God ever do anything wrong?A: No! God is holy, which means He is perfect and always right, never wrong.Q: When Adam and Eve were first created, did they know Good or Evil?A: No. They just needed to know God, and He would tell them what to do and what not to do.

So God told Adam and Eve, “You may eat all of the trees in the Garden, except for the Tree of the Knowledge of Good and Evil, because if you eat it, you will surely die.”1

Q: Do you know what it means to die?A: No. It means to not be alive anymore. Q: Do you know what alive means?A: Yeah.Alive means that our hearts are beating; our lungs are breathing; our eyes are seeing; our minds are thinking. Q: We are alive, aren’t we?A: Yeah!Q: Why are we alive?A: Because God is keeping us alive!2

Q: What did we call it if we do something that God says is wrong?A: Sin.If Adam and Eve would eat the fruit from the Tree of Knowledge, that would be a sin. And God must punish sin because He is holy. That is why God said, “You must not eat from the Tree of the Knowledge of Good and Evil, because if you eat it, you will surely die.” That means their hearts would stop beating; their lungs would stop breathing; their eyes would stop seeing; their minds would stop thinking. They would be dead instead of alive.

Q: Do you know what happens after you die?A: No.If you believe in Jesus and do what He wants you to do,3 then when you die, your body stays dead and is buried in the ground, but your spirit go to heaven to be with God and Jesus. Q: Do you remember that is what we said happened to Grandma Maggie, Grandma Wanda’s mom? A: Yes.She died and went to heaven to be with God and Jesus.Q: Do you think it would be good to be with God and Jesus in heaven?A: Yes.

But if the person did not believe in Jesus and did not do what He wanted, then when that person dies, he will not go to heaven. He will go to a bad place called Hades.Q: Can you say Hades?A: Hades.It is not like heaven at all. It’s a really bad place. It’s really dark and really hot like fire, and it hurts and makes you feel bad because God is not there, and nothing good is there. It is the place to be in trouble


1 Gen. 2:16-172 Job 34:14-15, Ps. 33:6, Col. 1:17, Heb. 1:3, Jas. 4:153 Jn. 3:16, 3:36, 11:26, Lk. 23:43, Mt. 7:21-23, Acts 5:32

forever for being God’s enemy.1

Let’s review what we have said so far.

Q: What was the name of the first special tree in the middle of the Garden?A: Tree of Life!Q: What would happen if Adam and Eve kept eating from the Tree of Life?A: They would live forever with God!Q: What was the name of the other special tree in the middle of the Garden, the one that they weren’t

supposed eat from?A: The Tree of the Knowledge of Good and Evil.

I know that’s a long name. Say the first part with me, “The Tree of the Knowledge….” “...Of Good and Evil.” Now the whole name: “The Tree of the Knowledge of Good and Evil.”

Q: What would happen if they ate that tree? What would they know?A: Good things and Evil things.Q: So, if they didn’t eat from the Tree of Knowledge, how would they know what Good things to do?A: God would tell them, and they would believe Him!Q: What would happen if they ate the Tree of the Knowledge of Good and Evil?A: They would surely die because of sin.

Let’s sing a song that says God is holy, holy, holy, because He is the only One who gets to tell everybody what is sin and what is not, because He is perfect, and He is always right, and never wrong.


1 Jesus taught about Hades in Lk. 16:19-31. Technically, Hades is the temporary place of punishment for disembodied sinners, just as the current heaven is the temporary paradise for disembodied saints until the resurrection and the New Heaven and the New Earth (Rev. 21:1). Hades itself will be thrown into “hell,” the Lake of Fire (Rev. 20:14).

LESSON 20: SATAN IN THE GARDEN

Q: What two things did God tell Adam to do in the Garden?A: Guard it and serve it. Q: Why was Adam supposed to guard the Garden?A: Adam was supposed to keep the enemy out.Q: What does it mean that Adam would serve in the Garden?A: To take care of the Garden, so that it would grow and fill the earth.

But Adam did not guard the Garden, and so Satan got into a snake and came to talk to Eve and tried to trick her.1Q: Do you know what a snake is?A: Yes.Q: Snakes don’t normally talk, do they?A: No.Q: Satan is a bad angel, and angels are spirits, and spirits don’t have bodies, do they?A: No.So, Satan doesn’t have a body, but he used a snake for a body, so that he could get in the Garden and try to trick Eve.

Satan said to Eve, “Did God really say that you can’t eat from any tree in the Garden?”2

Q: What is the answer?A: No, God said they could eat all of the trees except one.3

Satan said something that wasn’t true (a lie), because he was trying to get Eve to argue with him. But Eve should have gotten Adam, and they should have told Satan to leave the Garden because God doesn’t want him in the Garden.4 But Eve started to talk to the snake.

She said, “We can eat fruit from all of the trees, but not the Tree of the Knowledge of Good and Evil, and we can’t even touch that one, or we will die.”5

Satan said, “You will not really die.”6

Q: Was that true?A: No, Satan was lying and saying that God was wrong, but God is never wrong.

Satan said, “You will not really die, but if you eat it, then you will be like God, because you will know Good and Evil.”


1 Gen. 3. We know it is Satan because of verses like 2 Cor. 11:3, Rev. 12:9, 20:2.2 Gen. 3:13 Gen. 2:16-174 “Notice the anti-climatic addendum to our sphere of dominion in Genesis 1:26: ‘over the fish of the sea and over the birds of the heavens and over the livestock and over all the earth and over every creeping thing that creeps on the earth.’ ‘All the earth’ says it all – no need for further clarification. Yet God gives it: ‘over every creeping thing.’ Why this add-on? God introduced in advance the need to subdue and rule over the devil, who would appear in the form of a serpent, creeping on the earth (Gen. 3:1, 14)” (Light Shines in the Darkness, 28).5 Gen. 3:3. “The records of God’s command in Genesis 2:17 and 3:11 did not forbid touching it. We can reasonably infer Eve added to the words of God (cf. Deut. 4:2). She no longer wielded the power of God’s word as the proper weapon against the enemy (Eph. 6:17). She stood on her own shaky foundation” (Spirit, Soul, Body, 9, ProjectOne28.com). In addition to changing God’s command, Eve also minimized both God’s blessing and His warning of judgment. God had said, literally, “You may eatingly eat all the trees,” an emphatic Hebrew construction (infinitive absolute), often translated, “You may surely eat.” God was emphasizing the blessing: eat to your hearts’ content! He also warned, literally, if you eat the Tree of Knowledge, “you will dyingly die” (you’ll die so hard that you’ll be dead). Eve dropped the emphasis in both statements to the serpent. May we keep the emphasis! May we see the greatness in God’s graciousness and the dreadfulness in His judgment!6 Gen. 3:4-5

Q: Wasn’t Eve already like God?A: Yes! Because God created her in His Image, in His likeness!1

Q: But was Eve supposed to know Good and Evil like God does?A: No! She didn’t need to know Good or Evil. She just needed to know God and walk with God, and He would tell her what to do and what not to do.

But Eve started to listen to Satan, and she was tricked.2 She started to think that the Tree of the Knowledge of Good and Evil was pretty and that it would taste good, and she wanted to know Good and Evil,3 even though God said not to. So, Eve ate some of its fruit, and she gave some to Adam, and he ate some, too.4 They sinned.Q: Do you remember what sin is?A: Sin is doing something that is wrong because God says it’s not right.

Adam and Eve sinned like Lucifer and all the bad angels sinned. Now Adam and Eve were God’s enemies, too.5

Adam and Eve heard the sound of God walking in the Garden, and they hid from him behind some trees.6

Q: Is it good to hide from God?A: No. They used to be able to walk with God, but now they were scared of getting in trouble for sinning.

God knew they had eaten from the bad tree, and when He asked, Adam said, “The woman you gave me – she gave the fruit to me, and I ate it.”7 Adam was making an excuse.Q: Is it good to make excuses?A: No. Adam kept sinning. God asked Eve, and she said, “The snake tricked me, and I ate it.”8 Eve was being bad by making an excuse, too.

Then God talked to all three of them – first to Satan, then to Eve, then to Adam. To Satan, God said, “A Man who is born from Eve’s family is going to beat you.”9 To Eve, God said, “Now it’s going to hurt when you have babies.”10 To Adam, God said, “Now it’s going to hurt and be hard to work for food. And you will die and be buried. I made you from dust, and you will be buried in the dust.”11

Then God said they could not stay in the Garden and keep eating the Tree of Life, because now they


1 Gen. 1:26-272 Gen 3:13; 2 Cor. 11:33 Gen. 3:6; cf. 1 Jn. 2:15-174 Gen. 3:65 Cf. Rom. 5:106 Gen. 3:87 Gen. 3:128 Gen. 3:139 Gen. 3:1510 Gen. 3:1611 Gen. 3:17-19, cf. Rom. 8:18-23 (esp. v. 20)

couldn’t live forever.1 Now they had to die to punished for their sins,2 so God made them leave the Garden, and He put two good angels with a sword that was on fire to keep them out.3 Adam and Eve lived for a long time and had lots of kids, but eventually they died and were buried in the ground.4

Sin is the reason that people die. One of the really bad things is that because Adam sinned, everyone who was born after Adam is a sinner.5

Q: Do you know what sinner means?A: A sinner is someone who sins.Q: Have you guys ever sinned? Have you ever done something wrong?A: Yes, all of us have done lots of wrong things like being mean and lying and not listening to Mom and

Dad, and not doing what God wants. We are all sinners, and so we can‘t live with God forever. We need God to do something to help us.

Q: Do you remember that God promised Satan that a Man would beat him? A: Yes!Q: Who do you think is the only Man who can beat Satan?A: Jesus!There is lots more to the Story before God the Son came down from heaven and became Jesus to beat Satan. It was 4,000 years before God the Son came down, so we have lots more Bible lessons to teach you this Story.Q: Do you want to keep doing lessons, so that you can learn about how Jesus saved us?A: Yes!

Okay, we will!


1 Gen. 3:22-232 Rom. 1:32, 6:233 Gen. 3:244 Gen. 5:3-5. We’ll talk later about how this was mercy from God that they did not die immediately. For more on that, see ProjectOne28.com/fall.5 Rom. 5:12-21

LESSON 21: REVIEW

At this point, I took several days to go back through and review everything in a Q&A format before preceding to the next lesson.


LESSON 22: CAIN AND ABEL

Q: After Adam and Eve sinned, could they stay in the Garden of Eden anymore?A: No.They couldn’t live forever with God because of their sins. So God made them leave the Garden, because they couldn’t keep eating from the Tree of Life. Q: What was the punishment for sin? What would happen to Adam and Eve because they couldn’t eat the Tree of Life anymore?A: They would die.Sin is the reason that people die.

Q: But what did God say to the snake right after he tricked Eve into sinning?A: A Man from Eve’s family will beat you!So God was promising that before Eve died, she would have babies, and one of the sons from her family would beat Satan!

God gave Adam and Eve their first son named Cain.1

Q: Can you say, “Cain”?And then God gave Adam and Eve a second son named Abel.Q: Can you say, “Abel”?

Cain and Abel grew up, and when they were older, they both gave presents to God. And Abel gave God some animals as a present. And Cain gave God some plants.2 But Cain wasn’t believing God or loving God,3 so God did not take His present.4 And Cain got really mad.Q: Does that sound good or bad?A: Bad.So God warned Cain; He said, “It is like sin is crouching down, ready to jump on you. Be careful and do not sin by being mad. If you do what is right, I will be happy with you, and you will be happy, too!”5

But Cain didn’t listen to God, and he kept getting mad at his brother, Abel, since God liked Abel’s present. And the Bible says that Cain murdered his brother.6Q: Do you know what murder means?A: Murder means to kill somebody on purpose who should have lived.7

It is a really, really bad sin. Cain killed Abel because he was so mad at him, and he hated him.Q: Who do you think talked Cain into murdering Abel?A: Satan.8

Even after Adam and Eve left the Garden, Satan kept trying to get people to sin against God and be mean to each other.


1 Gen. 4:1-22 Gen. 4:3-43 Cf. Heb. 11:4; 1 Jn. 3:124 Gen. 4:55 Gen. 4:6-76 Gen. 4:8. We hesitated to teach this to our kids at such a young age. But as was stated in the Preface, the goal is for them to believe that the Son of God became a Man who was murdered by sinners for the sake of sinners according to the plan of God. I believe it would be wrong to speak flippantly about sins such as murder (like TV and movies typically speak of and portray sins), but our kids seemed to process our sober, measured, Biblical instruction about this sinful world in a healthy way.7 It is important to distinguish between murder and killing. Many misquote the commandment as, “Thou shalt not kill.” But in fact, God will occasionally command His servants to kill someone who deserves to die as punishment for sin; and that is not murder. The commandment is truly, “You will not murder.”8 1 Jn. 3:12, cf. Jn. 8:44. Cain was the first fulfillment of the hostility between the seed of the serpent and the seed of Eve (Gen. 3:15).

Q: What is the punishment for Cain’s sin?A: To die.Yes, but God had mercy on Cain just like He had mercy on Adam and Eve.Q: Do you know what mercy means?A: Mercy means that God does not make us get in trouble right away as much as we should because of

our sins.So, because of God’s mercy, Adam and Eve did not die right away (they died later, when they got a lot older, but God let them live a lot longer before the punishment of death). And because of God’s mercy, Cain did not have to die right away, but God made Cain leave and go far away from his family.1

So Adam and Eve lost their son Abel, because Cain murdered him, and they lost Cain because he was in trouble and had to leave. So, God gave Adam and Eve a new son named Seth to make them happier.2

And tomorrow we’ll learn more about Seth and his family.


1 Gen. 4:10-162 Gen. 4:25

LESSON 23: SETH, ENOSH, AND YAHWEH

Q: What was the punishment for Adam and Eve’s sin?A: They would die.But God had mercy on them, and they didn’t have to die right away.Q: What does mercy mean?A: Mercy means that God does not make us get in trouble right away as much as we should because of

our sins.God said Adam and Eve would die when they were older, but first they would have sons and daughters.Q: Because what did God promise the snake after He tricked Eve into sinning?A: A Man from Eve’s family will beat you!

Q: What was the name of their first son?A: Cain!Q: What was the name of their second son?A: Abel?Q: Did God like Cain’s present or Abel’s present?A: Abel’s!Because Cain was not believing God was great and wasn’t loving Him when he gave his present. Q: How did that make Cain feel about his brother Abel?A: Mad.Q: What did Cain do?A: Murdered Abel.Q: What does murder mean?A: Murder means to kill somebody on purpose who should have lived.Q: Who talked Cain into murdering Abel?A: Satan.God made Cain go live far away, and God gave Adam and Eve a new son.Q: What was their new son’s name?A: Seth!

Today we are going to learn what God’s Name is! His Name is not “God.” God is a title. A title is a word to describe what He is. “Dad” is my title.Q: But what’s my name?A: Spencer!Yeah, dad is what I am, but Spencer is who I am, my name.Your title is son; you’re my son. Q: But is your name Son?A: No, it’s Jordan!Q: And is your name daughter?A: No, it’s Taylor!One of our titles is human. We are all humans. But God is not human; He is a God, the only God! That’s what He is.

But His Name is Yahweh. Say, “Yahweh.”Q: Do you know what Yahweh means?A: Yahweh means I AM.

God explained His Name, Yahweh, to Moses by teaching, “I AM WHO I AM.”1 The Name Yahweh tells us that no one created God. God never had a birthday. God never started being God because He has


1 Ex. 3:14-15

always been God and will always be God. No one makes God be God. God just is. God has never changed, and He will never change, because He is God, and so He is perfect.1

Q: Can God get any better?A: No!He can’t get any better, because He’s perfect! And He won’t get any worse, because He will always be perfectly God, the I AM, Yahweh!

After Cain murdered Abel and God sent Cain away, God gave Adam and Eve another son named Seth. Seth married a wife and became the father of Enosh.Q: Can you say, “Enosh”? The Bible says, “At that time people began to call upon the Name of Yahweh.”2

To call upon God’s Name means that they would pray to Yahweh, asking for help. Since they were sinners, since they didn’t have all the power they needed,3 since they didn’t know everything they needed, they would call out God’s Name in prayer, saying, “Yahweh, please help me!”

Q: What are things that you need Yahweh to help you do?A: To be brave in swimming.

To be brave in t-ball.To be good and nice and listen to Dad and Mom.To learn about God.

We can’t do anything without God’s help!

We can’t breathe; we can’t walk or talk or think or play or have fun without God helping us do it.4


1 E.g., Mal. 3:6, Ps. 102:27, Heb. 13:8, Num. 23:19, James 1:17; Mt. 5:482 Gen. 4:263 “Enosh” means “weak Adam,” which is why I drew out this motivation for their prayers: sensing their weakness as mortal sinners, they called upon the Name of Yahweh. Cf. Joel 2:32, Acts 2:21, Rom. 10:13.4 Acts 17:24-25, Jn. 3:27; 1 Cor. 4:7; Col. 1:17, Heb. 1:3, Jn. 15:5

LESSON 24: ENOCH

Q: Is it true that everybody is born a sinner?A: Yes.Q: Why is everybody born a sinner?A: Because Adam was a sinner, and he is the father of everybody.

Q: What did Cain do to Abel?A: Murdered him.Q: What does murder mean?A: Murder means to kill somebody on purpose who should have lived.Q: Why did Cain murder Abel?A: Because Cain was a sinner, and he listened to Satan.Q: After Cain murdered Abel and God sent Cain away, God gave Adam and Eve another son, and

what was his name?A: Seth!

Today, we are going to learn about more of Adam’s family. Adam and Eve’s son Cain had a family, and their son Seth had a family. This part of the Bible gives us a list of Seth’s family. It says that Adam had Seth and then many other sons and daughters, and then he died.1

Q: Adam and Eve died like God said they would because they sinned when they ate the fruit from what tree?

A: The Tree of the Knowledge of Good and EvilThe reason people die is because of sin.

The Bible says Seth had a son named Enosh, and then Seth died. Enosh had a son named Kenan, and then he died. Kenan had a son named Mahalelel, and then he died. And Mahalelel had a son named Jared, and then he died. And Jared had a son named Enoch, and then he died. Enoch was the seventh from Adam. And Enoch had a son named Methuselah.2 But do you know what? Even though all of the other fathers grew old and died because of sin, before Enoch became old, before he died, the Bible says that Enoch walked with God.3

Q: Who else in the Bible had walked with God?A: Adam and Eve in the Garden before they sinned!

Now, even outside of the Garden, God would walk with Enoch, even though Enoch was a sinner, because Enoch believed in God. And God was so happy with Enoch that before he got old and before he died – all of a sudden – they couldn’t find Enoch, because he wasn’t on earth anymore!Q: Where do you think Enoch went?A: The Bible says God took Enoch up to heaven without dying! God made Enoch fly up into heaven to

be with Him!Q: Does that sound awesome?!A: Yes!

Q: Do you know what?The same kind of thing is going to happen when Jesus comes back! The people on earth who believe in Jesus will be made to fly up to meet Jesus in the clouds!4 Jesus will be coming back, flying on the clouds, and if you believe in Him, then God will make you fly up to meet Him in the air, and those people will


1 Gen. 5:1-52 Gen. 5:6-213 Gen. 5:22, 24a4 1 Thess. 4:16-17

never die.1 They will always live with Jesus. Then Jesus will come back down to the earth, and everybody who believes in Him will come down with him, and Jesus will make everything on earth be Perfect, so that God the Father can come down and live on earth forever!2

So, that’s why the Bible tells about Enoch – because it was an example of what will happen to the people who believe in Jesus when He comes back.3

Q: Do you guys hope that Jesus comes back while we’re still here, so that we can fly up in the sky to meet Him?A: Yeah!Me, too!

Song: Yahweh


1 1 Cor. 15:53-572 1 Cor. 15:20-28, 13:10, Rev. 21:1-53 Cf. Jude 14-15 makes a big deal that Enoch was the seventh from Adam (seven being a number of fullness and completion) and that he prophesied the end-time coming of the Lord.

LESSON 25: NOAH AND THE FLOOD

Q: What happened to Adam and Eve because they sinned?A: They couldn’t stay in the Garden with God, and they died.Q: What number was Enoch after Adam?A: Seventh!Q: Enoch walked with God, and then what happened?A: God took him to heaven without dying!Q: What does that teach us about when Jesus comes back?A: The people who believe in Jesus when He comes back will fly, not die!

Even after Satan tricked Eve, he kept trying to get people to sin. As more people were born and grew up sinning, the world became worse and worse. It became a really bad place where people were always doing bad things to each other and sinning against God.1

Every sin is against God. Jordan, if you do something mean to your sister, then you sinned against your sister – and you sinned against God.2 Because God is the One who says what’s right, and we’re supposed to do everything God wants us to do.

So, because Adam was a sinner, everybody else is born sinners.3 And there were so many people sinning that it made God sad. And God was sorry that He even made people. And God decided that He was going to flood the earth again. He was going to make it rain for so long that water would cover the whole earth, and every animal and person would die.4

Q: Was God right that everybody should die in the Flood?A: Yes. God is always right. Every person was a sinner who was always sinning against God, which is the worst thing. The punishment for sin is death. Every person deserved to die.

But God had mercy on a man named Noah.5 Noah believed in God, and he told God he was sorry for sinning, and he tried to do everything God wanted him to do. So God was happy with Noah, and Noah walked with God.6

Q: Who else walked with God?A: Adam and Eve, and Enoch!

God was sad about everybody else. But God decided to have mercy Noah and his family and save them when the Flood came. God told Noah to built a really big boat, called an ark.7

Q: Can you say, “Ark”?A: Ark!God told Noah to built a really big boat, called an ark, so that when God made it flood, Noah and his family would be safe in the ark. Noah was married to his wife, and they had three sons, and their sons all had wives.8 God would save Noah and his family when everybody else died in the Flood.


1 Gen. 6:52 E.g., Ps. 51:43 Rom. 5:12ff.4 Gen. 6:6-7, 11-135 Gen. 6:8, “But Noah found favor [lit. grace] in the eyes of Yahweh.”6 Gen. 6:97 Gen. 6:14-228 Gen. 6:10, 7:7

Q: Did Noah deserve to die?A: Yes. Noah was a sinner, just like everybody else, because Adam was a sinner. But Noah wasn’t going to die because God had mercy on him.1

Q: Do you remember what mercy means?A: Mercy means that God does not make us get in trouble right away as much as we should because of

our sins. Noah and his family all should have died, but God had mercy on them.

But God would still have to punish their sins later in the Story, because God is good. Q: If a boy was being mean and hurting another kid, but his parents didn’t get him in trouble, they

would not be good, would they? A: No. Q: Would they be good parents if they just kept letting their son hurt other kids without punishing

him and stopping him?A: No.But God is good, so He will punish every sin. But, He was waiting to do something special to punish for sins – and we’ll learn what that was later.2

Noah did everything God told him to do in building the ark.3 Q: What is an ark?A: A really big boat!

God also told Noah to take two of every kind of animal into the ark (like a boy elephant and a girl elephant, and a boy robin and a girl robin), so that they would live through the flood and then when the earth dried out, they would have baby animals and fill the earth again. It was like a zoo in a boat!4

God told Noah what day it was going to start raining, so he could get his family and the animals in the ark, and then the Bible says that Yahweh shut the door to the ark, so that it was tight and no water would get in!5 And then it rained and rained and rained for forty days and forty nights! And the earth was flooded with water! You couldn’t see any land or trees because it was flooded with water, and all of the sinful people died, and all of the animals died, except for Noah and his wife, and his three sons and their wives, and the animals in the ark, because God had mercy and saved them.6

Q: Do you think Noah and his family were thankful to God for His mercy?A: Yes!Me, too!

Next time we’ll talk about what happened when Noah got out of the ark on dry land.


1 This is worth stressing to understand that all salvation is by grace (see footnote above on “grace” in Gen. 6:10. We know Noah deserved to die as a sinner from Rom. 5:12ff. Also, after the Flood, when Noah and his sons are the only men, God repeated the same statement of judgment as He did before the Flood: “the intention of man’s heart is evil from his youth” (Gen. 8:21, cf. 6:5). That statement was as true after the Flood, about Noah and his sons, as it was before the Flood, of those who died. It was pure grace that saved the undeserving Noah, pure grace that worked in him to obey God’s commands to build the ark and enter it (cf. Phil. 2:12-13, 1 Cor. 15:10).2 At this point, I sensed the need to be careful not to mislead my kids as though forgiveness could come without the shedding of blood (Heb. 9:22). Though it is difficult for even adults, I wanted to do what I could to prevent them from thinking that Christ’s substitutionary sacrifice was unnecessary. “Well, God saved people before, like Noah, so why did Christ have to die?” Romans 3:21-26 emphasizes that God’s mercy upon sinners like Noah put His righteousness into question. Is God really a good Judge? But His forbearance was justified when it was seen that He was waiting to punish those previous sins in the infinitely worthy propitiation by the blood of His Son (NewLifeEquip.com/GoodFriday).3 Gen. 6:22, 7:54 Gen. 7:2, 14-155 Gen. 7:166 Gen. 7:11-12, 17-24

LESSON 26: NOAH AFTER THE FLOOD

Q: Remember that Cain murdered Abel; what does murder mean?A: Murder means to kill somebody on purpose who should have lived.Q: Who told Cain to murder Abel?A: Satan.Even after Satan tricked Eve, he kept trying to get people to sin.Q: When people sin, who are they sinning against?A: God.Q: What is the punishment for sin?A: To die. To not be able to live with God forever.Q: When there were a bunch of people on the earth, sinning and doing bad things to each other, and

murdering each other, how did God feel?A: Sad. God was sorry that He even made people.Q: What did God decide to do about all the people being sinners?A: To send a flood to kill every person and every animal.Q: What is a flood?A: A flood is when water covers all of the land and ruins the earth.

Q: Was God right that everybody should die in the Flood?A: Yes. God is always right. God was right because every person was a sinner who was always sinning against God, which is the worst thing. The punishment for sin is death. Every person deserved to die.

Q: If it was wrong for Cain to murder Abel, then why is it okay for God to kill all of the sinful people on earth?

A: I don’t know.Because murder is different than killing. Murder is when one person, on purpose, kills somebody who should have lived, who God wanted to live. Murder is a sin. But God gets to decide who lives and who dies, because He is God, and God is always right.1 Everybody who sins should die. So if God makes a flood kill somebody, that is not a sin. God never sins. He is perfect. When God made it flood, He was right that everybody deserved to die for their sins.

Q: But who did God have mercy on?A: Noah!Q: What is mercy?A: Mercy is when God does not make someone get in as much trouble as they should for their sins. Q: Was Noah a sinner?A: Yes.Q: Did Noah deserve to die like everybody else deserved to die?A: Yes.Q: Even when God has mercy, does He still have to punish for sins?A: Yes. Because God is good and holy, but in mercy, God was waiting to do something special, so that He could still punish sins like a good God and still give mercy to the people He wanted to give mercy to.

Q: Why was God happy with Noah?A: Because Noah believed in God and said he was sorry for sinning and tried to do everything God said

to do. So Noah walked with God.Q: What was God’s plan to save Noah?A: To have Noah built an ark!


1 Deut. 32:39; 1 Sam. 2:6 (cf. 2 Ki. 5:7)

Q: What is an ark?A: A really big boat!Q: Did Noah do everything God told him about how to built the ark?A: Yes!

Then God told Noah what day it was going to start raining, so He could get his family in the ark to be safe.

Q: What else did God tell Noah to put in the ark?A: Animals!Q: How many animals?A: Two of every kind of animal, a boy and girl.Q: When Noah and his family and the animals got inside the ark, who shut the door to keep them

safe?A: Yahweh!Q: How many days and nights did it rain?A: 40! The water was higher than everything on earth, higher than all the trees. And all the sinful people and all the animals died.

It took a long time for all the water to sink into the ground and go away, but then Noah and his family and all the animals went out of the ark.1 They were the only ones on the earth because God had mercy on them and saved them!

So Noah thanked God and gave God a present! Noah made God happy because he obeyed God.2 So Yahweh promised that He would never flood the earth again.3 And God made a rainbow to be a sign of His promise, so that every time we see a rainbow, we remember that God has promised never to flood the earth again!4

Then the Bible says that God blessed Noah and his sons and said to them, “Be fruitful and multiply and fill the earth.”5

Q: Who was the first man God blessed and said that to?A: Adam!After all the other sinful people died, God was starting over on the earth with Noah – like a new Adam!


1 Gen. 8:1-192 Gen. 8:20-21. God was happy because of Noah’s animal sacrifices. Pray about whether or not to introduce animal sacrifices at this point. I choose not to until the Passover, and even after that, I did not elaborate on all of the other sacrifices.3 Gen. 8:21-22, 9:114 Gen. 9:12-17. Technically, it is said that God will see the rainbow and remember. It is popularly taught that this was the first rainbow, but I do not believe there is sufficient reason in the Scriptures to assert that. It is possible that there had been rainbows before, but that at this point, God attached covenantal significance to it.5 Gen. 9:1-2, 7

LESSON 27: THE TOWER OF BABEL

Q: What was the last thing that happened that we talked about?A: The Flood.Q: What happened in the Flood?A: Everybody died.Q: Why?A: Because they were all sinners because Adam sinned.Q: Was it right for God to kill all of the sinners in the Flood?A: Yes.

Q: Who did God decide to have mercy on?A: Noah!Q: What did God tell Noah to build?A: An ark!Q: What is an ark?A: A big boat!Q: Who got on the ark with Noah?A: His family and two of every kind of animal!Q: Who shut the door to keep them safe from the Flood?A: Yahweh!Q: How many days and nights did God make it rain?A: 40 days and 40 nights!And the water was all over the earth, and everything that needed to breathe died. It took a long time for the water to sink back into the ground and dry out.Q: What did Noah do when he got out of the ark?A: Thanked God and gave God a present!Q: Did Noah deserve to die like the rest of them?A: Yes.Q: Why?A: Because Noah was a sinner from Adam’s family, too.

So Noah was so happy, and he thanked God for saving him and his family. Yahweh promised that He would never flood the earth again. Q: What did God make to be the sign of His promise?A: A rainbow! Every time we see a rainbow, we remember that God has promised never to flood the earth again!

Q: Then what did God say to Noah and his sons?A: Be fruitful and multiply and fill the earth!God blessed them and said to them, “Be fruitful and multiply and fill the earth” – like He said to Adam. God was starting over with Noah and his sons.

The Bible says that Noah’s three sons and their wives were fruitful and multiplied. They had lots of kids, and their kids had lots of kids, and there were lots of people on the earth again. Remember, God said to fill the earth. But people were still sinners, so instead of filling the earth, the Bible says they gathered together in one city, and they said to each other, “Let’s make bricks and build a city and a tower that goes all the way up into the heavens.”And they said, “Let’s do that so that we make a name for ourselves.”1 That means they wanted to be famous. Q: Do you know what famous means?A: No.


1 Gen. 11:1-4

It means everybody knows who you are and thinks you are great, better than other people. They wanted to stay in one place with a tower into the heavens, so they would be famous, and everybody would think they were great.Q: Do you think that was a good thing or a sin?A: A sin. Q: Why?A: Because God told them to fill the earth.Very good! They were disobeying God and staying in one place.Q: Do you think it was right for them to want to be famous?A: No.Q: Who should they want to be famous? Who should they want people to think is great?A: God!Yeah, instead of wanting people to think that we are great, we should want people think that God is great, and that His Name is the greatest!Q: Who was the first person who tried to make other people think he was great instead of God?A: Satan.Q: Do you think Satan was trying to trick people to build this tower like he tricked Eve and Cain into

sinning?A: Yes.

The Bible says that they didn’t want to fill the earth; they wanted to stay in one place, build a city and a tower to make a name for themselves. And it says that Yahweh came down to see the tower that they built. Q: Their tower didn’t make it all the way up to God, did it? Because what heaven is in God in?A: The highest heaven! Third heaven!It says that God said, “Let Us go down and confuse their language.”1 Q: Do you know what language is?A: It’s the kind of words that we use to talk to each other. Back then, there was only one language. They all understand each other when they were making these evil plans. So God said, “Let Us go down and give them a bunch of different languages, so that they can’t understand each other.”Q: When God said, “Let Us,” who is Us?Q: Do you remember the twenty-sixth verse in the Bible that says, “God said, “Let Us make Man in

Our Image, in Our Likeness”? Who was talking then?A: God!Q: Who was He talking to?A: God was talking to Himself! Because there is Three in One! God the Father, God the Son, and God the Spirit talking to each other! That’s who is talking in this story. When God said, “Let Us go down and mix up their languages,” it was the Father, Son, and Spirit talking to Each Other.

God did it, and so the people building the tower didn’t understand what each other were saying. You know the words I’m saying, because you know English, which is what our language is called. Q: But what if I started speaking in Spanish?It’s a different language, like this: Yo juro obedencia a la bandera de los Estados Unidos….Q: Did you understand those words?A: No!That’s Spanish. It’s a different language. I learned some Spanish when I was in school, but I don’t remember very much of it. But do you know what? Your mom and I are going to teach you guys Spanish in homeschool when you get a little older! Then you will know a new language, and you’ll understand the words, “Yo juro obedencia a la bandera de los Estados Unidos….”


1 Gen. 11:7

But those guys were building that tower, and they all spoke the same language, so they understood each other. One could say, “Hey, can you help me pick this up?” Or, “You need to nail this together,” and they could be a team with the same language. Q: But what if they had different languages and one of them said, “Yo juro obedencia a la bandera de

los Estados Unidos,” and the others didn’t understand what he said? Could they work together like a team?

A: No!That’s how God made them stop and then fill the earth. Because now there were some families who could speak one language and understand each other, and some families could only speak a different language. There were lots of different languages. So instead of all living in one place and not understanding what others were saying, they finally did what God wanted them to do, and they spread out and filled the earth.1 One language group went that way, and another language group went that way, and they filled the earth! That’s why we speak different languages now. After this, we’ll listen to some recordings on my computer of a bunch of different languages, so you can hear how different they sound.2

The people called that place, where they were building the tower, they called it Babel, because babel is a word that means you’re confused about what people are saying. If people are just babbling, then it means you don’t understand – it just sounds like “Babble, babble, babble” – I don’t know what it means! So we call this the Tower of Babel.Q: Can you say, “Tower of Babel”?A: Tower of Babel!

So we learned today that even though God started over with Noah and his three sons, the people were still sinners, right? So they still were being God’s enemies, still disobeying and not doing what God wanted. So everybody still deserved to die for their sins, but God kept having mercy, waiting to do a really special thing, so He could punish their sins and still save them.


1 Gen. 11:8-92 We easily listened to multiple different languages in audio Bibles through the preview widget on faithcomesbyhearing.com.

http://faithcomesbyhearing.com

http://faithcomesbyhearing.com

LESSON 28: THE GOD OF ABRAHAM AND ISAAC 1

Q: Why does God create anything?A: To show how beautiful and strong and smart He is!Q: God said, “Let us Man make in Our ______, in Our ______”?A: Image! … Likeness!God does a lot of things that the heavens and the earth and the animals can’t do. The earth doesn’t think, does it? Is the ground happy? Does one tree love another tree? Can an animal talk with words? God thinks and talks and loves and has fun, so He created people to be like Him.

Q: God blessed them and said to them, “______ ”? A: Be fruitful and multiply, fill the earth, subdue and rule it.”Q: What does subdue mean?A: To get something under control.Satan and the bad angels were out of control, so God created Adam and Eve to get them under control.Q: What does rule mean?A: To be in charge. To decide what happens on the earth.Q: Who is the most in charge?A: God. God would rule Adam and Eve and teach them how to rule with Him.

Q: Satan came to try to trick Eve in the Garden in the body of a what?A: A snake.Q: Did Adam and Eve subdue?A: No. Instead, they became sinners, God’s enemies. Now people cannot subdue and rule anymore because Satan already beat them. Nobody can rule with God because everyone is a sinner, who does things against God and will die because of his sins.

Q: Do you remember what God told Satan after he tricked Eve?A: “A Man from Eve’s family will beat you.”Q: But how is any man going to beat Satan since every man is a sinner?A: I don’t know.That’s part of the problem that we have to read the rest of the Bible story to find out how it happens.

So, everybody is born a sinner who grows up to do sins, and there were more and more people on earth doing evil things against God and killing people.Q: How did God feel?A: Sad. Sorry that even made people.Q: What did God decide to do?A: Flood the earth.Q: Was God right to kill all of the sinful humans with a flood?A: God is always right! Q: They were sinners, and what is the punishment for sin?A: To die.Right. Sinners cannot live with the holy God.

Q: But God had mercy on whom?A: Noah and his family!Q: Was Noah a sinner?


1 This lesson may be too long. I’m not really sure why I included so much review and so much new material. You may decide that it would be better to split this into two lessons, stopping after the calling of Abraham and before the promise of a son.

A: Yes.Q: Did Noah deserve to die like everyone else?A: Yes.Q: Was God still going to have to punish Noah’s sins?A: Yes. He was waiting to do something special, which we’ll learn about later.Q: After saving Noah and his family in the ark, the Bible says, “God blessed Noah and his sons and

said to them…,” what?A: Be fruitful and multiply and fill the earth.But God didn’t say “subdue and rule” like He first did to Adam because now they were sinners.

Q: Did they fill the earth?A: No!They had lots of kids, but they stayed in one city.Q: They said, “Come let us make bricks and build a _____ into the ______ and make a ______ for

ourselves.”A: Tower… heavens… name!Q: What does it mean to want to “make a name for” themselves? How did they want people to them

about them?A: They wanted to be famous, for people to think they were great.Q: Whose Name should they want to make great?A: God’s! Q: What’s His Name?A: Yahweh!Q: What does Yahweh mean?A: I AM!They should want everybody to think Yahweh is the greatest!Q: God said, “Let Us go down and _________ .”A: Confuse their languages. (Mix up their languages.)So they had to stop building their tower because they couldn’t understand each other’s words anymore. So they moved away from each other and started filling the earth like God wanted.

But there’s still a problem because now the earth was filling up with sinners again, just like before the Flood. The earth was full of people who were not loving God or listening to Him. They were sinning.Q: Was God going to destroy the earth again with another Flood?A: No.Q: Why not?A: Because God promised that He would never again destroy the earth with a Flood, and God always

keeps His promises!

God decided to choose one man to keep Eve’s family going, so that One of the sons in that family could beat Satan and make everything perfect. The man God choose was Abraham. You’ve heard of Abraham before: “Father Abraham had many sons; many sons had Father Abraham!”

Yahweh spoke to Abraham and said, “Leave your family and your father’s house and go to the place I will show you.”1 At first, Abraham didn’t know where God was sending him.2 He just said to leave and start walking, and then I’ll show you where to go.

God had to tell Abraham to leave his family because Abraham’s family did not believe there was One


1 Gen. 12:12 Heb 11:8-9

God. They believed there were lots of gods.1 Q: Is that true? Are there lots of gods?A: No!Q: How many gods are there?A: One!Q: One God in how many Persons?A: Three in One!So God was telling Abraham: I don’t want you to stay with your family doing the wrong things. I want you to leave and go to the place I will show you.

The second thing Yahweh told Abraham was, “I will bless you and make you into a great family!”2 A big, famous family!Q: Who were the first people God blessed?A: Adam and Eve!It’s like God was starting over with Abraham like a new Adam.Q: What does bless mean?A: It means that God will give you the power to do what He wants you to do and that will make you

happy. It makes us happy to do what God wants, because we know He is happy.

So the first thing Yahweh told Abraham was, “Leave your family and go to the place I will show you.” And then Yahweh promised, “I will bless you and make you into a great family!”

Here’s the third thing Yahweh said: “In you, all the families of the earth will be blessed.”3

Q: Were all of the families of the earth blessed in Adam?A: No!They all became sinners who have to die because of Adam’s sin. So, God was doing something special. All the families of the earth would be blessed (able to do what God says and be happy) because of what God was doing through Abraham.

Q: What was the first thing God said to Abraham?A: “Leave your family and go to the place I will show you.”Say with me: “Leave your family… and go where I will show you.”Q: What was the second thing God said to Abraham?A: “I will bless you and make you into a great family!”Say with me: “I will bless you… and make you into a great family!”Q: What was the third thing God said to Abraham?A: “In you, all the families of the earth will be blessed.”Say with me: “In you, all the families of the earth… will be blessed!”

Yahweh promised Abraham that he would have a big family, but Abraham and his wife Sarah were old, and they had never had any kids.4 God had never put a baby in Sarah’s tummy. But now God was promising to give them a son. Even after God promised them a son, they had to wait a long time before God gave them a son. They had to wait 25 more years before God gave them a son!5 That teaches us that sometimes we have to wait patiently for God and trust Him, that He will do good to us when He knows it’s the right time.


1 Josh. 24:22 Gen. 12:23 Gen. 12:3. The Gospel was proclaimed in advance to Abraham that in him, actually in His Seed, all the families of the earth would be blessed (see Gal. 3:8, 16).4 Gen. 12:4, 15:2-3, 16:1-2, 17:1, 17, 18:11-13 5 Abraham was 75 years old when he was promised a son and 100 years old when Isaac was born (Gen. 12:4, 21:5).

The Bible says that Abraham believed God. He believed God was strong enough and smart enough to do anything, even give them a baby when they were really old.1 So the Bible says that because Abraham believed God’s promise, God did not count Abraham’s sins against him, but God said that Abraham could be God’s friend instead of His enemy.2

(Remember, God still has to punish people for sins, but God was having mercy on Abraham and waiting until Jesus would do something special, so that God could punish sins and still save sinners.)

Abraham walked with God.3 Q: Who were the first people who walked with God?A: Adam and Eve!Q: Who was the seventh from Adam who walked with God?A: Enoch!Q: Then who walked with God before the Flood?A: Noah!So there was Adam, Enoch, Noah, and now Abraham. One time Yahweh came down and ate dinner with Abraham and Sarah!4 That time God promised that in one year, He would give them a son.5 When Abraham was 100 years old and Sarah was 90 years old, God gave them a baby boy named Isaac!6 Say, “Abraham… Isaac.”

And then God promised Abraham again that one of Abraham’s sons would beat Satan and bless all the families of the earth.7

Q: Do you think it was Isaac, or is there more to the story until we get to the Man in Eve’s family who beats Satan and blesses all the families of the earth?

A: It was Jesus!Yes! Isaac was the first son of God’s promise, and Isaac had kids, and his kids had kids, and their kids, all the way until Mary, and the Holy Spirit put God the Son into Mary’s tummy, and He became Jesus! Abraham and Isaac were part of Jesus’ family!

Q: When did God first say that a Man would beat Satan?A: In the Garden after Satan tricked Eve.8

So, God was reminding us of that promise when He promised it again to Abraham.

We’ll keep learning the Story in our next class.


1 See Rom. 4:16-25.2 Gen. 15:6 (Rom. 4:9, 22; Gal. 3:6; Jas. 2:23), Isa. 41:8; 2 Chron. 20:7, Jas. 2:233 E.g., Gen. 18 (esp. vv. 16, 22), 48:154 Gen. 18:1, 85 Gen. 18:106 Gen. 17:17, 21:1-77 Gen. 22:17-18 is the foreshadow of the Gospel (Gal. 3:8, 16).8 Gen. 3:15

LESSON 29: THE GOD OF ABRAHAM, ISAAC, AND JACOB

Remember last time we talked about how there was a problem even after the Tower of Babel, because now the earth was filling up with sinners again, just like before the Flood. The earth was full of people who were not loving God or listening to Him. They were sinning.

But God already had a plan from way back before the Garden of Eden that a Man would be blessed to subdue the enemy and rule on the earth. Q: Is it possible for God’s plan not to work? Can God fail?A: No!So, God decided to choose one man to keep Eve’s family going, so that One of the sons in that family could beat Satan and make everything perfect.Q: What was that man’s name?A: Abraham!

Q: What was the first thing God said to Abraham?A: “Leave your family and go to the place I will show you.”Q: Why did Abraham have to leave his family?A: Because they believed the lie that there were lots of gods.Q: Did Abraham know at first where God wanted him to go?A: No! He was just supposed to start walking and then God would show him!Say with me: “Leave your family… and go where I will show you.”

Q: What was the second thing God said to Abraham?A: “I will bless you and make you into a great family!”Q: What does bless mean?A: It means that God will give you the power to do what He wants you to do and that will make you

happy. And a great family means a big family with lots of kids who have lots of kids.Say with me: “I will bless you… and make you into a great family!”

Q: What was the third thing God said to Abraham?A: “In you, all the families of the earth will be blessed.”Say with me: “In you, all the families of the earth… will be blessed!”

Yahweh promised Abraham that he would have a big family, but Abraham and his wife Sarah were old, and they had never had any kids. God had never put a baby in Sarah’s tummy. But now God was promising to give them a son. Even after God promised them a son, they had to wait a long time before God gave them a son. Q: How many years did they have to wait before God gave them a son?A: 25 years!That teaches us that sometimes we have to wait patiently for God and trust Him, that He will do good to us when He knows it’s the right time.

The Bible says Abraham believed God. He believed God was strong enough and smart enough to do anything, even give them a baby when they were really old. So the Bible says that because Abraham believed God’s promise, God did not count Abraham’s sins against him, but God said that Abraham could be God’s friend instead of His enemy.

(Remember, God still has to punish people for sins, but God was having mercy on Abraham and waiting until Jesus would do something special, so that God could punish sins and still save sinners.)


Abraham walked with God. Q: Who were the first people who walked with God?A: Adam and Eve!Q: Who was the seventh from Adam who walked with God?A: Enoch!Q: Then who walked with God before the Flood?A: Noah!So there was Adam, Enoch, Noah, and now Abraham. One time Yahweh came down and ate dinner with Abraham and Sarah! That time God promised that in one year, He would give them a son. Q: How old was Abraham when God gave him a son?A: 100!Q: How old was Abraham’s wife Sarah?A: 90!Q: What was their son’s name?A: Isaac!

Q: And then God promised Abraham again that one of Abraham’s sons would do what two things?A: Beat Satan and bless all the families of the earth.Q: Was Isaac the one to beat Satan?A: No! But Isaac was in the family of the One who would beat Satan and bless all the families of the earth.

The Bible says Isaac grew up married Rebekah, and she wasn’t having any babies. So, Isaac prayed to Yahweh and asked Yahweh to make a baby in Rebekah’s tummy. And do you know what? She had two sons at the same time!1 Q: Do you know what it is called when God puts two babies in one mommy’s tummy?A: Twins!Instead of one baby growing in the mommy’s tummy, there are two! Sometimes they look a little different, and sometimes they look exactly the same! Twins are really special!Q: Do you know any twins?A: Hope and Hannah! God and Jesus made them in Mrs. Brickley’s tummy at the same time, and they look the same!

When Isaac’s wife Rebekah had twins in her tummy, God was still choosing the families that would come from Eve and from Noah and from Abraham, who would have a Son to beat Satan and bless all the families of the earth. So, before the twins were born, before either one of them had done anything good or bad, God chose the younger one.2 The older one was the one who came out first. His name was Esau. The younger one came out second, and his name was Jacob. God said that Jacob would have the family Jesus would come into.

So, when Jacob grew up, Yahweh came down and talked to Jacob and promised him the same thing that He had promised to Jacob’s grandpa, Abraham, and to Jacob’s dad, Isaac. God said to Jacob, “I am Abraham’s God and Isaac’s God. I will bless you and make you a great family. I am with you, and I will protect you everywhere you go. And One of your sons will beat Satan and bless all the families of the earth.”3

Q: What does the Name Yahweh mean?A: I AM!Yahweh promised Jacob, “I AM with you, and I will protect you.”


1 Gen. 25:21-262 Gen. 25:23 (the language of my sentence coming from Rom. 9:11-12)3 Gen. 28:10-17, 35:11

Q: And just like God promised to Abraham, He promised Jacob, “I will bless you and make you a ______ ”?

A: Great family!Q: And “one of your sons will beat Satan and ________ “?A: Bless all the families of the earth!

So the Bible calls Yahweh “the God of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob.”1

Say, “The God of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob!”

Jacob had a bunch of sons, and we’ll learn about them next time!


1 E.g., Ex. 3:6, 15, 16; 4:5; Mt. 22:32, Acts 7:32

LESSON 30: THE GOD OF JUDAH AND JOSEPH

After Yahweh confused their language at the Tower of Babel, the earth was full of sinful families again.

Q: But what was God’s plan in Genesis 1:28?A: A Man would subdue and rule!Q: And after Satan tricked Eve to sin, what did God promise?A: A Man from Eve’s family will beat you!So God kept Eve’s family going through Seth, Enosh, Enoch, and Noah (and his son and grandson and great-grandson…).

Q: Then whom did God choose?A: Abraham!Q: What was the first thing God said to Abraham?A: “Leave your family and go to the place I will show you.”Q: Why did Abraham have to leave his family?A: Because they believed the lie that there were lots of gods.Q: Did Abraham know at first where God wanted him to go?A: No. He was just supposed to start walking, and then God would show him!Say with me: “Leave your family… and go where I will show you.”

Q: What was the second thing God said to Abraham?A: “I will bless you and make you into a great family!”Q: What does bless mean?A: It means that God will give you the power to do what He wants you to do and that will make you

happy. And a great family means a big family with lots of kids who have lots of kids.Say with me: “I will bless you… and make you into a great family!”

Q: What was the third thing God said to Abraham?A: “In you, all the families of the earth will be blessed.”Say with me: “In you, all the families of the earth… will be blessed!”

Abraham and his wife Sarah did not have any babies, but God promised to give them a son and make them into a great family.Q: Did Abraham believe God’s promise?A: Yes!Q: What happened for Abraham because he believed?A: God did not count Abraham’s sins against him and said Abraham could be His friend instead of His

enemy.

One time Yahweh came down and ate dinner with Abraham and Sarah!Q: Was it God the Father or the Son or the Spirit who came down to eat dinner with Abraham?A: God the Son! (No one has ever seen God the Father, and the Spirit is invisible, too.)

That was when God promised that in one year Sarah would have a son.Q: How old was Abraham when God gave him a son?A: 100!Q: How old was Abraham’s wife Sarah?A: 90!Q: What was their son’s name?A: Isaac!


Q: And then God promised Abraham again that one of Abraham’s sons would do what two things?A: Beat Satan and bless all the families of the earth.

The Bible says Isaac grew up married Rebekah, and she wasn’t having any babies. So, Isaac prayed to Yahweh and asked Yahweh to make a baby in Rebekah’s tummy. Q: How many babies did God put in Rebekah’s tummy?A: Two!Q: What is it called when God puts two babies in one mommy’s tummy?A: Twins!When Isaac’s wife Rebekah had twins in her tummy, God was still choosing the families that would come from Eve and from Noah and from Abraham, who would have a Son to beat Satan and bless all the families of the earth. So, before the twins were born, before either one of them had done anything good or bad, God chose the younger one. The older one was the one who came out first. Q: Do you remember the older one’s name?A: Esau!Q: What was the younger one’s name?A: Jacob! God said that Jacob would have the family Jesus would come into!

So, when Jacob grew up, Yahweh came down and talked to Jacob and promised him the same thing that He had promised to Jacob’s grandpa, Abraham.Q: He promised Jacob, “I will bless you and make you a ______ ”?A: Great family!

Yahweh said, “I am with you, and I will protect you everywhere you go.”Q: And “one of your sons will beat Satan and ________ “?A: Bless all the families of the earth!

So the Bible calls Yahweh “the God of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob.”Say, “The God of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob!”

Do you know what? Sometimes God gives people new names, and there is a story in the Bible when God gave Jacob a new name: Israel.1 Q: Can you say, “Israel?”

Guess how many sons Jacob had! … Twelve! His sons were Reuben, Simeon, Levi, Judah, Zebulun, Issachar, Dan, Gad, Asher, Naphtali, and Joseph and Benjamin.2 That’s a lot of sons, isn’t it?!

Remember, God was still choosing who would be the family for the Man who would beat Satan and make everything perfect. God chose Abraham from all the families on earth. Then God chose Isaac. Then Isaac had twin boys, but God chose Jacob and renamed him Israel. Out of Israel’s twelve sons, God chose Judah. The Bible says that One of Judah’s sons will beat Satan and all the people of the earth will obey Him.3


1 Gen. 32:28, 35:10 (“Israel” means “He strives with God.”)2 You can see the names together in Gen. 49, when Jacob blessed/prophesied to all twelve of his sons before he died.3 Gen. 49:8-10 is a Messianic prophecy. (The ESV footnote is to be prefered, “until Shiloh comes,” in which Shiloh is a name for the Messiah, meaning “place of rest.” See DiscipleNations.net/OTsurvey/Genesis.pdf for details on this passage.) King David and King Jesus came from the line of Judah (cf. Mt. 1:2-3, 6, 16). Its very significant that the Messiah from Judah was promised be King over more than Israel, but “to Him shall be the obedience of the peoples” (Gen. 49:10).

LESSON 31: JOSEPH AND HIS BROTHERS

After God confused their languages at the Tower of Babel, the families who spoke different languages spread out and filled the earth, like God wanted.

Q: Who did God choose out of all of the sinful people on the earth?A: Abraham!Q: What was the first thing God said to Abraham?A: “Leave your family and go to the place I will show you.”Q: What was the second thing God said to Abraham?A: “I will bless you and make you into a great family!”Q: What was the third thing God said to Abraham?A: “In you, all the families of the earth will be blessed.”Q: What was the name of the son God promised to Abraham?A: Isaac!Q: When God put twins in the tummy of Isaac’s wife, did God choose the older one or the younger

one?A: The younger one!Q: What was the younger one’s name?A: Jacob!Q: What was the older one’s name?A: Esau.Q: What was the new name that God gave to Jacob?A: Israel!Q: How many sons did Jacob have?A: Twelve!Q: Which one of Jacob’s sons did God choose for the family of the Man who would beat Satan and

bless all the families of the earth?A: Judah!

Today we’re going to talk about Jacob’s eleventh son, Joseph. The Bible says that Jacob loved Joseph more than his first ten sons (which was wrong). Jacob made Joseph a robe with many colors, and it made his brothers jealous of him.1

Q: Do you know what jealous means?A: Jealous means that instead of the brothers being happy for Joseph, they were mad because they

wanted the robe and didn’t want Joseph to have it.Q: Does it sound good for his brothers to be jealous, or does it sound like a sin?A: A sin.The Bible says that Joseph’s brothers hated him.Q: Do you know what hate is?A: Hate is the opposite of love. Hate means they really didn’t like Joseph, and they wanted bad things

for him, instead of good things.

Then God gave Jacob a special dream.Q: Do you know what a dream is?A: A dream happens when we are sleeping, and even though we are asleep, we can see something

happening for pretend. A dream is like seeing a pretend movie while we’re sleeping!Q: Have you ever dreamed something, and then you woke up and realized that it was only pretend

while you were sleeping?A: Yes!


1 Gen. 37:3-4, 8, 11

Sometimes people have dreams that they can remember, but a lot of times we dream while we’re sleeping, but we can’t remember them when we wake up. Sometimes our dreams are just silly, and they don’t mean anything. But sometimes, God gives people dreams to tell us something we need to know.1

When Joseph was 17 years old, God gave him two special dreams because God was using the dreams to say that Joseph would rule over his brothers.2 But when Joseph told his brothers about his dreams, they hated him even more. They didn’t want Joseph to rule over them. They were jealous, and they hated him.

His brothers started to make plans about how they could murder Joseph.3

Q: Do you remember what murder means?A: Murder means to kill somebody on purpose who should have lived.Q: Why is murder wrong? Who is it that gets to decide who lives and who dies?A: God, because God is always right.Q: Who was the first person who murdered his brother?A: Cain.Q: What was his brother’s name?A: Abel.Q: Who was it that tried to trick Cain into murdering Abel?A: Satan.Satan was trying to get Joseph’s brothers to murder him.4 But, one of Joseph’s brothers named Reuben talked them out of it. He said, “No, we can’t do that!” Reuben gave them the idea to throw Joseph down a big hole in the ground because Reuben’s plan was to come back and pull Joseph out of the hole, and bring Joseph back to their dad. Reuben was trying to save Joseph!5

So the brothers threw Joseph down the hole, and Reuben left. But then the brothers saw some people traveling along the road, and Judah had the idea to sell Joseph to them as a slave.6

Q: Do you know what a slave is?A: No.A slave is owned by another person, a master, and the slave can’t do anything he wants, but he can only do what the master says. It’s kind of like how I own the lawn mower, and I use the lawnmower however I want to use it. A slave is treated like something the master owns. The slave has to do whatever work the master says, and he can only eat and sleep whenever the master says. Sometimes the master is nice, but a lot of times the master is really mean.

So Joseph’s brothers sold him as a slave to the people who were passing by to go to a place far away, and then they lied to their dad that Joseph had been killed.7

Q: These were really bad sins, weren’t they?A: Yes.Q: Do you think God would be with Joseph and help him and keep him safe?A: Yes!And He did! Even though these bad things were happening to Joseph, God was actually doing something really good for everybody. We’ll talk about that part of the story in our next lesson.


1 A mark of the New Covenant Church (Acts 2:16-18). God can also give dreams to unbelievers to warn them (e.g., Dan. 2, 4; Job 33:14-18).2 Gen. 37:2, 5-113 Gen. 37:18-204 Cf. Jn. 8:40-41, 445 Gen. 37:21-24 6 Gen. 37:23-28 (That Reuben had left is apparent from v. 29, “When Reuben returned….”)7 Gen. 37:31-33

LESSON 32: JOSEPH, A SLAVE IN EGYPT

Q: Who did God choose out of all of the sinful people on the earth?A: Abraham!Q: What was the name of the son God promised to Abraham?A: Isaac!Q: When God put twins in the tummy of Isaac’s wife, what was the name of the son God chose?A: Jacob! (And not Esau.)Q: What was the new name that God gave to Jacob?A: Israel!Q: How many sons did Jacob have?A: Twelve!Q: Which one of Jacob’s sons did God choose for the family of the Man who would beat Satan and


Q: Which son did Jacob love more than the others?A: Joseph!Q: What present did he give Joseph?A: A robe of many colors!Q: How did that make his brothers feel?A: Jealous. They hated him.Q: What does jealous mean?A: Jealous means that instead of the brothers being happy for Joseph, they were mad because they

wanted the robe and didn’t want Joseph to have it.Q: What does hate mean?A: Hate is the opposite of love. Hate means they really didn’t like Joseph, and they wanted bad things

for him, instead of good things.

Then, when Joseph was 17 years old, God gave him two special dreams because God was using the dreams to say that Joseph would rule over his brothers. But when Joseph told his brothers about his dreams, they hated him even more. They didn’t want Joseph to rule over them. They were jealous, and they hated him. His brothers started to make plans about how they could murder Joseph.Q: Which brother tried to save Joseph?A: Reuben!Q: What idea did Reuben give them?A: To throw Joseph in a pit, a big hole in the ground.Reuben’s plan was to come back and pull Joseph out of the hole, and bring Joseph back to their dad. Reuben was trying to save Joseph!

So the brothers threw Joseph down the hole, and Reuben left. But then the brothers saw some people traveling along the road.Q: What was Judah’s idea?A: To sell Joseph to them as a slave.Q: Do you know what a slave is?A: A slave is owned by another person, a master, and the slave can’t do anything he wants, but he can

only do what the master says. So Joseph’s brothers sold him as a slave to the people who were passing by to go to a place far away, and then they lied to their dad that Joseph had been killed.

The people who were traveling sold Joseph again as a slave in Egypt. And the Bible says that Yahweh was


with Joseph, and Yahweh blessed everything Joseph did.1 So Joseph’s master put Joseph in charge of everything he had! And Yahweh blessed everything the master had because of Joseph – everything went really well. What we can learn is that even when bad things happen, God is still with us and can turn the bad things into good things. Say, “Even when bad things happen, God is still with us!”

But, then the master’s wife lied about Joseph, and said that Joseph did something really bad, even though he didn’t. And so Joseph’s master threw him into prison!2

Q: Do you know what prison is?A: People who are in really big trouble are put into prison. It means Joseph was put into a room that was

locked, and he wasn’t allowed to get out.Q: But, do you think God was still with Joseph, even in prison?A: Yes!3 Even when bad things happen, God is still with us.

The Bible says Yahweh was with Joseph and showed Joseph that He loved him. And Yahweh made the guy who was in charge of the prison like Joseph a lot. So the guy in charge of the prison put Joseph in charge. Even though Joseph was in prison, he was in charge of the prison! And Yahweh blessed Joseph and made everything Joseph did work out right.

Two of the guys in the prison each had a special dream. And God made Joseph able to understand the dreams, so that those two guys would know what would happen to them.4 Q: Does God know exactly what will happen in three days?A: Yes!Q: Does anybody else know exactly what will happen in three days?A: No!You’re right! So God gave these dreams to tell them what would happen in three days, and God made Joseph able to understand the dreams. That’s pretty amazing, isn’t it? And in three days, one of the guys got out of prison, just like Joseph said!5

But Joseph was still in prison for another two years!6 Then the king of Egypt had two dreams.7 The king of Egypt was called a Pharaoh. The Pharaoh ruled over all of Egypt; he was in charge of everything in Egypt. And the Pharaoh wanted to know what his dreams meant. And the guy who got out of prison, just like Joseph said – he told the Pharaoh that Joseph would be able to understand his dreams. So the Pharaoh brought Joseph out of prison and asked him if he could understand his dreams. Joseph said, “I can’t, but God can!”8 And then God made Joseph able to explain Pharaoh’s two dreams, and so Joseph didn’t have to go back to prison. He was free!

That was pretty great of God, wasn’t it? Joseph was 17 when he was sold as a slave, and Yahweh was with him, turning all the bad things into good things. And now Joseph was 30 years old when he was let out of prison.9 Next lesson, I will teach you what Pharaoh’s dreams were and what happened to Joseph, because it was really good.


1 Gen. 39:1-62 Gen. 39:7-203 Gen. 39:21-234 Gen. 40 (see esp. v. 8)5 Gen. 40:13, 20-216 Gen. 41:17 Gen. 418 Gen. 41:16 (cf. 40:8)9 Gen. 37:2, 41:46

LESSON 33: JOSEPH, THE RULER IN EGYPT

Q: Whom did God choose out of all of the sinful people on the earth?A: Abraham!Q: What was the name of the son God promised to Abraham?A: Isaac!Q: When God put twins in the tummy of Isaac’s wife, what was the name of the son God chose?A: Jacob! (And not Esau.)Q: What was the new name that God gave to Jacob?A: Israel!Q: How many sons did Jacob have?A: Twelve!Q: Which one of Jacob’s sons did God choose for the family of the Man who would beat Satan and


Q: Which son did Jacob love more than the others?A: Joseph!Q: What present did he give Joseph?A: A robe of many colors!Q: How did that make his brothers feel?A: Jealous. They hated him.Q: What does jealous mean?A: Jealous means that instead of the brothers being happy for Joseph, they were mad because they

wanted the robe and didn’t want Joseph to have it. They hated him.

Then, when Joseph was 17 years old, God gave him two special dreams.Q: What was God saying through the dreams?A: That Joseph would rule over his brothers. But when Joseph told his brothers about his dreams, they hated him even more. They didn’t want Joseph to rule over them. They were jealous, and they hated him. His brothers started to make plans about how they could murder Joseph.Q: Which brother tried to save Joseph?A: Reuben!Q: What idea did Reuben give them?A: To throw Joseph in a pit, a big hole in the ground.Reuben’s plan was to come back and pull Joseph out of the hole, and bring Joseph back to their dad. Reuben was trying to save Joseph!

So the brothers threw Joseph down the hole, and Reuben left. But then the brothers saw some people traveling along the road.Q: What was Judah’s idea?A: To sell Joseph to them as a slave.Q: Do you know what a slave is?A: A slave is owned by another person, a master, and the slave can’t do anything he wants, but he can

only do what the master says. So Joseph’s brothers sold him as a slave to the people who were passing by to go to a place far away, and then they lied to their dad that Joseph had been killed.

The people traveling sold Joseph again as a slave.Q: Where did they sell him?A: Egypt!Q: Was God with Joseph there?A: Yes!


Yahweh blessed everything Joseph did. So Joseph’s master put Joseph in charge of everything he had! And Yahweh blessed everything the master had because of Joseph – everything with really well. Q: Even when bad things happen…A: …God is still with us!

Q: But, then what did the master’s wife do?A: She lied about Joseph, and said that Joseph did something really bad, even though he didn’t. And so Joseph’s master threw him into prison! That means Joseph was put into a room that was locked, and he wasn’t allowed to get out.Q: But, do you think God was still with Joseph, even in prison?A: Yes! Even when bad things happen, God is still with us!


Two of the guys in the prison each had a special dream. And God made Joseph able to understand the dreams, so that those two guys would know what would happen to them in three days. And in three days, one of the guys got out of prison, just like Joseph said!

But Joseph was still in prison for another two years! Then the king of Egypt had two dreams. Q: What did they call the the king of Egypt? A: Pharaoh! The Pharaoh ruled over all of Egypt; he was in charge of everything in Egypt. And the Pharaoh wanted to know what his dreams meant. And the guy who got out of prison, just like Joseph said – he told the Pharaoh that Joseph would be able to understand his dreams. So the Pharaoh brought Joseph out of prison, and asked him if he could understand his dreams. Q: What did Joseph answer?A: “I can’t, but God can!” Q: Do you want to know what Pharaoh’s dreams were?A: Yes!

Joseph explained that God was going to give Egypt seven good years followed by seven bad years.1 In the first seven years, it would rain, and they would be able to grow lots of food – even more than they needed. Then in the seven bad years, it wouldn’t rain, their food wouldn’t grow, their animals would get sick, and everybody would be really, really hungry. That’s called a famine, when there is not enough food for hungry people.Q: Can you say “famine”?A: Famine.God was going to cause a famine in Egypt.2 So, Joseph told Pharaoh to choose a smart man to be in charge, so that during the seven good years, they could save up some of their extra food in special places. Then in the bad years, when they couldn’t grow any food, then they would be able to eat the food they had saved in the good years.3

Q: Does that sound like a good idea?A: Yes!Pharaoh thought it was a great idea, and he said that Joseph should be the guy in charge because the


1 Gen. 41:25-312 See specifically 41:25, “what He is about to do,” 41:28, “what He is about to do,” 41:32, “fixed by God, and God will shortly bring it about” (cf. Ps. 105:16).3 Gen. 41:33-36

Spirit of God was in Joseph, making him so smart! So Joseph didn’t have to go back into prison.4Q: Did Joseph deserve to be in prison?A: No! He didn’t do anything wrong, but his master’s wife had lied and said he did something really bad. But he didn’t. But his master put him in prison anyway. But now, Pharaoh said that Joseph didn’t have to go back to prison because he was going to be in charge of everything in Egypt. So Pharaoh was the ruler, and Joseph was the ruler.Q: Do you remember how old Joseph was when his brothers sold him as a slave?A: 17!Q: Do you remember how old he was when he became the ruler in Egypt?A: 30! It was thirteen years before God turned all the bad things into good things for Joseph!

Next lesson, we’ll talk about the seven good years and the seven bad years, and how God helped Joseph save everybody’s lives!


4 Gen. 41:37-45

LESSON 34: JOSEPH AND HIS BROTHERS IN EGYPT

Q: God is the God of Abraham, Isaac and _______ ?A: Jacob!Q: What was the new name that God gave to Jacob?A: Israel!Q: How many sons did Jacob have?A: Twelve!Q: Which one of Jacob’s sons did God choose for the family of the Man who would beat Satan and all

the peoples would obey?A: Judah!

Q: Which son did Jacob love more than the others?A: Joseph!Q: What present did he give Joseph?A: A robe of many colors!Q: How did that make his brothers feel?A: Jealous. They hated him.

Then, when Joseph was 17 years old, God gave him two special dreams.Q: What was God saying through the dreams?A: That Joseph would rule over his brothers. But when Joseph told his brothers about his dreams, they hated him even more. They didn’t want Joseph to rule over them. They were jealous, and they hated him. Q: What plans did his brothers start to make?A: How they could murder him.Q: Which brother tried to save Joseph?A: Reuben!Q: What idea did Reuben give them?A: To throw Joseph in a pit, a big hole in the ground.Reuben’s plan was to come back and pull Joseph out of the hole, and bring Joseph back to their dad.

So the brothers threw Joseph down the hole, and Reuben left. But then the brothers saw some people traveling along the road.Q: What was Judah’s idea?A: To sell Joseph to them as a slave.

So Joseph’s brothers sold him as a slave to the people who were passing by to go to a place far away, and then they lied to their dad that Joseph had been killed.

The people traveling sold Joseph again as a slave.Q: Where did they sell him?A: Egypt!Q: Was God with Joseph there?A: Yes!Yahweh blessed everything Joseph did. So Joseph’s master put Joseph in charge of everything he had! And Yahweh blessed everything the master had because of Joseph – everything with really well. Q: Even when bad things happen…A: …God is still with us!

Q: But, then what did the master’s wife do?A: She lied about Joseph, and said that Joseph did something really bad, even though he didn’t. And so

Joseph’s master threw him into prison!It means Joseph was put into a room that was locked, and he wasn’t allowed to get out.

Q: But, do you think God was still with Joseph, even in prison?


A: Yes! Even when bad things happen, God is still with us!


Two of the guys in the prison each had a special dream. And God made Joseph able to understand the dreams, so that those two guys would know what would happen to them in three days. And in three days, one of the guys got out of prison, just like Joseph said!

But Joseph was still in prison for another two years. Then the king of Egypt had two dreams. Q: What did they call the the king of Egypt? A: Pharaoh. The Pharaoh ruled over all of Egypt; he was in charge of everything in Egypt. And the Pharaoh wanted to know what his dreams meant. And the guy who got out of prison, just like Joseph said – he told the Pharaoh that Joseph would be able to understand his dreams. So the Pharaoh brought Joseph out of prison, and asked him if he could understand his dreams. Q: What did Joseph answer?A: Joseph said, “I can’t, but God can!”

Q: Joseph explained that God was doing to give Egypt how many good years?A: Seven!Q: Then what?A: Seven bad years.Yes. In the first seven years, it would rain, and they would be able to grow lots of food – even more than they needed. Then in the bad seven years, it wouldn’t rain, their food wouldn’t grow, and their animals would get sick, and everybody would be really, really hungry. Q: What is it called when there is not enough food for hungry people?A: Famine.

God was going to cause a famine in Egypt. So, Joseph told Pharaoh to choose a smart man to be in charge, so that during the seven good years, they could save up some of their extra food in special places. Then in the bad years, when they couldn’t grow any food, then they would be able to eat the food they had saved in the good years.Q: Does that sound like a good idea?A: Yes!Pharaoh thought it was a great idea, and he said that Joseph should be the guy in charge because the Spirit of God was in Joseph, making him so smart! Pharaoh said that Joseph didn’t have to go back to prison because he was going to be in charge of everything in Egypt. So Pharaoh was the ruler, and Joseph was the ruler.Q: Do you remember how old Joseph was when his brothers sold him as a slave?A: 17!Q: Do you remember how old he was when he became the ruler in Egypt?A: 30!

Everything happened just as God told Joseph it would. God gave Egypt seven good years, and Joseph was in charge of taking some of the food to save it for later. Then seven bad years started, and there was a famine. It didn’t rain, food didn’t grow, and everybody was really, really hungry. People started coming to Joseph, who was in charge of giving them food so that they wouldn’t die. Q: We have to eat food to stay alive, don’t we?If Joseph hadn’t saved the food during the good years and given to them in the bad years, everybody would have starved and died. Joseph was saving their lives.


And do you know what? The famine went all the way up to where Jacob and his eleven sons lived. And they were almost starving, so Joseph’s brothers traveled to Egypt to get food from Joseph. When they first saw him, they didn’t recognize him, because now he looked like a ruler in Egypt. But then Joseph told them, “I am Joseph, your brother, whom you sold as a slave.” And the brothers were scared because they thought Joseph might be really mad at them. But Joseph forgave them and said, “Do not be mad at yourselves, because you did not send me to Egypt; God sent me to Egypt before you, to keep many people alive.”

Q: Do you understand? Did Joseph’s brothers sin and send Joseph to Egypt as a slave?A: Yes.

And Joseph knew it was his brothers’ fault, but Joseph believed that God was the One who wanted him to be in Egypt. Joseph said to his brothers, “You planned evil against me, but God planned your evil for good, to keep many people alive.”

This teaches us that sometimes God uses bad things to make good things. God used Joseph’s brothers being bad to save a lot of people. Q: God is so good, isn’t He?A: Yes!Q: God always makes good plans, doesn’t He?A: Yes!

So Joseph was the ruler over his brothers, just like his dreams said would happen! And Joseph told his brothers to go back home and bring their father, Jacob, and all of their families to Egypt to be safe with Joseph during the rest of the famine. And they did. So Joseph was able to see his dad again! And they hugged and kissed! And Jacob was able to see Joseph’s sons. Everybody was really happy!


LESSON 35: MOSES BORN IN EGYPT

Q: God is the God of ______ , ______ , and ______ – and ______ ?A: Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob – and Judah!Q: Judah was the son God chose to have the family of the Man who would beat Satan, and all the

peoples of the earth will ______ Him. A: Obey!

God gave Jacob’s son Joseph two special dreams to say that Joseph would rule over his brothers. But his brothers were jealous and hated him, and they sold him as a slave.Q: Where was Joseph a slave?A: Egypt!Q: What do they call a king in Egypt?A: Pharaoh!God gave the Pharaoh two special dreams, and Pharaoh asked Joseph if he could Pharaoh what his dreams meant.Q: What did Joseph answer?A: Joseph said, “I can’t, but God can!”

Q: Joseph explained that God was doing to give Egypt how many good years?A: Seven!Q: Then what?A: Seven bad years. It wouldn’t rain, and they wouldn’t be able to grow food.Q: What is it called when there is not enough food for hungry people?A: Famine.Q: What was the plan God gave Joseph?A: During the seven good years, save some of the food and keep it in a safe place, so that during the seven bad years of famine, they could give that extra food back to people to stay alive.Q: Who did Pharaoh put in charge?A: Joseph!Everything happened just like God said it would. God caused a famine, and everybody would have died, if God hadn’t made Joseph smart enough to save their lives.

The famine went all the way up to where Jacob and his eleven sons lived. And they were almost starving, so Joseph’s brothers traveled to Egypt to get food from Joseph. Q: When the brothers first saw Joseph, did they recognize him?A: No! Because now he looked like a ruler in Egypt. But then Joseph told them, “I am Joseph, your brother, whom you sold as a slave.” And the brothers were scared because they thought Joseph might be really mad at them. Q: But what did Joseph do?A: Forgave them! Joseph said, “Do not be mad at yourselves, because you did not send me to Egypt; God sent me to Egypt before you, to keep many people alive.”

Q: Did Joseph’s brothers sin and send Joseph to Egypt as a slave?A: Yes. And Joseph knew it was his brothers’ fault, but Joseph believed that God was the One who wanted him to be in Egypt. Joseph said to his brothers, “You planned evil against me, but God planned your evil for good, to keep many people alive.”

This teaches us that sometimes God uses bad things to make good things. God used Joseph’s brothers being bad to save a lot of people.

Q: What did Joseph’s first two dreams mean?


A: That Joseph would be ruler over his brothers.Q: Did those dreams come true?A: Yes! Joseph was the ruler over his brothers. And Joseph told his brothers to go back home and bring their father, Jacob, and all of their families to Egypt to be safe with Joseph during the rest of the famine. And they did. So Joseph was able to see his dad again! And they hugged and kissed! And Jacob was able to see Joseph’s sons, who were his grandsons. And everybody was really happy!

When Joseph and his brothers got really old and died, the good Pharaoh also died, and there was a new king in Egypt. This new Pharaoh didn’t know Joseph and didn’t care about Joseph’s family.

Q: Do you remember what new name God gave Jacob?A: Israel!Yes, and so his family was called “the people of Israel.” It’s kind of like we are called the Stewarts because all of our dads have had the name Stewart. You two are Stewarts because I’m a Stewart. And I’m a Stewart because my dad is a Stewart, and his dad was a Stewart, and his dad and his dad…! The people of Israel are sometimes called the Israelites.Q: Can you say, “Israelites”?A: Israelites!The Israelites are the people in the family of Jacob, who was called Israel.God blessed the Israelites and they were fruitful and multiplied.Q: What’s that mean?A: They had lots of babies!

And this new Pharaoh was mean and made the people of Israel into slaves. And they made them work really hard building his cities and treated them badly. But the more the Egyptians were mean to the people of Israel, the more God blessed them and multiplied them.

The Pharaoh hated the Israelites, and so he told the Israelite nurses to murder the baby boys right after they were born. Q: If somebody tells us to sin, should we do it?A: No, we should only do what God wants. The Israelite nurses would not do what the Pharaoh wanted because they only wanted to do what God wanted. They kept all the babies alive, and so God blessed the Israelite nurses and gave them families.

Then Pharaoh told all the people of Egypt to find each Israelite baby boy after he was born, and throw them into the river. The river is called the Nile River.Q: Who was the Pharaoh acting like? Who is God’s enemy who always wants to murder?A: Satan.

Then one special baby boy was born, and his mom saw that he was good. He was a beautiful baby, and she loved him, and she didn’t want him to be murdered by the Egyptians. So, she hid him in her house for three months! But then, he was getting too big and too loud to hide, and so his mom made a basket and put her baby in the basket and set it in the grass growing in the side of the Nile River.

And the baby’s sister watched the basket to see what would happen to her baby brother. And the Pharaoh’s daughter came down to the River and found the basket, and she saw that it was an Israelite baby boy.Q: What did her dad, the Pharaoh, say that she was supposed to do?A: Throw him into the River.But she felt sorry for the baby and didn’t do it. And the baby’s sister was very brave, and she said to the Pharaoh’s daughter, “Do you want me to find you an Israelite woman to nurse the baby for you?” The Pharaoh’s daughter said, “Yes,” and so his sister went and got their mom. And the baby’s mom was able to keep her baby and feed him until he grew up and wasn’t nursing any more. Then she had to give the


baby to the Pharaoh’s daughter, and he became the Pharaoh’s daughter’s son. Q: And do you know what she named him?A: Moses!And that is how God saved Moses’ life when he was a baby!


LESSON 36: MOSES MEETS YAHWEH

When Joseph and his brothers got really old and died, the good Pharaoh also died, and there was a new king in Egypt. This new Pharaoh didn’t know Joseph and didn’t care about Joseph’s family.

Q: Do you remember what new name God gave Jacob?A: Israel!Yes, and so his family was called “the people of Israel” and Israelites.Q: Can you say, “Israelites”?A: Israelites!The Israelites are the people in the family of Jacob, who was called Israel.

God blessed the Israelites and they were fruitful and multiplied.Q: What’s that mean?A: They had lots of babies!

And this new Pharaoh was mean and made the people of Israel into slaves. And they made them work really hard building his cities and treated them badly. But the more the Egyptians were mean to the people of Israel, the more God blessed them and multiplied them.

Q: What did the Pharaoh tell the Israelite nurses to do to the baby boys right after they were born?A: Murder themQ: Did the nurses do what Pharaoh wanted or what God wanted?A: God! They kept all the babies alive!Q: So how did God bless the nurses?A: Gave them families!

Q: Then what did the Pharaoh tell all the people of Egypt to do to the baby boys right after they were born?

A: Throw them into the riverQ: What was the name of the river?A: The Nile River

Then one special baby boy was born, and his mom saw that he was good. He was a beautiful baby, and she loved him, and she didn’t want him to be murdered by the Egyptians. So, she hid him in her house for three months! But then, he was getting too big and too loud to hide.Q: So what did his mom do?A: She made a basket and put her baby in the basket and set it in the grass growing in the side of the

Nile River.

And the baby’s sister watched the basket to see what would happen to her baby brother. Q: Who found the basket?A: The Pharaoh’s daughter

Q: What did her dad, the Pharaoh, say that she was supposed to do?A: Throw him into the RiverQ: Did she do it?A: No! She felt sorry for the baby and didn’t do it.

And the baby’s sister was very brave.Q: What did she ask the Pharaoh’s daughter?A: “Do you want me to find you an Israelite woman to nurse the baby for you?” The Pharaoh’s daughter said, “Yes.” Q: So who did his sister go get.


A: Their mom! And the baby’s mom was able to keep her baby and feed him until he grew up and wasn’t nursing any more. Then she had to give the baby to the Pharaoh’s daughter, and he became the Pharaoh’s daughter’s son. Q: And do you know what she named him?A: Moses!

And that is how God saved Moses’ life when he was a baby! Then he grew up in the Pharaoh’s house. He was taught to be an Egyptian, while the Egyptians were being really mean to the Israelites. When Moses was Eighty years old, he went to see his people, the Israelites in slavery. And he saw an Egyptian hitting an Israelite, and Moses killed the Egyptian. Moses thought the Israelites would realize that God was going to save them through Moses, but they didn’t. The Pharaoh wasn’t going to kill Moses for this, so Moses ran away and lived a long ways away from Egypt. And he was married and had a son.

And that Pharaoh got old and died, but the new Pharaoh kept hurting the Israelites and making them work as slaves. The people of Israel cried out to God and prayed for help.Q: Do you think God heard their prayers?A: Yes!And God remembered His promises to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob to bring their families into their own land as free people.

Forty more years went by, and Moses was eighty years old. And he was taking care of sheep, and he went on a mountain, and all of sudden he saw a bush that was burning with fire, but the bush wasn’t hurt; the fire wasn’t burning it up.Q: Was this a miracle? Fire that didn’t hurt?A: Yes!

So Moses went to look closer at this burning bush, and Yahweh appeared inside the bush, and said, “Moses, Moses!” And Moses said, “Here I am.” And Yahweh said, “I am the God of your father, the God of Abraham, the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob.” And Moses hid his face, because he was afraid to look at God!

Then Yahweh said, “I have seen my people hurting and I have heard their cries because of their slavery. I will rescue them out of Egypt and bring them into the good land that I promised Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob.”

And God said to Moses, “I will send you to Pharaoh, and you will bring My people Israel out of Egypt.” And Moses said, “Who am I? How can I do that?” And Yahweh said, “I AM with you.”

And Moses said, “If the people of Israel ask me what is Your Name, what should I tell them?” Q: What was God’s answer?A: Yahweh!Q: Yes! And what does Yahweh mean?A: I AM!Yes! God said to Moses, “I AM who I AM. Tell the people, ‘I AM sent me to you.’ Tell them, ‘Yahweh, who is the God of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, sent me to you.’” And God said, “This is My Name forever.”

Moses was still scared to go, but God promised that He would do miracles and get Moses’ brother Aaron to help him talk to Pharaoh. Aaron was an Israelite, too.

God told Moses and Aaron to go say to Pharaoh, “Let My people go!” The people of Israel were God’s people because God created them and choose Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob to be the family of the Man who would beat Satan and bless all the families of the earth. Pharaoh couldn’t keep them as slaves, because God wanted them to be free in their own land.


But God told Moses that He was going to make the Pharaoh keep saying, “No, I will not let the people go,” so that God could do miracles and punish the Egyptians for their sins. Yahweh wanted to do ten plagues in Egypt to show how powerful and holy He is. A plague is a punishment.Q: Can you say plague?God said He would make the Pharaoh not obey, so that God would do ten miracles, ten plagues in Egypt to punish them for their sins, and then Pharaoh would let the people of Israel go free. And, at the end, when the Israelites were leaving, God would make the Egyptians really like the Israelites and give them their clothes and money, so they would have things when they left.

Q: Does that sound good that God is going to rescue the people of Israel and set them free?A: Yes!

Next lesson we’ll start to learn about what happened when Moses went back to Egypt.


LESSON 37: MOSES AND AARON MEET PHARAOH

When Joseph and his brothers got really old and died, the good Pharaoh also died, and there was a new king in Egypt. This new Pharaoh didn’t know Joseph and didn’t care about Joseph’s family, the Israelites.

God blessed the Israelites and they were fruitful and multiplied.Q: What’s that mean?A: They had lots of babies!

And this new Pharaoh was mean and made the people of Israel into slaves. And he made them work really hard building his cities and treated them badly. But the more the Egyptians were mean to the people of Israel, the more God blessed them and multiplied them.

Q: What did the Pharaoh tell the Israelite nurses to do to the baby boys right after they were born?A: Murder themQ: Did the nurses do what Pharaoh wanted or what God wanted?A: God! They kept all the babies alive!Q: So how did God bless the nurses?A: Gave them families!

Q: Then what did the Pharaoh tell all the people of Egypt to do to the baby boys right after they were born?

A: Throw them into the riverQ: What was the name of the river?A: The Nile River

Then one special baby boy was born, and his mom saw that he was good. He was a beautiful baby, and she loved him, and she didn’t want him to be murdered by the Egyptians. So, she hid him in her house for three months! But then, he was getting too big and too loud to hide.Q: So what did his mom do?A: She made a basket and put her baby in the basket and set it in the grass growing in the side of the

Nile River.

And the baby’s sister watched the basket to see what would happen to her baby brother. Q: Who found the basket?A: The Pharaoh’s daughter

Q: What did her dad, the Pharaoh, say that she was supposed to do?A: Throw him into the RiverQ: Did she do it?A: No! She felt sorry for the baby and didn’t do it.

And the baby’s sister was very brave.Q: What did she ask the Pharaoh’s daughter?A: “Do you want me to find you an Israelite woman to nurse the baby for you?” The Pharaoh’s daughter said, “Yes.” Q: So who did his sister go get? A: Their mom! And the baby’s mom was able to keep her baby and feed him until he grew up and wasn’t nursing any more. Then she had to give the baby to the Pharaoh’s daughter, and he became the Pharaoh’s daughter’s son. Q: And do you know what she named him?A: Moses!


And that is how God saved Moses’ life when he was a baby! Then he grew up in the Pharaoh’s house. He was taught to be an Egyptian, while the Egyptians were being really mean to the Israelites. When Moses was forty years old, he went to see his people, the Israelites in slavery. And he saw an Egyptian hitting an Israelite.Q: And what did Moses do? A: Killed the Egyptian to save the Israelite. Moses thought the Israelites would realize that God was going to save them through Moses, but they didn’t. The Pharaoh was going to kill Moses for this, so Moses ran away and lived a long ways away from Egypt. And he was married and had a son.

And that Pharaoh got old and died, but the new Pharaoh kept hurting the Israelites and making them work as slaves. The people of Israel cried out to God and prayed for help.Q: Do you think God heard their prayers?A: Yes!And God remembered His promises to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob to bring their families into their own land as free people.

After forty more years, Moses was eighty. And he was taking care of sheep, and he went on a mountain, and all of sudden he saw a bush.Q: What was special about this bush?A: It was burning with fire, but the bush wasn’t hurt; the fire wasn’t burning it up.Q: Was this a miracle? Fire that didn’t hurt?A: Yes!So Moses went to look closer at this burning bush

Q: Who appeared inside the bush?A: Yahweh!Yahweh appeared inside the bush, and said, “Moses, Moses!” And Moses said, “Here I am.” And Yahweh said, “I am the God of your father, the God of Abraham, the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob.”

Q: And what did Moses do?A: Moses hid his face, because he was afraid to look at God!

Then Yahweh said, “I have seen my people hurting and I have heard their cries because of their slavery. I will rescue them out of Egypt and bring them into the good land that I promised Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob.”

And God said to Moses, “I will send you to Pharaoh, and you will bring My people Israel out of Egypt.” And Moses said, “Who am I? How can I do that?” Q: And what did Yahweh say?A: “I AM with you.”

And Moses said, “If the people of Israel ask me what is Your Name, what should I tell them?” Q: What was God’s answer?A: Yahweh!Q: Yes! And what does Yahweh mean?A: I AM!Yes! God said to Moses, “I AM who I AM. Tell the people, ‘I AM sent me to you.’ Tell them, ‘Yahweh, who is the God of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, sent me to you.’” And Yahweh said, “This is My Name forever.”

Q: Who was it that appeared to Moses – God the Father, God the Son, or God the Spirit?A: God the Son! No one has ever seen God the Father, and the Spirit is invisible, too, so it had to be God

the Son. It was Jesus before He became a Man in Mary’s tummy!


Moses was still scared to go, but God promised that He would do miracles and get Moses’ brother to help him talk to Pharaoh. Q: What was Moses’ brother’s name?A: Aaron!Q: What did God tell Moses and Aaron to say to Pharaoh?A: “Let My people go!” The people of Israel were God’s people because God created them and choose Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob to be the family of the Man who would beat Satan and bless all the families of the earth. Pharaoh couldn’t keep them as slaves, because God wanted them to be free in their own land.But God told Moses that He was going to make the Pharaoh keep saying, “No, I will not let the people go.” Q: Why was God going to make sure the Pharaoh kept saying, “No”? A: Because God wanted to do miracles and punish the Egyptians for their sins to show how powerful and holy He is.Q: How many plagues did God want to do?A: Ten!Q: What is a plague?A: A punishment.

God said He would make the Pharaoh not obey, so that God would do ten miracles, ten plagues in Egypt to punish them for their sins, and then Pharaoh would let the Israelites go free. And, at the end, when the Israelites were leaving, God would make the Egyptians really like the Israelites and give them their clothes and money, so they would have things when they left.

Q: Does that sound good that God is going to rescue the people of Israel and set them free?A: Yes!

So, Moses went back to Egypt, and Moses and Aaron told the Israelites that God had heard their prayers and was going to rescue them from their slavery in Egypt and take them into the land He promised Abraham. And the people of Israel believed them.Q: Do you think they were happy?A: Yes! They thanked God!

Then Moses and Aaron went to Pharaoh and told him, “Yahweh, the God of Israel, says, ‘Let My people go!’” But Pharaoh said, “Who is Yahweh? I don’t know Yahweh, and I will not obey Him. I will not let the people go.” Q: Did God say that would happen?A: Yes. He said that He would make Pharaoh disobey, so that He would do ten plagues.

Pharaoh said he didn’t know Yahweh because the Egyptians thought that there were lots of gods. Q: Do you remember that Abraham’s parents and their families thought there were lots of gods, and

that’s why Yahweh told him to leave?A: Yes.The Egyptians thought there were lots of gods, too. They even thought that Pharaoh was a god who became a man!Q: Was Pharaoh a god?A: No!Q: Are there lots of other gods?A: No!Q: How many gods are there?A: One!Q: In how many Persons?A: Three in One!Q: And does Moses know the One true God?


A: Yes!

But after Pharaoh disobeyed Yahweh, he made the work even harder for the Israelite slaves and hurt them even more. And Moses was sad and asked God why it was happening. And God promised Him again that He would keep making sure Pharaoh would say no, so that God would do ten miracle plagues to show how powerful and holy He is. And God promised that He would rescue Israel out of slavery in Egypt and give them the land He promised to Abraham. And God said, “Then the Israelites will know that I am Yahweh, and then the Egyptians will also know that I am Yahweh, the only true God.”

But this time the people of Israel did not believe, because they were so sad and hurt from their slavery.Q: Should have the Israelites still believed God’s promise?A: Yes.Q: Because even when bad things happen, ________ .A: God is still with us and can turn them to good!And sometimes God uses bad things to make good things.

So Yahweh told Moses and Aaron to go back to Pharaoh to say, “Let My people go.” And Pharaoh said, “Prove that you can do a miracle.” And God told Aaron to throw down his staff. Q: Do you know what a staff is?A: It’s a big stick that can be used to help us walk by leaning on it or it can be used to help guide sheep

where to go. That’s probably how Moses used it. (Moses had given his staff to Aaron.)

And God told Aaron to throw his staff down on the ground, and Yahweh turned it into a big snake! But Pharaoh told all of his magicians to do the same thing, so the magicians threw down staffs, and they turned into snakes, too! But then Aaron’s staff, that was a big snake now, ate the other snakes and swallowed them all up! And then it turned back into a staff!Q: So who had more power, Yahweh or the magicians?A: Yahweh!Q: Yahweh won, didn’t He?A: Yeah!The reason Yahweh told Moses and Aaron to do this is because the Egyptians thought that there were snake gods. And Pharaoh’s crown had a snake on it because they thought the snake gods gave Pharaoh the power to be in charge of all of Egypt.Q: Are there really snake gods?A: No!Q: Was Pharaoh in charge of Egypt, or was Yahweh in charge?A: Yahweh!So, Yahweh turned the staff into a big a snake and ate the Egyptian snakes to show that the Egyptians were wrong. There are no snake gods. Yahweh is the only God!

Q: Do you think Pharaoh should have realized that Yahweh is the only God and let the Israelites go?A: Yeah!Q: But what did Yahweh say He was going to do to Pharaoh?A: Make sure that he said, “No.”Q: And why was Yahweh going to make sure Pharaoh said, “No”?A: Because Yahweh wanted to do ten plagues to show how powerful and holy He is. And then everyone

would know Yahweh is the only God!

Next lesson we’ll starting learning about the plagues, because that’s what happened next.


LESSON 38: PLAGUES 1 – 2

So, Moses went back to Egypt, and Moses and Aaron told the Israelites that God had heard their prayers and was going to rescue them from their slavery in Egypt and take them into the land He promised Abraham. Q: Did the people of Israel believe them?A: Yes! They thanked God!

Q: Then Moses and Aaron went to Pharaoh and told him, “Yahweh, the God of Israel, says, _________ “?

A: Let My people go!

But Pharaoh said, “Who is Yahweh? I don’t know Yahweh, and I will not obey Him. I will not let the people go.” Pharaoh said he didn’t know Yahweh because the Egyptians thought that there were lots of gods.Q: Do you think it was a sin for them to not believe in Yahweh, but to believe their were lots of other

gods?A: Yes. It was a really bad sin.The Egyptians even thought that Pharaoh was a god who became a man!Q: Was Pharaoh a god?A: No!Q: Are there lots of other gods?A: No!Q: How many gods are there?A: One!Q: In how many Persons?A: Three in One!Q: And does Moses know the One true God?A: Yes!

So, Pharaoh said he would not let the people go.Q: Did God say that would happen?A: Yes. Q: God said that He would make sure that Pharaoh disobeyed, so that He would do how many

plagues?A: Ten!Q: What is a plague?A: A punishment.Q: Why did God want to do ten plagues?A: To punish the Egyptians for their sins to show how powerful and holy He is.

But after Pharaoh disobeyed Yahweh, he made the work even harder for the Israelite slaves and hurt them even more. And Moses was sad and asked God why it was happening. And God promised Him again that He would keep making sure Pharaoh would say no, so that God would do ten miracle plagues to show how powerful and holy He is. And God promised that He would rescue Israel out of slavery in Egypt and give them the land He promised to Abraham. And God said, “Then the Israelites will know that I am Yahweh, and then the Egyptians will also know that I am Yahweh, the only true God.”

But this time, the people of Israel did not believe, because they were so sad and hurt from their slavery.Q: Should have the Israelites still believed God’s promise?A: Yes.Q: Because even when bad things happen, ________ .A: God is still with us and can turn them to good!And sometimes God uses bad things to make good things.


Q: So Yahweh told Moses and Aaron to go back to Pharaoh to say, “______” ? A: “Let My people go!”

And Pharaoh said, “Prove that you can do a miracle.” And God told Aaron to throw down his staff. Q: Do you remember what a staff is?A: It’s a big stick that can be used to help us walk by leaning on it or it can be used to help guide sheep

where to go. That’s probably how Moses used it. (Moses had given his staff to Aaron.)

God told Aaron to throw his staff down on the ground.Q: What did Yahweh turned the staff into?A: A big snake!

But Pharaoh told all of his magicians to do the same thing, so the magicians threw down staffs, and they turned into snakes, too! Q: But then what did Aaron’s staff – that was a big snake now – what did it do?A: Ate the other snakes and swallowed them all up! And then it turned back into a staff!Q: So who had more power, Yahweh or the magicians?A: Yahweh!

The reason Yahweh told Moses and Aaron to do this is because the Egyptians thought that there were snake gods. And Pharaoh’s crown had a snake on it because they thought the snake gods gave Pharaoh the power to be in charge of all of Egypt.Q: Are there really snake gods?A: No!Q: Was Pharaoh in charge of Egypt, or was Yahweh in charge?A: Yahweh!So, Yahweh turned the staff into a big a snake and ate the Egyptian snakes to show that the Egyptians were wrong. There are no snake gods. Yahweh is the only God!

Q: Do you think Pharaoh should have realized that Yahweh is the only God and let the Israelites go?A: Yeah!Q: But what did Yahweh say He was going to do to Pharaoh?A: Make sure that he said, “No.”Q: And why was Yahweh going to make sure Pharaoh said, “No”?A: Because Yahweh wanted to do ten plagues to show how powerful and holy He is. And then everyone

would know Yahweh is the only God!

The next morning Yahweh told Moses and Aaron to go to Pharaoh when he was down at the River.Q: What’s the name of the River?A: The Nile RiverGod told Moses to say to Pharaoh, “Yahweh, the God of the Israelites, said, ‘Let My people go,’ but you have not listened. So now Yahweh says, ‘You will know that I am Yahweh when you see me strike the water in the Nile River with this staff, and it will turn to blood. And the fish in the Nile will die, and it will stink, and you will not be able to drink the water of the Nile.’”

And so Aaron stretched out the staff over the waters, and Yahweh turned them into blood. Even their ponds and the water in their bowls and cups in their houses turned into blood! And so the fish in the Nile died, and it stank, so the Egyptians couldn’t drink any water.

But Pharaoh told his magicians to do the same thing, and they did turn some water into blood, but they couldn’t turn any of the blood back into water. They could only make it worse.

Q: Do you remember that the Egyptians believed there were lots of gods?


A: Yes.They believed there was a god named Hapi in charge of the Nile River, and that Hapi was the one who kept Egypt alive by keeping the Nile clean. Q: Was it a sin for the Egyptians to believe in Hapi but not Yahweh?A: Yes.Q: Was Hapi in charge of the Nile, or was Yahweh in charge?A: Yahweh!Q: Could Hapi stop Yahweh from punishing Egypt by turning the water to blood?A: No! Because Hapi isn’t real. Yahweh is real. He’s the only God!That’s what Yahweh was showing Pharaoh and the Egyptians and the Israelites with this first plague, punishing them for their sins. And it was seven days before Yahweh let all of the blood turn back into water.

Q: But do you think Pharaoh obeyed and let the people go?A: No.Q: Why not?A: Because Yahweh was making sure that Pharaoh would say no.

So then, Yahweh said to Moses, “Go tell Pharaoh, ‘Yahweh says, ‘Let My people go. If you don’t, I will plague all of your land with frogs. The Nile will be full of frogs, and they will come into your houses and into your beds and into your ovens and your bowls of food.’”Q: Do you think Pharaoh let them go?A: No.So Aaron stretched out his staff, and Yahweh made so many frogs come up out of the water, and frogs were everywhere! But Pharaoh told his magicians to prove that they could do the same thing. But they couldn’t stop the frogs; they could only make it worse.

The reason Yahweh did this plague was because the Egyptians believed in a god named Hekhet who had a frog head. They thought she was the wife of another god named Khnum. They thought he made people’s bodies, and she blew the breath of life into them to make them alive.Q: Was it a sin to believe in these two false gods?A: Yes.Q: Who really makes bodies and breathes life into humans?A: Yahweh!The Egyptians also thought that this frog-god was the one who kept there from being too many frogs in Egypt. So, Yahweh was proving that god wasn’t real, because she couldn’t stop Yahweh from making too many frogs. And Yahweh proved that He was the one true God.

So Pharaoh told Moses and Aaron, “Pray to Yahweh to take the frogs away from me and my people.” And Moses said, “I will pray to Yahweh, and He will stop the plague, so that you will know that there is no one like Yahweh our God.” And it happened! But then Pharaoh saw that it was over, and he decided not to let the people go, just like Yahweh said.

Next lesson, we’ll learn about the next plagues.



Q: What did Yahweh say to Pharaoh through Moses and Aaron?A: “Let My people go!”Q: What did Pharaoh say?A: “Who is Yahweh? I don’t know Yahweh, and I will not obey Him. I will not let the people go.”Q: Why didn’t Pharaoh or the Egyptians believe in Yahweh?A: Because they thought that there were lots of gods. They even thought that Pharaoh was a god who

became a man! Q: Why did God say that He would make sure Pharaoh did not let the people go at first?A: Because Yahweh wanted to do ten plagues to punish their sins and show how powerful and holy He

is. And then everyone would know Yahweh is the only God!

Q: What was the first miracle Yahweh did with the staff?A: Turned it into a big snake that ate the magicians’ snakes.Q: Why did Yahweh do that?A: Because the Egyptians thought that there were snake gods. Q: And what was on Pharaoh’s crown?A: A snake because they thought the snake gods gave Pharaoh the power to be in charge of all of Egypt.Q: Are there really snake gods?A: No!Q: Was Pharaoh in charge of Egypt, or was Yahweh in charge?A: Yahweh!So, Yahweh turned the staff into a big a snake and ate the Egyptian snakes to show that the Egyptians were wrong. There are no snake gods. Yahweh is the only God!Q: Did Pharaoh let the people go after this miracle?A: No, because God was making sure he would say no until after the tenth plague.

Q: What was the first plague?A: Aaron stretched out the staff, and Yahweh turned the water of the Nile into blood.Q: What about the water in their houses in their bowls and cups?A: It turned to blood, too.Q: What did the magicians do?A: They turned some water into blood, too, but they couldn’t turn it back to water. They only made it

worse.Q: What happened to the fish in the Nile?A: They died.Q: Did the Nile stink?A: Yes.Q: Could the Egyptians drink it?A: No.Q: Why did God do this plague on the Nile River?A: Because the Egyptians believed there was a god named Hapi in charge of the Nile River, and that

Hapi was the one who kept Egypt alive by keeping the Nile clean. Q: Was it a sin for the Egyptians to believe in Hapi but not Yahweh?A: Yes.Q: Was Hapi in charge of the Nile, or was Yahweh in charge?A: Yahweh!Q: Could Hapi stop Yahweh from punishing Egypt by turning the water to blood?A: No! Because Hapi isn’t real. Yahweh is real. He’s the only God! That’s what Yahweh was showing

Pharaoh and the Egyptians and the Israelites with this first plague, punishing them for their sins. Q: How many days was it before Yahweh let all of the blood turn back into water?A: Seven!Q: Did Pharaoh let the people go after the first plague?


A: No, just like Yahweh said.

Q: What was the second plague?A: Aaron stretched out his staff, and Yahweh plagued all of their land with frogs.Q: Where did the frogs comes from?A: The Nile River.Q: Where did the frogs go?A: Everywhere! Into their houses and on their beds and into their ovens and bowls of food!Q: Could the magicians do this?A: Yes, but they couldn’t make it stop. They only made it worse.Q: Why did God do this plague of frogs?A: Because the Egyptians believed in a god named Hekhet who had a frog head. They thought she was

the wife of another god named Khnum. They thought he made people’s bodies, and she blew the breath of life into them to make them alive.

Q: Was it a sin to believe in these two false gods?A: Yes.Q: Who really makes bodies and breathes life into humans?A: Yahweh!The Egyptians also thought that this frog-god was the one who kept there from being too many frogs in Egypt. So, Yahweh was proving that god wasn’t real, because she couldn’t stop Yahweh from making too many frogs. And Yahweh proved that He was the one true God.Q: What did Pharaoh ask Moses and Aaron when he saw the plague of frogs?A: To pray to Yahweh to stop the plague!Q: Did Moses do it?A: Yes!Q: Was that mercy from God?A: Yes!Q: Why did Moses tell Pharaoh that he would pray and Yahweh would stop the plague?A: So that Pharaoh would know “there is no one like Yahweh our God.” And it happened! But then Pharaoh saw that it was over, and he decided not to let the people go, just like Yahweh said.

For the third plague, Yahweh told Moses to tell Aaron to stretch out his staff and strike the dust of the earth, and Yahweh made the dust become a plague of gnats all over the land of Egypt.Q: Do you know what a gnat is?A: It’s kind of like a small fly. Here’s a picture.

Yahweh made all of the dust turn into so many gnats that they were everywhere, landing on people and animals (and probably biting them). And the magicians tried, but they couldn’t do this. And they told Pharaoh, “God did this!”

The reason God used the dust for this plague was because the Egyptians believed in a god named Geb, who they thought was the god of the earth, the land. Q: Who is really the God of all the earth?A: Yahweh! So, Yahweh was proving to Pharaoh and the Egyptians that Geb wasn’t real, and that He was the only God. And Yahweh was punishing them for their sins. But Pharaoh wouldn’t let the people go, because Yahweh was making sure he would say no.

The next morning, Yahweh told Moses to tell Pharaoh, “Yahweh says, ‘Let My people go. If you don’t, then I will send swarms of flies on you and your people.’”Q: Do you know what swarms of flies means?A: It means the flies would be flying together in bunches, so they would be all over everything.Yahweh said, “Let My people go. If you don’t, then I will send swarms of flies on you and your people.


But, in the place where My people, the Israelites live, there will be no swarms of flies there, so that you may know that I am Yahweh in the middle of Egypt.”Q: Do you think Pharaoh let them go?A: No.And so Yahweh did the plague of flies.

The reason that God picked flies for this plague is because the Egyptians believed there was a god named Khepri that was a flying bug. But Yahweh was punishing them for this sin because these flies were probably biting them and ruining their food and their plants. Q: Did God let the flies go into the place where the Israelites lived?A: No!God was showing Pharaoh and the Egyptians that He was punishing them in Egypt, but not punishing His people, because they believed Yahweh is the only God.

This time Pharaoh said that he was going to let the people go, and he asked Moses to pray to Yahweh to make the flies go away. Moses prayed, and Yahweh took the flies away, but then Pharaoh changed his mind and would not let the people go.

Q: What was the first plague?A: Turning the water of the Nile into blood.Q: What was the second plague?A: Frogs!Q: What was the third plague?A: Gnats!Q: What was the fourth plague?A: Flies!

For the fifth plague, Moses said, “Yahweh, the God of the Israelites, says, ‘Let My people go!’ If you don’t, then I will plague the Egyptian horses and donkeys and camels and cows and sheep, and they will die. But none of the Israelites’ will die.” And it happened.

The reason for this plague is because the Egyptians believed there were lots of gods who were like animals and kept their animals alive.Q: Was that a sin?A: Yes.Yahweh was punishing them for their sins and proving that those gods couldn’t help them because they are not real. Q: But was God punishing Israel?A: No! He kept all of their animals alive! Because He loved them and was rescuing them from Egypt.

But Pharaoh would not let the people go, because God was making sure he would say no, so that God could do all ten plagues. We’ll learn about more in the next lesson.




became a man! Q: Why did God say that He would make sure Pharaoh did not let the people go at first?A: Because Yahweh wanted to do ten plagues. Q: What’s a plague?A: A punishment.Q: Why did Yahweh want to do ten plagues?A: To punish their sins and show how powerful and holy He is. And then everyone would know

Yahweh is the only God!

Q: What was the first miracle Yahweh did with the staff?A: Turned it into a big snake that ate the magicians’ snakes.Q: Why did Yahweh do that?A: Because the Egyptians thought that there were snake gods. Q: And what was on Pharaoh’s crown?A: A snake because they thought the snake gods gave Pharaoh the power to be in charge of all of Egypt.Q: Are there really snake gods?A: No!Q: Was Pharaoh in charge of Egypt, or was Yahweh in charge?A: Yahweh!So, Yahweh turned the staff into a big a snake and ate the Egyptian snakes to show that the Egyptians were wrong. There are no snake gods. Yahweh is the only God!Q: Did Pharaoh let the people go after this miracle?A: No, because God was making sure he would say no until after the tenth plague.

Q: What was the first plague?A: Aaron stretched out the staff, and Yahweh turned the water of the Nile into blood.Q: What about the water in their houses in their bowls and cups?A: It turned to blood, too.Q: What did the magicians do?A: They turned some water into blood, too, but they couldn’t turn it back to water. They only made it

worse.Q: What happened to the fish in the Nile?A: They died.Q: Did the Nile stink?A: Yes.Q: Could the Egyptians drink it?A: No.Q: Why did God do this plague on the Nile River?A: Because the Egyptians believed there was a god named Hapi in charge of the Nile River, and that

Hapi was the one who kept Egypt alive by keeping the Nile clean. Q: Was it a sin for the Egyptians to believe in Hapi but not Yahweh?A: Yes.Q: Was Hapi in charge of the Nile, or was Yahweh in charge?A: Yahweh!Q: Could Hapi stop Yahweh from punishing Egypt by turning the water to blood?A: No! Because Hapi isn’t real. Yahweh is real. He’s the only God! That’s what Yahweh was showing


Pharaoh and the Egyptians and the Israelites with this first plague, punishing them for their sins. Q: How many days was it before Yahweh let all of the blood turn back into water?A: Seven!Q: Did Pharaoh let the people go after the first plague?A: No, just like Yahweh said.

Q: What was the second plague?A: Aaron stretched out his staff, and Yahweh plagued all of their land with frogs.Q: Where did the frogs comes from?A: The Nile River.Q: Where did the frogs go?A: Everywhere! Into their houses and on their beds and into their ovens and bowls of food!Q: Could the magicians do this?A: Yes, but they couldn’t make it stop. They only made it worse.Q: Why did God do this plague of frogs?A: Because the Egyptians believed in a god named Hekhet who had a frog head. They thought she was

the one who kept there from being too many frogs in Egypt. So, Yahweh was proving that god wasn’t real, because she couldn’t stop Yahweh from making too many frogs. And Yahweh proved that He was the one true God.

Q: What did Pharaoh ask Moses and Aaron when he saw the plague of frogs?A: To pray to Yahweh to stop the plague!Q: Did Moses do it?A: Yes!Q: Why did Moses tell Pharaoh that he would pray and Yahweh would stop the plague?A: So that Pharaoh would know “there is no one like Yahweh our God.” And it happened! But then Pharaoh saw that it was over, and he decided not to let the people go, just like Yahweh said.

Q: What was the third plague?A: Gnats!Yahweh told Moses to tell Aaron to stretch out his staff and strike the dust of the earth, and Yahweh made the dust become a plague of gnats all over the land of Egypt. Gnats were everywhere, landing on people and animals (and probably biting them). And the magicians tried, but they couldn’t do this. And they told Pharaoh, “God did this!”

Q: Why did God use dust for this plague?A: Because the Egyptians believed in a god named Geb, who they thought was the god of the earth, the land. Q: Who is really the God of all the earth?A: Yahweh! So, Yahweh was proving to Pharaoh and the Egyptians that Geb wasn’t real, and that He was the only God. And Yahweh was punishing them for their sins. But Pharaoh wouldn’t let the people go, because Yahweh was making sure he would say no.

Q: The next morning, Yahweh told Moses to tell Pharaoh, “Yahweh says, ‘________’ ?A: ‘Let My people go! Q: “If you don’t, then I will send ________ – what was the fourth plague?Q: Do you know what swarms of flies means?A: It means the flies would be flying together in bunches, so they would be all over everything.Q: Why did Yahweh pick flies for this plague?A: Because the Egyptians believed there was a god named Khepri that was a flying bug. But Yahweh was punishing them for this sin because these flies were probably biting them and ruining their food and their plants. Q: Did God let the flies go into the place where the Israelites lived?


A: No!God was showing Pharaoh and the Egyptians that He was punishing them in Egypt, but not punishing His people, because they believed Yahweh is the only God.

This time Pharaoh said that he was going to let the people go, and he asked Moses to pray to Yahweh to make the flies go away. Moses prayed, and Yahweh took the flies away, but then Pharaoh changed his mind and would not let the people go.

Q: Before the fifth plague, Moses said, “Yahweh, the God of the Israelites, says, ‘________’ ?A: Let My people go!Q: What was the fifth plague?A: A plague the Egyptian animals – horses and donkeys and camels and cows and sheep. They died. Q: Why did God plague the animals?A: Because the Egyptians believed there were lots of gods who were like animals and kept their animals

alive. Yahweh was punishing them for their sins and proving that those gods couldn’t help them because they are not real.

Q: But did any of the Israelites’ animals die?A: No! He kept all of their animals alive! Because He loved them and was rescuing them from Egypt.

Q: What was the first plague?A: Turning the water of the Nile into blood.Q: What was the second plague?A: Frogs!Q: What was the third plague?A: Gnats!Q: What was the fourth plague?A: Flies!Q: What was the fifth plague?A: The Egyptian animals died.

Even after all of these plagues, Pharaoh would not let the people go, because Yahweh was making sure he would say no, so that Yahweh could show His power through ten plagues.

For the sixth plague, Yahweh told Moses and Aaron to take some ashes from an oven.Q: Do you know what ashes are?A: Ashes are what’s left when something burns. If wood burns, then it leaves black or gray dust called ashes. Yahweh told Moses and Aaron to take some ashes from an oven and throw it in the air. And Yahweh made it become dust that fell on the of all the Egyptians, and it made their skin get sores on it, ouchies called boils. Q: Can you say boils?A: Boils.The Bible says the magicians couldn’t stand against Moses anymore because they were hurting from the boils, like the rest of the Egyptians.

The reason God chose this plague is because the Egyptians believed in a god named Sekhmet. They thought she could do plagues like this to others and keep the Egyptians from getting boils and even heal them from boils. Q: Why couldn’t this god stop Yahweh from doing this plague?A: Because she wasn’t real!Q: Do you think Pharaoh let the people of Israel go after this plague?A: No, because Yahweh made sure that he would say no.


Q: For the seventh plague, Yahweh told Moses to tell Pharaoh, “Yahweh, the God of the Israelites, says, ‘________’”?A: Let My people go!And Yahweh said, “If not, I will send my plagues and you and your people, so that you will know there is no one like Me in all the earth. I could have killed you already, but this is why I made sure that you would keep saying no, to show my power through you, so that My Name will be said throughout all the earth. Tomorrow I will make very heavy hail fall from the sky – bigger than has ever been seen in Egypt. So, bring your servants and your animals inside, because whoever is left outside will die when the hail falls.”Q: Was that mercy from Yahweh to give the people time to get inside?A: Yes.And some of them hurried to get inside and be safe, but some did not listen to the word of Yahweh, and they died when the hail fell. And the hail ruined all of their plants and trees and their food growing in the fields.Q: Do you think there was hail in the place where the Israelites lived?A: No! God was protecting them and keeping them safe.

The reason God chose hail is because the Egyptians believed there were gods named Nut, Shu, and Tefnut, who were in charge of the sky and the rain and hail. Q: Were these gods real?A: No!Q: Was it a sin to believe in them?A: Yes!Q: Who was really in charge of the sky and rain and hail?A: Yahweh!And that’s what Yahweh proved with this plague, punishing them for their sins of believing in these false gods.

This time Pharaoh said, “I have sinned. Yahweh is right, and I am wrong. Pray to Yahweh for me to stop the hail. I will let you go.” And Moses said, “I will stretch out my hands to Yahweh and pray, and the thunder and hail and rain will stop, so that you may know that the earth is Yahweh’s.” And it happened. But when Pharaoh saw that it stopped, he sinned again and decided not to let the people go.

Q: Why was Yahweh making sure Pharaoh would keep saying no?A: To show His power and make His Name famous in all the earth!

Today we learned the sixth plague was boils and the seventh plague was hail. Next lesson we’ll learn about the eighth and ninth plagues.




became a man! Q: Why did God say that He would make sure Pharaoh did not let the people go at first?A: Because Yahweh wanted to do ten plagues. Q: What’s a plague?A: A punishment.Q: Why did Yahweh want to do ten plagues?A: To punish their sins and show His power and make His Name famous in all the earth!

Q: What was the first miracle Yahweh did with the staff?A: Turned it into a big snake that ate the magicians’ snakes.

Q: What was the first plague?A: Turning the water of the Nile into blood.Q: What was the second plague?A: Frogs!Q: What was the third plague?A: Gnats!Q: What was the fourth plague?A: Flies!Q: Did God let the flies go into the place where the Israelites lived?A: No!Q: What was the fifth plague?A: The Egyptian animals died.Q: But did any of the Israelites’ animals die?A: No! He kept all of their animals alive! Because He loved them and was rescuing them from Egypt.

Q: What was the sixth plague?A: Boils!Yahweh told Moses and Aaron to take some ashes from an oven.Q: Do you know what ashes are?A: Ashes are what’s left when something burns. If wood burns, then it leaves black dust called ashes. Yahweh told Moses and Aaron to take some ashes from an oven and throw it in the air. Q: Then what happened?A: Yahweh made it become dust that fell on the of all the Egyptians, and it made their skin get sores on

it, ouchies called boils.

The reason God chose this plague is because the Egyptians believed in a god named Sekhmet. They thought she could do plagues like this to others and keep the Egyptians from getting boils and even heal them from boils. Q: Why couldn’t this god stop Yahweh from doing this plague?A: Because she wasn’t real!

Q: For the seventh plague, Yahweh told Moses to tell Pharaoh, “Yahweh, the God of the Israelites, says, ‘________’”?

A: Let My people go!Q: And Yahweh said, “If not, tomorrow I will make what fall from the sky?


A: Hail! Very heavy hail – bigger than has ever been seen in Egypt. Q: What did God warn the Egyptians that they should do?A: Bring everybody inside, because whoever is left outside will die when the hail falls.

And some of them hurried to get inside and be safe, but some did not listen to the word of Yahweh, and they died when the hail fell. And the hail ruined all of their plants and trees and their food growing in the fields.

Q: Do you think there was hail in the place where the Israelites lived?A: No! God was protecting them and keeping them safe.

The reason God chose hail is because the Egyptians believed there were gods named Nut, Shu, and Tefnut, who were in charge of the sky and the rain and hail. Q: Were these gods real?A: No!Q: Was it a sin to believe in them?A: Yes!Q: Who was really in charge of the sky and rain and hail?A: Yahweh!And that’s what Yahweh proved with this plague, punishing them for their sins of believing in these false gods.

This time Pharaoh said, “I have sinned. Yahweh is right, and I am wrong. Pray to Yahweh for me to stop the hail. I will let you go.” Q: And Moses said, “I will stretch out my hands to Yahweh and pray, and the thunder and hail and

rain will stop, so that you may know that the earth is ________ “?A: Yahweh’s! And it happened. But when Pharaoh saw that it stopped, he sinned again and decided not to let the people go.

Q: Why was Yahweh making sure Pharaoh would keep saying no?A: To show His power and make His Name famous in all the earth!

Q: Before the eighth plague, Yahweh told Moses to tell Pharaoh, “Yahweh says, “________”?A: Let My people go!“If you don’t, then I will bring a plague of locusts.”Q: Do you know what a locust is?A: It’s a flying bug. Kind of like a grasshopper. Here’s a picture. Yahweh said, “I will bring so many locusts into Egypt that you won’t be able to see the ground, and they will eat everything left after the hail – all of your trees – and they will fill your houses.”

When Moses left, the Pharaoh’s workers told him, “Don’t you see that Egypt is already ruined. Let the men go!” And so Pharaoh brought Moses back in and said, “Your men may go, but not your women and children.”Q: Is that good enough? Is Pharaoh obeying Yahweh?A: No! Yahweh commanded Pharaoh to let all the Israelites go!So Yahweh did the eighth plague.

The Egyptians believed in a god named Shu, and they thought he was the god of the air (and the wind).Q: Who is in control of the wind?A: Yahweh!So Yahweh made a really strong wind blow swarms of locusts into Egypt – more than had ever been seen. There were so many locusts that the Egyptians couldn’t see the sun, and the land was dark.


The Egyptians believed that a god named Senehem protected Egypt from bugs like locusts.Q: Was that god real?A: No!Yahweh brought these locusts, and they ate all of the plants and all of the fruit on the trees. Nothing green was left.

Pharaoh said to Moses, “I have sinned against Yahweh. Forgive my sin and pray to Yahweh to take away the locusts!” So Moses prayed, and Yahweh made a strong wind blow the locusts into the Red Sea, and there was not even one locust left in Egypt! But Yahweh made sure that Pharaoh would not let the people go.

For the ninth plague, Yahweh told Moses to stretch out his hand toward heaven, and Yahweh made there be darkness in Egypt. For three days, it was totally dark in Egypt, so dark that nobody could see anybody, and nobody got up out of their houses – for three days!Q: But do you think there was light where the Israelites lived?A: Yes!

Q: What was the first time in the Bible that we learned about God punishing with darkness?A: When God took Lucifer’s light away!

Satan tricked the Egyptians into believing in a god named Ra. The Egyptians believed in lots of gods, but this was their most important god. They thought he was the god of the sun who created everything.Q: Did Ra create everything, and was Ra in charge of the sun?A: No!Q: Who created the sun and makes it shine?A: Yahweh!So when Yahweh made the sun stop shining for three days, Yahweh was proving that the Egyptians’ most important god wasn’t real and that Yahweh was the only true God.

This time Pharaoh told Moses that he would let the people go, but they had to leave their animals and stuff in Egypt. Q: Was this good enough?A: No! Moses said everybody and everything had to go. And Yahweh made sure that Pharaoh would not let the people go with everything.

So, today we learned the eighth plague was locusts, and the ninth plague was darkness. Let’s review all of them again.


Q: What was the first plague?A: Turning the water of the Nile into blood.Q: What was the second plague?A: Frogs!Q: What was the third plague?A: Gnats!Q: What was the fourth plague?A: Flies!Q: Did God let the flies go into the place where the Israelites lived?A: No!Q: What was the fifth plague?A: The Egyptian animals died.


Q: But did any of the Israelites’ animals die?A: No! Q: What was the sixth plague?A: Boils!Q: What was the seventh plague?A: Hail!Q: What was the eighth plague?A: Locusts!Q: What was the ninth plague?A: Darkness!

Really good job, guys!

There is one more plague, and then Yahweh promised that Pharaoh would let the people go with everything. Yahweh even promised that He would make the Egyptians really like the Israelites, and the Egyptians would give them their gold and silver and clothes as they left.


LESSON 42: REVIEW PLAGUES 1 – 9

Q: What did Yahweh say to Pharaoh through Moses and Aaron?A: “Let My people go!”


Q: What was the first plague?A: Turning the water of the Nile into blood.Q: What was the second plague?A: Frogs!Q: What was the third plague?A: Gnats!Q: What was the fourth plague?A: Flies!Q: Did God let the flies go into the place where the Israelites lived?A: No!Q: What was the fifth plague?A: The Egyptian animals died.Q: But did any of the Israelites’ animals die?A: No! Q: What was the sixth plague?A: Boils!Q: What was the seventh plague?A: Hail!

Q: What was the eighth plague?A: Locusts!Good job. Before the plague of locusts, Pharaoh tried to tell Moses that he would let only the men go, not the women and children.Q: Was that good enough? Was that obeying Yahweh?A: No. Yahweh commanded Pharaoh to let all the people go.Q: How did God bring the locusts?A: A strong wind!Q: Why did God decide to use the wind to bring this plague?A: Because the Egyptians believed another god was in charge of the wind (Shu), and Yahweh was

proving he wasn’t real.Q: Why did God decide to use locusts?A: Because the Egyptians believed another god would protect them from plagues of locusts (Senehem),

and Yahweh was proving that god wasn’t real?Q: More locusts came than had ever been seen in Egypt; could the Egyptians see the ground?A: No! The locusts were covering the ground.Q: Could the Egyptians see the sun?A: No! The locusts flying in the air blocked the sun and made it dark.Q: What did the locusts eat?A: Everything green! All the grass and plants and trees and fruit.Q: After the locusts came, what did Pharaoh ask Moses to do?A: Pray to Yahweh to stop the plague of locusts.Q: How did Yahweh get rid of the locusts?A: A strong wind blew all of them into the Red Sea!Q: After the locusts were gone, why did Pharaoh say no again?A: Because Yahweh was making sure that he would say no!Q: What were the three reasons Yahweh was making sure Pharaoh would say no?


A: So that He could (1) do ten plagues to punish them for their sins, (2) show His power, and (3) make His Name famous in all the earth!

Q: What was the ninth plague?A: Darkness!Q: For how long?A: Three days!Q: Could the Egyptians see anybody else?A: No!Q: Did they go out of the their houses or stay inside?A: Stayed inside!Q: But do you think there was light where the Israelites lived?A: Yes!Q: Where did the Israelites’ light come from?A: God! God is light!Q: Why did God choose darkness for the ninth plague?A: Because the Egyptians believed another god was the god of the sun, and he created everything.Q: What was the Egyptian sun-god’s name?A: Ra.Q: How important was Ra to the Egyptians?A: Ra was their most important God.So when Yahweh made the sun stop shining for three days, Yahweh was proving that the Egyptians’ most important god wasn’t real and that Yahweh was the only true God.

This time Pharaoh told Moses that he would let the people go, but they had to leave their animals and stuff in Egypt. Q: Was this good enough?A: No! Moses said everybody and everything had to go. And Yahweh made sure that Pharaoh would not let the people go with everything.

Q: What were the three reasons Yahweh was making sure Pharaoh would say no?A: So that He could (1) do ten plagues to punish them for their sins, (2) show His power, and (3) make

His Name famous in all the earth!

Q: What did God promise Pharaoh would do after all the plagues were done?A: Let the people go!

Tomorrow we’ll learn about the tenth plague, the most important plague.


LESSON 43: THE TENTH PLAGUE

After the ninth plague, Yahweh told Moses, “After one more plague on Pharaoh and Egypt, he will let you go.” And Yahweh told Moses to tell Pharaoh, “About midnight, I will go into Egypt and every firstborn son and every firstborn animal will die. Pharaoh’s firstborn son will die, and every family’s firstborn son will die. There will be loud crying in Egypt, but none of the Israelites’ sons will die, so that you know that I love Israel.”

Q: Do you know what firstborn son means?A: If a family had lots of sons and daughters, only the son who was born first was going to die in the

tenth plague.

The Egyptians believed in a god named Ptah, who they thought was the god of life, but Yahweh proved in the Tenth Plague that Ptah wasn’t real. Yahweh proved that He decides who lives and who dies.

Q: Do you remember what the Egyptians thought the Pharaoh was?A: A god who became a man.And the Pharaoh’s firstborn son was the one who would be the next Pharaoh, the next god in Egypt. Yahweh said that he was going to make the Pharaoh’s firstborn son die to punish them for their sins of believing in false gods but not believing in Yahweh.

And Yahweh made sure that Pharaoh would not let the people go before the Tenth Plague, so that He would do all of His miracles in Egypt.

Q: Were the people of Israel sinners like the Egyptians?A: Yes.Q: Were the firstborn sons of Israel sinners like the Egyptian firstborns?A: Yes.Q: What is the punishment for sin?A: To die.Q: Did the firstborn sons of Israel deserve to die for their sins just like the Egyptians?A: Yes. Q: What is it called when God doesn’t punish our sins right away like we deserve?A: Mercy.

Q: Did Noah deserve to die when God killed everybody in the Flood?A: Yes.Q: What did God tell Noah to do, so that he would be safe?A: Build an ark. And the ark was mercy from God.

Before the Tenth Plague, Yahweh told Moses to tell the Israelites what special thing they had to do, so that their firstborn sons would not be killed in the plague. Yahweh said, “Every family must take a lamb.”Q: Do you know what a lamb is?A: It’s a young sheep.Yahweh said, “Every family must take a boy lamb, and when it gets dark, they must kill their lambs. Then they must take some of the blood and spread it on the top of the door and the doorposts. [Like this.] Then you must eat the meat of the lamb in your house with your belt on tight, with your sandals on your feet, and with your staff in your hand, ready to leave Egypt in a hurry. Because I will pass through the land of Egypt tonight, and I will make all the firstborn in the land die, both humans and animals, and I will prove that all of the gods of Egypt are not real. I am Yahweh. When I see the blood on your doors, I will pass over you, and no plague will hurt you, when I punish the Egyptians.”

Q: So what did each Israelite family have to do with their lamb?


A: Kill it.Q: What did they do with its blood?A: Spread it on the top and sides of the door.Q: Why did they do that?A: So that Yahweh would see the blood, and pass over their house. God called it the Passover lamb.

None of Israel’s firstborn sons would die when Yahweh made the Egyptian firstborns die. The lamb died instead of their son.

Q: Do you remember that firstborns of Israel deserved to die because they were sinners, too?A: Yes.Q: Did the lamb deserve to die?A: No.But Yahweh let the lamb take the place of the firstborn son, so the lamb died instead of the son.Q: Was that mercy from God?A: Yes!Q: Do you think the people of Israel were happy when they heard God’s plan?A: Yes! The Bible says they bowed their heads and worshiped. They thanked God for being great in mercy.

And that’s what happened. Yahweh made all the Egyptian firstborns die, but when He saw the blood of the Passover lambs on the doors of the Israelites’ houses, He passed over them and had mercy. The Egyptians cried loudly because of the punishment for their sins. And Pharaoh told Moses, “Go, get out of here.”

And Yahweh made the Egyptian people like the Israelites, even after they had hated them; so Yahweh made the Egyptians give their gold and silver money and their extra clothes to the Israelites as they were leaving.

And the Bible says that some Egyptians left Egypt with the Israelites! They decided that they didn’t want to be sinful Egyptians anymore. They believed Yahweh was the only true God, and they wanted to be a part of God’s people!

And Yahweh led His people out of Egypt in a pillar of cloud during the day, and a pillar of fire at night to light the way. And Yahweh rescued Israel from slavery in Egypt, just like He promised! And the people were so happy!

There is more to the story after they started to leave, and we’ll learn that later.

Q: Do you remember that I said God’s mercy to Noah was God waiting to do something special later to be able to punish sins and still save sinners?

A: Yes.It’s the same thing with the Passover lamb. God was waiting to do something even more special to punish His people’s sins and still save them. The Passover lamb was important to get the people ready to understand the real thing God was going to do. We’ll learn about it later.


LESSON 44: THE RED SEA

After the ninth plague, Yahweh told Moses, “After one more plague on Pharaoh and Egypt, he will let you go.” And Yahweh told Moses to tell Pharaoh, “About midnight, I will go into Egypt and every firstborn son and every firstborn animal will die. Pharaoh’s firstborn son will die, and every family’s firstborn son will die. There will be loud crying in Egypt, but none of the Israelites’ sons will die, so that you know that I love Israel.”

Q: Do you know what firstborn son means?A: If a family had lots of sons and daughters, only the son who was born first was going to die in the

tenth plague.

The Egyptians believed in a god named Ptah, who they thought was the god of life.Q: Who really decides who lives and who dies?A: Yahweh.Yahweh proved in the Tenth Plague that Ptah wasn’t real, and that Yahweh was the only true God.

Q: Do you remember what the Egyptians thought the Pharaoh was?A: A god who became a man.Q: And what was the Pharaoh’s firstborn son going to grow up to be?A: The next Pharaoh, the next god in Egypt. Yahweh said that he was going to make the Pharaoh’s firstborn son die to punish them for their sins of believing in false gods but not believing in Yahweh.

And Yahweh made sure that Pharaoh would not let the people go before the Tenth Plague, so that He would do all of His miracles in Egypt.

Before the Tenth Plague, Yahweh told Moses to tell the Israelites what special thing they had to do, so that their firstborn sons would not be killed in the plague. Q: What was the special thing God told them to do?A: Yahweh said, “Every family must take a boy lamb, and when it gets dark, they must kill their lambs.

Then they must take some of the blood and spread it on the top of the door and the doorposts.”

And he said, “Then you must eat the meat of the lamb in your house with your belt on tight, with your sandals on your feet, and with your staff in your hand.Q: Why did Yahweh say that had to eat it like that?A: To be ready to leave Egypt in a hurry.

Yahweh said, “Because I will pass through the land of Egypt tonight, and I will make all the firstborn in the land die, both humans and animals, and I will prove that all of the gods of Egypt are not real. I am Yahweh. When I see the blood on your doors, I will pass over you, and no plague will hurt you, when I punish the Egyptians.”

Q: Were the firstborns of Israel sinners, too?A: Yes.Q: What is the punishment for sin?A: To die.Q: Did the Israelites deserve to die for their sins like the Egyptians?A: Yes.Q: Did the lamb deserve to die?A: No.But Yahweh let the lamb take the place of the firstborn son, so the lamb died instead of the son.Say, “The lamb died instead of the son.”Q: Was that mercy from God?


A: Yes!Q: What did the Israelites do when they heard God’s plan?A: Bowed their heads and worshiped. They thanked God for being great in mercy.

So, Yahweh made all the Egyptian firstborns die, but when He saw the blood of the Passover lambs on the doors of the Israelites’ houses, He passed over them and had mercy. The Egyptians cried loudly because of the punishment for their sins. Q: What did Pharaoh say to Moses? A: “Go, get out of here.”

And Yahweh made the Egyptian people like the Israelites, even after they had hated them.Q: What did Yahweh made the Egyptians give to the Israelites? A: Their gold and silver money and their extra clothes.

Q: Did some Egyptians leave Egypt with the Israelites?A: Yes! Q: Why did they do that?A: They believed Yahweh was the only true God, and they wanted to be part of God’s people!

Q: What did Yahweh appear in when He led His people out of Egypt? In the day, it was a pillar of ______ ?A: Cloud! Q: At night it was a pillar of ______ ?A: Fire! And Yahweh rescued Israel from slavery in Egypt, just like He promised! And the people were so happy!

Yahweh led the people out of Egypt to a place called the Red Sea. [Here it is on a map.] But after the Israelites were out of Egypt, God made the Pharaoh change his mind again and chase the Israelites to make them slaves again!Q: What are three reasons Yahweh made Pharaoh change his mind?A: So that He could (1) punish them for their sins, (2) show His power, and (3) make His Name famous

in all the earth!

Pharaoh chased Israel with his soldiers.Q: Do you know what soldiers are?A: They are men who are taught how to fight.They were going to try to make the Israelites slaves again, and if any of the Israelites tried to fight back, then the soldiers could have killed them and taken the rest of the people back to Egypt as slaves.Q: Do you think Yahweh would let that happen?A: No!

Pharaoh and his soldiers caught up with Israel, and Israel was trapped at the Red Sea. Pharaoh’s soldiers were on one side, and the Red Sea was on the other side, so they couldn’t run away. Q: Do you think the Israelite were scared?A: Yes!They thought they were going to die. But Moses said, “Don’t be afraid. Stand still and be quiet. Watch Yahweh save us! Yahweh will fight for us!”

Yahweh moved his pillar of fire and cloud in between the Israelites and the Egyptians, so that they couldn’t come kill the Israelites. And Yahweh told Moses to stretch out his staff over the Red Sea. Then Yahweh made a strong wind blow the waters in the Sea, so that there were walls of water and dry land in the middle! And the people of Israel were able to walk across the Red Sea on dry land!

Then Yahweh made Pharaoh and the Egyptian soldiers want to chase after Israel in the middle of the Sea.


But when they were in the middle, on dry ground, Yahweh told Moses to stretch out his staff again, and Yahweh made the walls of water fall down onto the Egyptians. They all drowned and died. And the people of Israel saw the great power of Yahweh when He saved them. And they believed in Yahweh. And sang songs to praise Yahweh, and they danced in front of Yahweh because they were so happy. And they sang, “Yahweh will reign forever and ever!”

Q: Is Yahweh awesome?A: Yeah!

Now the Israelites were safe from the Egyptians.Q: Do you remember where Yahweh was going to take them?A: The land He promised to give to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob.

We’ll learn about their trip to the Promised Land in our next lessons.


LESSON 45: THE DESERT TRIP, PART ONE

Q: What was the first plague?A: Turning the water of the Nile into blood.Q: What was the second plague?A: Frogs!Q: What was the third plague?A: Gnats!Q: What was the fourth plague?A: Flies!Q: Did God let the flies go into the place where the Israelites lived?A: No!Q: What was the fifth plague?A: The Egyptian animals died.Q: But did any of the Israelites’ animals die?A: No! Q: What was the sixth plague?A: Boils!Q: What was the seventh plague?A: Hail!Q: What was the eighth plague?A: Locusts!Q: What was the ninth plague?A: Darkness!

Q: What was the tenth plague?A: The firstborn sons and animals died.Q: What was the special thing God told the Israelites to do, so their firstborns would not be killed in

the Tenth Plague?A: Yahweh said, “Every family must take a boy lamb, and when it gets dark, they must kill their lambs.

Then they must take some of the blood and spread it on the top of the door and the doorposts.”Q: What were they supposed to do with the meat of the lamb?A: Eat it!Q: What were they supposed to wear while they ate it?A: Their belts on tight, with their sandals on your feet, and with their staffs in their hands.Q: Why did Yahweh say that had to eat it like that?A: To be ready to leave Egypt in a hurry.

Q: Why did the Israelites have to spread the blood on their doors?A: Yahweh said, “Because I will pass through the land of Egypt tonight, and I will make all the firstborn

in the land die, both humans and animals, and I will prove that all of the gods of Egypt are not real. I am Yahweh. When I see the blood on your doors, I will pass over you, and no plague will hurt you, when I punish the Egyptians.”

Q: So what did they call the lamb?A: The Passover lamb.

Q: Were the firstborns of Israel sinners, too?A: Yes.Q: What is the punishment for sin?A: To die.Q: Did the Israelites deserve to die for their sins like the Egyptians?A: Yes.Q: Did the lamb deserve to die?A: No.


But Yahweh let the lamb take the place of the firstborn son, so the lamb died instead of the son.Say, “The lamb died instead of the son.”Q: Was that mercy from God?A: Yes!Q: What did the Israelites do when they heard God’s plan?A: Bowed their heads and worshiped. They thanked God for being great in mercy.

So, Yahweh made all the Egyptian firstborns die, but when He saw the blood of the Passover lambs on the doors of the Israelites’ houses, He passed over them and had mercy. The Egyptians cried loudly because of the punishment for their sins. Q: What did Pharaoh say to Moses? A: “Go, get out of here.”

And Yahweh made the Egyptian people like the Israelites, even after they had hated them.Q: What did Yahweh made the Egyptians give to the Israelites? A: Their gold and silver money and their extra clothes.

Q: Did some Egyptians leave Egypt with the Israelites?A: Yes! Q: Why did they do that?A: They believed Yahweh was the only true God, and they wanted to be part of God’s people!

Q: What did Yahweh appear in when He led His people out of Egypt? In the day, it was a pillar of ______ ?A: Cloud! Q: At night it was a pillar of ______ ?A: Fire! And Yahweh rescued Israel from slavery in Egypt, just like He promised! And the people were so happy!

Yahweh led the people out of Egypt to a place called the Red Sea. Q: But after the Israelites were out of Egypt, God made the Pharaoh change his mind again – to do

what?A: Chase the Israelites to make them slaves again!Q: What are three reasons Yahweh kept making Pharaoh not want to let the people go?A: So that He could (1) punish the Egyptians for their sins, (2) show His power, and (3) make His Name

famous in all the earth!

Pharaoh chased Israel with his soldiers.Q: Do you remember what soldiers are?A: They are men who are taught how to fight.Pharaoh and his soldiers caught up with Israel, and Israel was trapped at the Red Sea. Pharaoh’s soldiers were on one side, and the Red Sea was on the other side, so they couldn’t run away. Q: Do you think the Israelite were scared?A: Yes!They thought they were going to die. Q: What did Moses say?A: Moses said, “Don’t be afraid. Stand still and be quiet. Watch Yahweh save us! Yahweh will fight for

us!”

Yahweh moved his pillar of fire and cloud in between the Israelites and the Egyptians, so that they couldn’t come kill the Israelites. Q: What did Yahweh tell Moses to do?A: Stretch out his staff over the Red Sea. Q: Then what did Yahweh do?


A: Yahweh made a strong wind blow the waters in the Sea, so that there were walls of water and dry land in the middle! And the people of Israel were able to walk across the Red Sea on dry land!

Then Yahweh made Pharaoh and the Egyptian soldiers want to chase after Israel in the middle of the Sea. But when they were in the middle, on dry ground, Yahweh told Moses to stretch out his staff again.Q: And what did Yahweh do?A: Yahweh made the walls of water fall down onto the Egyptians. They all drowned and died. And the people of Israel saw the great power of Yahweh when He saved them. And they believed in Yahweh. And sang songs to praise Yahweh, and they danced in front of Yahweh because they were so happy. And they sang, “Yahweh will reign forever and ever!”Then Yahweh kept leading the people to the Promised Land, which means the land that He promised to give Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. But after three days of walking toward the Promised Land, Israel couldn’t find any water. Q: What would happen if they couldn’t ever drink water?A: They would die. Our bodies need water to live.Then the people found some water, but it was yucky, and they couldn’t drink it. The people were mean to Moses and blamed him that they were thirsty. But Moses prayed to Yahweh, and Yahweh showed him a tree. And Moses took the tree and threw it into the water, and Yahweh turned the yucky water into good, sweet water.Q: Was that a miracle?A: Yeah!So all of the people and their animals were able to drink healthy water, and they stayed alive. Yahweh saved them again!

But then they kept walking toward the Promised Land, and then they couldn’t find any food. Q: What happens if they couldn’t find anything to eat?A: They would die.And the Israelites were mean to Moses again. They thought they were going to die, and they blamed him. And they said it would have been better to stay in Egypt.Q: Was that crazy?A: Yes!Q: Do you think it was better to be free and traveling with God than to be slaves in Egypt?A: Yes!Q: Do you think the people should have trusted that God could do another miracle for them?A: Yes!Q: They had already seen Yahweh do lots of miracles, right?A: Yes!

Yahweh appeared to them in the cloud and told them that He was going to make it rain bread from heaven for them every morning and meat every night. And they had never seen bread like this before (because it was bread from heaven), and they called the bread manna. And every morning for forty years, God gave them manna.Q: That’s a lot of miracles, isn’t it?A: Yeah!Q: Do you think we can always trust God to take care of us like He took care of the Israelites?A: Yes!


LESSON 46: THE DESERT TRIP, PART TWO

Q: What were three reasons Yahweh kept making Pharaoh not want to let the people go?A: So that He could (1) punish the Egyptians for their sins, (2) show His power, and (3) make His Name


Q: What was the last plague that Yahweh did and then He let Pharaoh say, “Go, get out of here”?A: Yahweh killed the Egyptian firstborn sons and animals.Q: Why did Yahweh pass over the Israelites?A: Because of the blood of the Passover lamb.

Q: What did Yahweh appear in when He led His people out of Egypt? In the day, it was a pillar of ______ ?A: Cloud! Q: At night it was a pillar of ______ ?A: Fire!

Then Yahweh kept leading the people to the Promised Land.Q: What is the Promised Land?A: The land that Yahweh promised to give Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob.

But after three days of walking toward the Promised Land, Israel couldn’t find any water. They were getting really thirsty, almost to die. Then the people found some water, but it was yucky, and they couldn’t drink it. The people were mean to Moses and blamed him. But Moses prayed to Yahweh.Q: What did Yahweh show Moses?A: A tree! Q: And what did Moses do with it?A: Moses threw it into the water!Q: What did Yahweh do when the tree hit the water?A: Yahweh turned the yucky water into good, sweet water!Q: Was that a miracle?A: Yeah!So all of the people and their animals were able to drink healthy water, and they stayed alive. Yahweh saved them again!

But then they kept walking toward the Promised Land, and then they couldn’t find any food. And the Israelites were mean to Moses again. They thought they were going to die, and they blamed him. Q: And they said it would have been better to stay where?A: In Egypt.Q: Was that crazy?A: Yes!Q: Do you think it was better to be free and traveling with God than to be slaves in Egypt?A: Yes!Q: Do you think the people should have trusted that God could do another miracle for them?A: Yes!Q: They had already seen Yahweh do lots of miracles, right?A: Yes!

Q: Yahweh appeared to them in the cloud and told them that He was going to make it rain what every morning?

A: Bread! Q: What did the Israelites call the bread?A: Manna!Q: What did Yahweh rain every night?


A: Meat!And every morning for forty years, God gave them manna.Q: That’s a lot of miracles, isn’t it?A: Yeah!Q: Do you think we can always trust God to take care of us like He took care of the Israelites?A: Yes!

The Israelites kept traveling, and they couldn’t find water again. And the people were mean to Moses again. They said, “Why did you bring us out of Egypt to kill us with thirst?” Q: Were they believing in Yahweh when they said those mean things?A: No!They weren’t trusting that God was with them and that He would give them water again.

Moses prayed to Yahweh, “What should I do?!” And Yahweh said, “I will stand on a rock, and you will hit the rock with your staff, and water will come out of it, and the people will drink.” And that’s what happened!Q: Was that another miracle?A: Yes!That’s a lot of water to give drinks to about two million people and their animals – all from a rock! Q: Was it God the Father, Son, or Spirit who stood on the rock and made water come out of it?A: God the Son!

Then the people kept traveling and got to the place where Moses had lived for forty years in the desert before he met Yahweh and went back to Egypt to rescue them. And his wife’s dad (Zipporah’s dad) saw that all the people of Israel had been set free, and he said, “Blessed be Yahweh, who rescued you from Pharaoh and the Egyptians! Now I know that Yahweh is greater than all gods.” And Zipporah’s dad believed in Yahweh!Q: Do you remember that God wanted to make His Name famous in all the earth by doing His

plagues in Egypt and rescuing Israel?A: Yes.It happened. Even people far away were believing in Yahweh and praising His Name because of what He did in Egypt!

Q: When her dad said, “Blessed be Yahweh,” do you know what blessed means?A: It means that he thought everybody should bless Yahweh, that everybody should say Yahweh is

good, and He is great! That’s what it means for people to bless God; it means to say He is good and great!

Song:

Blessed be the Name of YahwehBlessed be Your NameBlessed be the Name of YahwehBlessed be Your glorious Name

We sing and praise Your NameWe sing and praise Your NameOur hearts will choose to sayBlessed be Your Name

For You are goodFor You are goodFor You are good to me


LESSON 47: THE TEN COMMANDMENTS (1-3)

Q: What were three reasons Yahweh kept making Pharaoh not want to let the people go?A: So that He could (1) punish the Egyptians for their sins, (2) show His power, and (3) make His Name


Q: What was the last plague that Yahweh did and then He let Pharaoh say, “Go, get out of here”?A: Yahweh killed the Egyptian firstborn sons and animals.Q: Why did Yahweh pass over the Israelites?A: Because of the blood of the Passover lamb.

Q: What did Yahweh appear in when He led His people out of Egypt? In the day, it was a pillar of ______ ?A: Cloud! Q: At night it was a pillar of ______ ?A: Fire!

Then Yahweh kept leading the people to the Promised Land.Q: What is the Promised Land?A: The land that Yahweh promised to give Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob.

But after three days of walking toward the Promised Land, Israel couldn’t find any water. They were getting really thirsty, almost to die. Then the people found some water, but it was yucky, and they couldn’t drink it. The people were mean to Moses and blamed him. But Moses prayed to Yahweh.Q: What did Yahweh show Moses?A: A tree! Q: And what did Moses do with it?A: Moses threw it into the water!Q: What did Yahweh do when the tree hit the water?A: Yahweh turned the yucky water into good, sweet water!Q: Was that a miracle?A: Yeah!So all of the people and their animals were able to drink healthy water, and they stayed alive. Yahweh saved them again!

But then they kept walking toward the Promised Land, and then they couldn’t find any food. And the Israelites were mean to Moses again. They thought they were going to die, and they blamed him. Q: And they said it would have been better to stay where?A: In Egypt.Q: Yahweh appeared to them in the cloud and told them that He was going to make it rain what every morning?A: Bread! Q: What did the Israelites call the bread?A: Manna!Q: What did Yahweh rain every night?A: Meat!And every morning for forty years, God gave them manna.Q: That’s a lot of miracles, isn’t it?A: Yeah!Q: Do you think we can always trust God to take care of us like He took care of the Israelites?A: Yes!

The Israelites kept traveling, and they couldn’t find water again. And the people were mean to Moses again. They said, “Why did you bring us out of Egypt to kill us with thirst?” Moses prayed to Yahweh,


“What should I do?!”Q: What did Yahweh do this time?A: Yahweh said, “I will stand on a rock, and you will hit the rock with your staff, and water will come out of it, and the people will drink.” And that’s what happened!Q: Was that another miracle?A: Yes!That’s a lot of water to give drinks to about two million people and their animals – all from a rock! Q: Was it God the Father, Son, or Spirit who stood on the rock and made water come out of it?A: God the Son!

Then the people kept traveling and got to the place where Moses had lived for forty years in the desert before he met Yahweh and went back to Egypt to rescue them. And his wife’s dad (Zipporah’s dad) saw that all the people of Israel had been set free. Q: Do you remember what he said?A: He said, “Blessed be Yahweh, who rescued you from Pharaoh and the Egyptians! Now I know that Yahweh is greater than all gods.” And Zipporah’s dad believed in Yahweh!Q: When her dad said, “Blessed be Yahweh,” do you know what blessed means?A: It means that he thought everybody should bless Yahweh, that everybody should say Yahweh is

good, and He is great! That’s what it means for people to bless God; it means to say He is good and great!

Then the people of Israel followed Yahweh to the mountain where Moses first met Him.Q: Do you know what a mountain is?A: A mountain is a really tall place. The rocks and dirt are built way up high, a lot taller than a hill.

This mountain is called Mount Sinai. And Moses got the people ready at the bottom of the mountain to meet with God. God said that none of the people could touch the mountain or go up on it, or they would die. Because God was going to come down on the mountain, and He is holy, but the people are sinners. So the people stayed at the bottom of the mountain. And Yahweh came down on the mountain in fire and a cloud of smoke! And the mountain shook greatly! And there was thunders and lightnings, and a loud sound like a trumpet!

Q: God is really big and powerful, isn’t He?A: Yes!Q: Do you think the people were scared at what they were seeing and hearing?A: Yes.They were scared. Moses said that they should be scared of what God would do if they sinned, but if they obeyed God, then they would not have to be scared of Him.

After Yahweh came down in fire and smoke and shaking and thunders and lightnings and trumpet sounds, then He spoke Ten Commandments.Q: Do you know what a commandment is?A: It is a command, a rule. If I tell you, “Never go in the street,” that’s a commandment. If mom says,

“Eat your carrots,” that’s a commandment. Mom and Dad can tell you what to do because God put us in charge, and we know how to help you be good and stay safe and have fun.

Q: Who is in charge of everything?A: God!So Yahweh said that if the Israelites were going to be His people, then they had to obey these Ten Commandments.

He started by saying, “I am Yahweh your God, who brought you up out of Egypt, out of slavery.” He had already rescued the Israelites and saved them, so they should be so thankful and happy to do whatever God says.


Then Yahweh said the First Commandment: “You will have no other gods besides Me.”Q: Is that a good commandment?A: Yeah!Q: Are there any other gods besides Yahweh?A: No!Q: Would it be a sin if they acted like they had another god?A: Yes! A big sin!Say the First Commandment with me: “You will have no other gods besides Me.”“You will have no other gods besides Me.”

Then Yahweh said the Second Commandment: “You will not worship idols.”Q: Do you know what an idol is?A: An idol is anything that a person treats like a god. Sometimes people make things out of wood or metal, and they make them look like a person or an animal, and they say that it’s a god. Q: Does that sound crazy?A: Yeah.Q: Would it be a sin to have an idol and treat it like a god?A: Yes! A big sin!So Yahweh said the Second Commandment: “You will not worship idols.”Q: Do you know what it means to worship?A: When we pray or sing to God, we are worshiping Him. Anytime we do anything while we are thinking how great God is, that is worship. Worship means we believe God deserves to be praised. We believe He deserves for us to say He is good and great and holy and perfect and smart and strong!Q: Do you guys believe that about God?A: Yes!Q: Does that mean you worship God?A: Yes!Yahweh made it a rule not to worship anyone or anything but Him. God is the only one who deserves to be worshiped.Say the Second Commandment with me: “You will not worship idols.”“You will not worship idols.”

Then Yahweh said the Third Commandment: “You will not misuse the Name of Yahweh your God.” People use Yahweh’s Name (and Jesus’ Name) wrongly in lots of different, bad ways. Sometimes people say that Yahweh told them to do something or say something, even though He didn’t. They use Yahweh’s Name to lie, which disobeys the Third Commandment. If someone uses the Name of Yahweh, but they don’t believe in Him, and they don’t think His Name is the greatest, then that is sin, too.Say the Third Commandment with me: “You will not misuse the Name of Yahweh your God.”“You will not misuse the Name of Yahweh your God.”

Good. Before we’re done today, let’s review the first three commandments. Say them with me.First: “You will have no other gods besides Me.”Second: “You will not worship idols.”Third: “You will not misuse the Name of Yahweh your God.”

Song:

I will give You all my worshipI will give You all my praiseYou alone I long to worshipYou alone are worthy of my praise



Then the people of Israel followed Yahweh to the mountain where Moses first met Him.Q: Do you remember what that mountain is called?A: Mount Sinai! And Moses got the people ready at the bottom of the mountain to meet with God. God said that none of the people could touch the mountain or go up on it, or they would die. So the people stayed at the bottom of the mountain. And Yahweh came down on the mountain.Q: What was it like when Yahweh came down?A: Yahweh came in fire and a cloud of smoke! And the mountain shook greatly! And there was thunders and lightnings, and a loud sound like a trumpet!

The people were scared. Moses said that they should be scared of what God would do if they sinned, but if they obeyed God, then they would not have to be scared of Him.

After Yahweh came down in fire and smoke and shaking and thunders and lightnings and trumpet sounds, then He spoke Ten Commandments.Q: Do you know what a commandment is?A: It is a command, a rule. So Yahweh said that if the Israelites were going to be His people, then they had to obey these Ten Commandments.

He started by saying, “I am Yahweh your God, who brought you up out of Egypt, out of slavery.” He had already rescued the Israelites and saved them, so they should be so thankful and happy to do whatever God says.

Then Yahweh said the First Commandment: Q: What was the First Commandment?A: “You will have no other gods besides Me.”Q: Would it be a sin if they acted like they had another god?A: Yes! A big sin!

Then Yahweh said the Second Commandment: Q: What was the Second Commandment?A: “You will not worship idols.”Q: What is an idol?A: An idol is anything that a person treats like a god. Sometimes people make things out of wood or

metal, and they make them look like a person or an animal, and they say that it’s a god. Q: Would it be a sin to have an idol and treat it like a god?A: Yes! A big sin!Q: What does it mean to worship?A: When we pray or sing to God, we are worshiping Him. Anytime we do anything while we are thinking how great God is, that is worship. Worship means we believe God deserves to be praised – we believe He deserves for us to say He is good and great and holy and perfect and smart and strong!Q: Do you guys believe that about God?A: Yes!Q: Does that mean you worship God?A: Yes!Yahweh made it a rule not to worship anyone or anything but Him. God is the only one who deserves to be worshiped.Say the Second Commandment with me: “You will not worship idols.”“You will not worship idols.”

Q: What is the Third Commandment?


A: “You will not misuse the Name of Yahweh your God.” People use Yahweh’s Name (and Jesus’ Name) wrongly in lots of different, bad ways. Sometimes people say that Yahweh told them to do something or say something, even though He didn’t. They use Yahweh’s Name to lie, which disobeys the Third Commandment. If someone uses the Name of Yahweh, but they don’t believe in Him, and they don’t think His Name is the greatest, then that is sin, too.Say the Third Commandment with me: “You will not misuse the Name of Yahweh your God.”“You will not misuse the Name of Yahweh your God.”

Good. Before we learn new stuff today, let’s review the first three commandments. Say them with me.First: “You will have no other gods besides Me.”Second: “You will not worship idols.”Third: “You will not misuse the Name of Yahweh your God.”

The Fourth Commandment is, “Rest on the Sabbath day.” The Sabbath day means the seventh day. Sabbath means rest. Q: After God made heaven and earth and everything in them in six days, what did He do on the Seventh Day?A: Rested!Right! Q: Did God need to rest? Does He ever get tired?A: No!Right! God worked for six days and rested on the seventh to show us how we are supposed to live. God said to work for six days and then rest on the seventh day, the Sabbath.That was the Fourth Commandment. Say it with me: “Rest on the Sabbath day.”

Then Yahweh said the Fifth Commandment: “Honor your father and your mother, so that you may have a long, happy life.” Q: Do you know what it means to honor your father and mother?A: It means to be thankful for us and speak nicely to us and obey us.Q: God is a Father, right?A: Yes!Q: Do you think we should honor God? Should be thankful for all God does for us and obey God

and and speak nicely to Him?A: Yes!That is why I have to teach you to honor me, your father, so that you will learn to honor your Father in heaven. God wants you to honor your father and your mother because God put us in charge of you, and He is in charge of us. When you honor us, you honor God.

And this is the first Commandment with a promise. If you honor your father and mother, then you will have a long, happy life. Q: Do you want a long, happy life?A: Yes!Then say the Fifth Commandment with me: “Honor your father and your mother….”“Honor your father and your mother….”“… so that you may have a long, happy life.”“… so that you may have a long, happy life.”

Then Yahweh said the Sixth Commandment: “You will not murder.”Q: What does murder mean?A: Murder means to kill somebody on purpose who should have lived.Say the Sixth Commandment with me: “You will not murder.”“You will not murder.”

Let’s review the first six. Say them with me.


First: “You will have no other gods besides Me.”Second: “You will not worship idols.”Third: “You will not misuse the Name of Yahweh your God.” Fourth: “Rest on the Sabbath day.”Fifth: “Honor your father and your mother, so that you may have a long, happy life.”Sixth: “You will not murder.”



Then the people of Israel followed Yahweh to the mountain where Moses first met Him.Q: Do you remember what that mountain is called?A: Mount Sinai! Q: What was it like when Yahweh came down?A: Yahweh came in fire and a cloud of smoke! And the mountain shook greatly! And there was thunders and lightnings, and a loud sound like a trumpet!

Then He spoke Ten Commandments.Q: Do you know what a commandment is?A: It is a command, a rule.

He started by saying, “I am Yahweh your God, who brought you up out of Egypt, out of slavery.”

Q: What was the First Commandment?A: “You will have no other gods besides Me.”

Q: What was the Second Commandment?A: “You will not worship idols.”Q: What is an idol?A: An idol is anything that a person treats like a god. Sometimes people make things out of wood or

metal, and they make them look like a person or an animal, and they say that it’s a god. Q: What does it mean to worship?A: Anytime we are believing how good and great God is.Yahweh made it a rule not to worship anyone or anything but Him. God is the only one who deserves to be worshiped.

Q: What is the Third Commandment?A: “You will not misuse the Name of Yahweh your God.”

Q: What is the Fourth Commandment?A: “Rest on the Sabbath day.” Q: What number is the Sabbath day?A: The seventh day!Q: What does Sabbath mean?A: Rest!Q: We rest on the seventh day because after God made heaven and earth and everything in them in

six days, what did He do on the Seventh Day?A: Rested!Q: What was the Fifth Commandment?A: “Honor your father and your mother, so that you may have a long, happy life.” Q: What does it mean to honor your father and mother?A: It means to be thankful and speak nicely and obey.

I have to teach you to honor me, your father, so that you will learn to honor your Father in heaven – God the Father. God wants you to honor your father and your mother because God put us in charge of you, and He is in charge of us. When you honor us, you honor God.

And this is the first Commandment with a promise. If you honor your father and mother, then you will have a long, happy life. Q: Do you want a long, happy life?A: Yes!Then say the Fifth Commandment with me: “Honor your father and your mother….”


“Honor your father and your mother….”“… so that you may have a long, happy life.”“… so that you may have a long, happy life.”

Then Yahweh said the Sixth Commandment: “You will not murder.”Q: What does murder mean?A: Murder means to kill somebody on purpose who should have lived.

Let’s review the first six. Say them with me.First: “You will have no other gods besides Me.”Second: “You will not worship idols.”Third: “You will not misuse the Name of Yahweh your God.” Fourth: “Rest on the Sabbath day.”Fifth: “Honor your father and your mother, so that you may have a long, happy life.”Sixth: “You will not murder.”

Then Yahweh said the Seventh Commandment: “You will not do adultery.” Adultery is when a husband takes another woman, who is not his wife, and treats her like a wife. Or adultery is when a wife goes to another man, who is not her husband, and treats him like a husband. God wants the husband and the wife to stay married for their whole lives only to each other. So the Seventh Commandment means God does not want me to go treat any other woman like I treat your mom. And I don’t want to, because I love God, and I love your mom, and God is helping us obey Him. Say the Seventh Commandment with me: “You will not do adultery.”

Then Yahweh said the Eighth Commandment: “You will not steal.”Q: Do you know what it means to steal?A: To take something that isn’t supposed to be yours.Yes, some bad people take things from stores or peoples’ houses or offices without paying for them, and that is stealing. It is a sin.Say the Eighth Commandment with me: “You will not steal.”

Then Yahweh said the Ninth Commandment: “You will not lie.”Q: What does it mean to lie?A: To not tell the truth. To say something that is not true.Q: Does God ever lie?A: No!God always tells the truth, because God is perfect. And God created us to be like Him. So we should always tell the truth and never lie. Say the Ninth Commandment with me: “You will not lie.”

Then Yahweh said the Tenth Commandment: “You will not want anything that belongs to somebody else.”Then Yahweh gave examples. He said, “You will not want somebody’s house or somebody’s wife or somebody’s animals or anything.” We have to be careful not to want somebody else’s things because then we might want to take them from him. Q: This is important for kids, because sometimes you see another kid playing with a toy that you

want, don’t you?A: Yeah.If you want to take it from him, then that disobeys the Tenth Commandment. And if you want to take it more than you want to obey God, then you will steal it from him, and that disobeys the Eighth Commandment, too. If somebody has something we want, we should just be happy for them that they have it, and we should trust that it’s okay that we don’t have it. It’s okay because God has already given us more than enough to be happy by knowing Him and what He is like. Say the Tenth Commandment with me: “You will not want anything that belongs to somebody else.”


Let’s review the last four commandments that we learned today. Say them after me:The Seventh Commandment: “You will not do adultery.”Eighth: “You will not steal.”Ninth: “You will not lie.”Tenth: “You will not want anything that belongs to somebody else.”

Remember that Yahweh gave these commandments as the rules the Israelites would have to follow, if they were going to stay God’s special people. And they should want to follow them because Yahweh had already saved them from Egypt and shown them mercy. He deserved their obedience, and their obedience would keep them safe and happy.


LESSON 50: THE LEADERS SAW GOD

Q: What was the name of the mountain where Israel met Yahweh?A: Mount Sinai! Q: What was it like when Yahweh came down?A: Yahweh came in fire and a cloud of smoke! And the mountain shook greatly! And there was thunders and lightnings, and a loud sound like a trumpet!

Then He spoke Ten Commandments.Q: Do you know what a commandment is?A: It is a command, a rule.

He started by saying, “I am Yahweh your God, who brought you up out of Egypt, out of slavery.”

Q: What was the First Commandment?A: “You will have no other gods besides Me.”Q: What was the Second Commandment?A: “You will not worship idols.”Q: What is an idol?A: An idol is anything that a person treats like a god. Sometimes people make things out of wood or

metal, and they make them look like a person or an animal, and they say that it’s a god. Q: What does it mean to worship?A: Anytime we are believing how good and great God is.Yahweh made it a rule not to worship anyone or anything but Him. God is the only one who deserves to be worshiped.

Q: What is the Third Commandment?A: “You will not misuse the Name of Yahweh your God.”

Q: What is the Fourth Commandment?A: “Rest on the Sabbath day.” Q: What number is the Sabbath day?A: The seventh day!Q: What does Sabbath mean?A: Rest!

Q: What was the Fifth Commandment?A: “Honor your father and your mother, so that you may have a long, happy life.” Q: What three things does it mean to honor your father and mother?A: It means to be thankful and speak nicely and obey.

Q: What was the Sixth Commandment?A: “You will not murder.”

Q: What was the Seventh Commandment?A: “You will not do adultery.”Q: What is adultery?A: Adultery is when a husband takes another woman, who is not his wife, and treats her like a wife. Or

adultery is when a wife goes to another man, who is not her husband, and treats him like a husband. God wants the husband and the wife to stay married for their whole lives only to each other.

Q: What was the Eighth Commandment?A: “You will not steal.”Q: What does it mean to steal?


A: To take something that isn’t supposed to be yours.

Q: What was the Ninth Commandment?A: “You will not lie.”Q: What does it mean to lie?A: To not tell the truth. To say something that is not true.Q: Does God ever lie?A: No!God always tells the truth, because God is perfect. And God created us to be like Him. So we should always tell the truth and never lie.

Q: What was the Tenth Commandment?A: “You will not want anything that belongs to somebody else.”

Then Yahweh gave examples. He said, “You will not want somebody’s house or somebody’s wife or somebody’s animals or anything.” We have to be careful not to want somebody else’s things because then we might want to take them from him.Q: If somebody has something we want, how should we feel?A: We should just be happy for them, and trust that it’s okay that we don’t have it because God has

already given us more than enough to be happy by knowing Him and what He is like.

Let’s review the last four commandments. Say them after me:The Seventh Commandment: “You will not do adultery.”Eighth: “You will not steal.”Ninth: “You will not lie.”Tenth: “You will not want anything that belongs to somebody else.”

After Yahweh spoke the Ten Commandments, the people of Israel all said, “We will do all the commandments Yahweh has spoken.”

Then Moses and Aaron and 72 other leaders of Israel went up on the mountain, and they saw God! And God did not kill them because He was having mercy on them. And they ate and drank and celebrated! Q: Isn’t that amazing?A: Yeah!Q: Did they see God the Father, the Son, or the Spirit?A: God the Son!Q: Do you want to see God and celebrate with Him?A: Yeah!Me, too!

After they were done, the other leaders went back down the mountain to the people, but Yahweh invited Moses to stay up on the mountain, so that He could give Moses two tablets of the commandments that God wrote Himself.

And the Bible says that the glory of Yahweh was on Mount Sinai like fire.Q: Do you remember what glory means?A: Glory means the shining of who God is that makes us want to praise Him and worship Him. So, there was a bright light on the mountain like fire, and it was the glory of Yahweh, the shining of God. And Moses went into the cloud and met with God for forty days and forty nights.Q: That’s a long time, isn’t it?A: Yeah!Q: Was Moses meeting with God the Father, the Son, or the Spirit?A: The Son!


Next lesson I’ll teach you what Israel was doing at the bottom of the mountain while Moses was meeting with God for forty days and forty nights. It wasn’t good, and Moses had to try to fix it.


LESSON 51: THE GOLDEN COW

Q: What was the name of the mountain where Israel met Yahweh?A: Mount Sinai! Q: How did He start the Ten Commandments?A: “I am Yahweh your God, who brought you up out of Egypt, out of slavery.”

Q: What was the First Commandment?A: “You will have no other gods besides Me.”Q: Second Commandment?A: “You will not worship idols.”Q: What does it mean to worship?A: Anytime we are believing how good and great God is.

Q: What is the Third Commandment?A: “You will not misuse the Name of Yahweh your God.” Q: Fourth Commandment?A: “Rest on the Sabbath day.” Q: Fifth Commandment?A: “Honor your father and your mother, so that you may have a long, happy life.” Q: What three things does it mean to honor your father and mother?A: It means to be thankful for us and speak nicely to us and obey us.

Q: What was the Sixth Commandment?A: “You will not murder.”Q: Seventh Commandment?A: “You will not do adultery.”Q: Eighth Commandment?A: “You will not steal.”Q: Ninth Commandment?A: “You will not lie.”Q: Tenth Commandment?A: “You will not want anything that belongs to somebody else.”

Yahweh gave Israel many more commandments, but these Ten Commandments were the most important. After Yahweh spoke the Ten Commandments and the others, the people of Israel all said, “We will do all the commandments Yahweh has spoken.”

Then Moses and Aaron and 72 other leaders of Israel went up on the mountain.Q: What happened?A: They saw God! And God let them live because He was having mercy on them. Q: And what did the leaders do?A: They ate and drank and celebrated!

After they were done, the other leaders went back down the mountain to the people, but Yahweh invited Moses to stay up on the mountain, so that He could give Moses two tablets of the commandments that God wrote Himself.

And the Bible says that the glory of Yahweh was on Mount Sinai like fire.Q: Do you remember what glory means?A: Glory means the shining of who God is that makes us want to praise Him and worship Him. So, there was a bright light on the mountain like fire, and it was the glory of Yahweh, the shining of God. And Moses went into the cloud and met with God for forty days and forty nights.


Q: That’s a long time, isn’t it?A: Yeah!

At the bottom of the mountain, the Israelites became impatient; they got tired of waiting on Moses. So they told Aaron, “We don’t know what happened to Moses, so now make gods for us.” Q: Was that a sin for the people to tell Aaron to make an idol?A: Yes.Q: Which commandments did that disobey?A: The First and Second Commandments: “You will have no other gods besides Me.” And, “You will not

worship idols.”

Aaron told the people to bring all of their gold jewelry to him, and he melted it in a fire, and then used a tool to shape it to look like a golden cow. And he said, “This is your god, who brought you out of Egypt!”Q: Who really brought them out of Egypt?A: Yahweh!That was a really, really big sin to replace Yahweh with this idol.

The next day the Israelites had a party to celebrate, calling the golden cow by the Name of Yahweh!Q: What commandment did that disobey?A: The Third Commandment: “You will not misuses the Name of Yahweh your God.”Q: Was Yahweh like a golden cow?A: No! Yahweh was never created. He is everywhere, not just a little cow! He is alive, not just a gold rock! He is holy and strong and smart and beautiful and perfect!

While the Israelites were having this party, God was up on the mountain with Moses. Q: Do you think God knew what they were doing?A: Yes! God always knows everything!Q: Do you think God was angry because of their sins?A: Yes.Q: What is the punishment for sin?A: To die.Yahweh told Moses that He was going to kill all of the Israelites and start over with Moses and make a great family from Moses.Q: Would God have been right to kill all the Israelites? Did they deserve to die?A: Yes.

But Moses prayed that God would forgive the people instead. Moses told God he though the Egyptians would say bad things about Yahweh if they heard that He killed all of the Israelites at that mountain. And Moses prayed that God would remember His promise to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob to give their families the Promised Land. And God listened to Moses’ prayer. And God decided not to kill all of the Israelites.

When Moses went down the mountain and saw them dancing in front of the golden cow, he was mad, and he threw the two tablets of the Ten Commandments down on the ground (because the people did not obey the Commandments), and the tablets broke. Moses told the people to stop sinning, and he burned the golden cow and smashed it into dust.

Thousands of Israelites did die because of their sins, but Yahweh had mercy on the others, and let them live. And Moses went back up the mountain to pray to God and to get new tablets.

This lesson teaches us that even after God saved the Israelites out of Egypt, they were still sinners, and they would not obey God’s rules. God would have to do something really special to be able to punish sins and still save people and make them holy, so that they could obey Him. If God didn’t do some special, then nobody would be able to live with Him forever. We have to keep learning the Bible to find out what


that special thing was.


LESSON 52: THE TABERNACLE

Q: What was the name of the mountain where Israel met Yahweh?A: Mount Sinai! Q: How did He start the Ten Commandments?A: “I am Yahweh your God, who brought you up out of Egypt, out of slavery.”

Q: What was the First Commandment?A: “You will have no other gods besides Me.”Q: Second Commandment?A: “You will not worship idols.”Q: What does it mean to worship?A: Anytime we are believing how good and great God is.

Q: What is the Third Commandment?A: “You will not misuse the Name of Yahweh your God.” Q: Fourth Commandment?A: “Rest on the Sabbath day.” Q: Fifth Commandment?A: “Honor your father and your mother, so that you may have a long, happy life.” Q: What three things does it mean to honor your father and mother?A: It means to be thankful for us and speak nicely to us and obey us.

Q: What was the Sixth Commandment?A: “You will not murder.”Q: Seventh Commandment?A: “You will not do adultery.”Q: Eighth Commandment?A: “You will not steal.”Q: Ninth Commandment?A: “You will not lie.”Q: Tenth Commandment?A: “You will not want anything that belongs to somebody else.”

Yahweh gave Israel many more commandments, but these Ten Commandments were the most important. After Yahweh spoke the Ten Commandments and the others, the people of Israel all said, “We will do all the commandments Yahweh has spoken.”

Then Moses and Aaron and 72 other leaders of Israel went up on the mountain.Q: What happened?A: They saw God! And God let them live because He was having mercy on them. Q: And what did the leaders do?A: They ate and drank and celebrated!

After they were done, the other leaders went back down the mountain to the people, but Yahweh invited Moses to stay up on the mountain, so that He could give Moses two tablets of the commandments that God wrote Himself. And Moses went into the cloud and met with God for forty days and forty nights.

At the bottom of the mountain, the Israelites became impatient; they got tired of waiting on Moses. They said to Aaron, “We don’t know what happened to Moses….” Q: So, what did they tell Aaron to do?A: “Make gods for us.” Aaron told the people to bring all of their gold jewelry to him, and he melted it in a fire, and then used a


tool to shape it.Q: What did he shape it to look like?A: A cow! And he said, “This is your god, who brought you out of Egypt!”Q: Who really brought them out of Egypt?A: Yahweh!The next day the Israelites had a party to celebrate, calling the golden cow by the Name of Yahweh!

Q: What did Yahweh tell Moses that He was going to do about their sins?A: Yahweh said that He was going to kill all of the Israelites and start over with Moses and make a great

family from Moses.Q: Would God have been right to kill all the Israelites? Did they deserve to die?A: Yes. Q: But what did Moses do?A: Moses prayed that God would forgive the people instead. Moses told God he though the Egyptians would say bad things about Yahweh if they heard that He killed all of the Israelites at that mountain. And Moses prayed that God would remember His promise to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob to give their families the Promised Land. And God listened to Moses’ prayer. And God decided not to kill all of the Israelites.

When Moses went down the mountain and saw them dancing in front of the golden cow, he was really mad at them.Q: What did he do with the two tablets of the Ten Commandments?A: He threw the tablets down on the ground, and the tablets broke. Q: Moses told the people to stop sinning, and what did he do with the golden cow?A: He burned the golden cow and smashed it into dust.

Thousands of Israelites did die because of their sins, but Yahweh had mercy on the others, and let them live. And Moses went back up the mountain to pray to God and to get new tablets.

One of the really important things that Yahweh told Moses on the mountain was that He wanted the Israelites to build Him a tabernacle.Q: Do you know what a tabernacle is?A: No!It’s like a special tent. God wanted a special place to come down and meet with Moses, a special place where He could live and rule the people, and they could worship Him.

Here is a picture of what the tabernacle might have looked like. It had three parts to it.

The first part was called the outer court. These poles and curtains made up the wall for the outer court, but it didn’t have a roof on this part, so it was open to the sky.

The second part was this tent, which had two rooms inside of it. Only some special people who worshiped God and served God could go into this tent. They were called priests.Q: Can you say priest?A priest was someone whom God chose to serve Him in the tabernacle, and so the priest did special things that God told him to do.

This tabernacle’s first room was called the Holy Place. It had a golden stand of candles for light, and some other special things that I’ll teach you when you’re older.

But the most special place was the third part, the part farthest inside behind this curtain. It was called the Most Holy Place. This thing here is called the Ark. It was a box of wood covered in gold. God told them to put the two tablets of the Ten Commandments inside it. He also told them to put a jar of manna inside.


Q: Do you remember what manna is?A: Bread from heaven!Yes, it’s the bread that God rained from heaven to feed them every morning. So God told Moses to put a jar of the bread in the Ark to remind everybody that God keeps them alive.

Q: Do you see this two things?On top of the Ark, God told them to make statues of two angels facing the middle. Q: How many angels did God put at the gate to the Garden of Eden after Adam and Eve sinned and had to leave the Garden?A: Two!These statues of angels on the Ark remind us that angel guard the place of God against enemies.Q: Who are God’s enemies?A: Satan and the bad angels.Q: And who else?A: Adam and Eve.Q: And because of Adam’s sin, who else?A: Everybody.Because enemies can’t be in front of a holy God, then God would have to have mercy to live on earth with humans.

The top of the box was a gold lid that was called the Mercy Seat. God promised that He would come down on this Mercy Seat to meet with Moses and rule the people. This seat was like His throne.Q: Do you know what a throne is?A: A throne is a king’s seat.Q: What is a king?A: The person who rules over people in a country.Q: Is God a King?A: Yes!God rules over everything and everybody in heaven and earth. He is the greatest King forever! And the Ark was His throne on earth. Q: Where is the throne God had before the Ark on earth?A: The third heaven!But God wants to live on the earth and make it perfect, with no enemy, just everybody believing Him and obeying Him and having fun with Him forever.

So, after the Israelites finished building the tabernacle and everything in it just like God told them, then the glory of Yahweh filled the tabernacle.Q: Do you remember what glory means?A: Glory means the shining of who God is that makes us want to praise Him and worship Him. God came into the tabernacle, and a bright, shining cloud filled the whole tabernacle. It was His glory! The shining of who Yahweh is!

And Moses got to talk to Yahweh. And the priests got to serve Him. And all the people worshiped Him.


LESSON 53: SCARED OF THE PROMISED LAND

One of the really important things that Yahweh told Moses on the mountain was that He wanted the Israelites to build Him a tabernacle.Q: What is a tabernacle?A: A tent!God wanted a special place to come down and meet with Moses, a special place where He could live and rule the people, and they could worship Him.

Q: Do you remember how many parts the tabernacle had? How many areas?A: Three!Here is a picture of what the tabernacle might have looked like. It had three parts to it.

The first part was called the outer court. These poles and curtains made up the wall for the outer court, but it didn’t have a roof on this part, so it was open to the sky.

The second part was in this tent.Q: How many rooms were inside this tent?A: Two! Only some special people who worshiped God and served God could go into this tent. Q: What were they called?A: Priests!A priest was someone whom God chose to serve Him in the tabernacle, and so the priest did special things that God told him to do.

This tabernacle’s first room was called the Holy Place. It had a golden stand of candles for light, and some other special things that I’ll teach you when you’re older. This is where the priests served God.

But the most special place was the third part, the part farthest inside behind this curtain. Q: What was it called? A: The Most Holy Place! Q: What was this box called?A: The Ark!Yes, the Ark was a box of wood covered in gold. God told them to put the two special things inside it.Q: What did they put inside it? A: The two tablets of the Ten Commandments and a jar of manna.That was to remind everybody that God keeps them alive and that they must obey God.

Q: What were these two things on top of the Ark?A: Statues of two angels facing the middle. These statues of angels on the Ark remind us that angel guard the place of God against enemies (like us).

Q: What was the gold lid on the top of the box called?A: The Mercy Seat! Q: What would happen on this seat?A: God promised that He would come down on this Mercy Seat to meet with Moses and rule the people. This seat was like His throne.Q: What is a throne?A: A throne is a king’s seat.Q: What is a king?A: The person who rules over people in a country.Q: Is God a King?A: Yes!Q: What does God rule over?


A: Everything and everybody in heaven and earth! He is the greatest King forever! And the Ark was His throne on earth because God wants to live on the earth and make it perfect, with no enemy, just everybody believing Him and obeying Him and having fun with Him forever.

So, after the Israelites finished building the tabernacle and everything in it just like God told them, then the glory of Yahweh filled the tabernacle.Q: What does glory mean?A: Glory means the shining of who God is that makes us want to praise Him and worship Him. God came into the tabernacle, and a bright, shining cloud filled the whole tabernacle. It was His glory! The shining of who Yahweh is! And Moses got to talk to Yahweh. And the priests got to serve Him. And all the people worshiped Him.

God gave them instructions to build the tabernacle in a way that they could take it down and travel somewhere else and then put it back together. Q: Because, where was God going to take the Israelites?A: The Promised Land!Q: Do you know how the people would know it was time to get up and travel, and where to go?A: No.Whenever the cloud or pillar of fire, which was full of Yahweh’s glory (the shining of who He is), whenever Yahweh’s glory would leave the tabernacle, they would pack up all their things, and they would follow God. Whenever the cloud or the fire stopped, then they stopped.

When they traveled closer to the Promised Land, Yahweh told Moses to send twelve spies to check out the land and then come back and tell the Israelites about it – and to bring back some of the fruit to show the people how good the Promised Land was.

They were gone for forty days, and when they came back, the group of grapes were so big that two men had to carry them on a pole! They said it was a beautiful place that God was going to give them. But, ten of the spies told Israel that the people already living in the Land were really big and strong, and that they should be scared to go into the Promised Land. They were scared that the people who already lived there might hurt them or kill them.Q: Do you think that the Israelites should have been scared?A: No. Q: Because who was with Israel to keep them safe?A: Yahweh!Q: If Yahweh promised to keep them safe in the Promised Land, then should they have believed

Yahweh’s promises?A: Yes! God always keeps His promises!

But ten of the men who checked out the Land made all the other Israelites be afraid that Yahweh was going to let them die, and they wanted to pick another leader, different from Moses, and go back to Egypt!Q: Is that crazy to want to go back to the place they were slaves?!A: Yes!

Two of the twelve spies, Caleb and Joshua, stood up and told all the people to be quiet and trust Yahweh. They said, “Yahweh is with us, and He will give us the Promised Land. Do not be scared of the people who live there because Yahweh will keep us safe.”Q: Do you think Caleb and Joshua were right?A: Yes!But the rest of the Israelites wanted to throw rocks at Caleb and Joshua, so the glory of Yahweh came down and stopped them.Q: Do you think Yahweh was mad?


A: Yes.Q: Was He right to be mad?A: Yes. God is always right!Yahweh was mad because the people were not believing His promises, even though He had already done so many miracles to rescue them from slavery in Egypt and keep them alive on their trip. They were not believing that Yahweh was good and great and strong and loving. So Yahweh said that none of them would be able to go into the Promised Land – that all of the adults would have to stay in the desert for forty years until they all died. Then their kids would be grown up, and their kids would be able to go into the Promised Land.

And right then, the ten bad spies died of a plague in front of Yahweh, because they made all of the Israelites scared so that they didn’t believe.

But Yahweh promised that He would keep Caleb and Joshua alive all those years, and they would be able to go into the Promised Land because they believed.

This lesson teaches us that we gotta believe. God wants to do so many good things for us, but we gotta believe Him. If we don’t believe, then we will be punished and we will die for our sins. But if we believe, then God will give us mercy and grace. Even if everybody else is scared, even if everybody else doesn’t believe, then we have to believe that God is good and strong and smart and beautiful and holy and perfect – and He keeps all of His promises!


LESSON 54: LOVE YAHWEH, YOUR GOD

Q: What did Yahweh tell the Israelites to build for Him? A: A tabernacle.Q: What is a tabernacle?A: A tent!Q: Why did God want a tabernacle?A: God wanted a special place to live on earth, to rule the people, and be worshiped.

Q: How many parts did the tabernacle have? A: Three!The first part was called the outer court.

Q: How many rooms were inside this tent?A: Two! Only some special people whom God chose to serve Him could go into this tent. Q: What were they called?A: Priests!

Q: What was the first inside room called? A: The Holy Place. This is where the priests served God.

But the most special place was the third part, the part farthest inside behind this curtain. Q: What was it called? A: The Most Holy Place! Q: What was this box called?A: The Ark!Q: What two things did they put inside it? A: The two tablets of the Ten Commandments and a jar of manna.That was to remind everybody that God keeps them alive and that they must obey God.

Q: What was the gold lid on the top of the box called?A: The Mercy Seat! Q: What would happen on this seat?A: God would come down on this Mercy Seat to meet with Moses and rule the people. This seat was like His throne.

So, after the Israelites finished building the tabernacle and everything in it just like God told them, then the glory of Yahweh filled the tabernacle.Q: What does glory mean?A: Glory means the shining of who God is that makes us want to praise Him and worship Him.

God gave them instructions to build the tabernacle in a way that they could take it down and travel somewhere else and then put it back together.

Q: When they traveled closer to the Promised Land, Yahweh told Moses to send how many spies to check out the Land?

A: Twelve! God told them to check out the Land and then come back and tell the Israelites about it.Q: And what did God tell them to bring back to show the people how good the Promised Land was?A: Some fruit!Q: How long were they gone?A: Forty days!


When they came back, the group of grapes were so big that two men had to carry them on a pole! They said it was a beautiful place that God was going to give them.

Q: But what did ten of the spies tell the Israelites?A: That the people already living in the Land were really big and strong, and that they should be scared

to go into the Promised Land.

They were scared that the people who already lived there might hurt them or kill them.Q: Do you think that the Israelites should have been scared?A: No. Q: Why not?A: Because Yahweh was with them to keep them safe!Q: If Yahweh promised to keep them safe in the Promised Land, then should they have believed

Yahweh’s promises?A: Yes! God always keeps His promises!

But ten of the men who checked out the Land made all the other Israelites be afraid that Yahweh was going to let them die, and they wanted to pick another leader, different from Moses.Q: And where did they want to go instead of the Promised Land?A: Back to Egypt!

Q: But what were the names of the two good spies?A: Caleb and Joshua!Q: What did they say to the Israelites?A: “Yahweh is with us, and He will give us the Promised Land. Do not be scared of the people who live

there because Yahweh will keep us safe.”Q: Were Caleb and Joshua right?A: Yes!But the rest of the Israelites wanted to throw rocks at Caleb and Joshua, so the glory of Yahweh came down and stopped them.Q: Why was God mad?A: Because the people were not believing His promises, even though He had already done so many

miracles to rescue them from slavery in Egypt and keep them alive on their trip. They were not believing that Yahweh was good and great and strong and loving.

Q: What was their punishment?A: Yahweh said that none of them would be able to go into the Promised Land – that all of the adults

would have to stay in the desert for forty years until they all died. Q: What about their kids when they grew up? A: Their kids would be able to go into the Promised Land after the forty years.Q: After Yahweh said that, what happened to the ten bad spies?A: They died of a plague in front of Yahweh, because they didn’t believe God, and they made all of the

Israelites scared so that they didn’t believe.Q: But what did Yahweh promise Caleb and Joshua?A: He would keep them alive all those years, and they would be able to go into the Promised Land

because they believed.

This lesson teaches us that we gotta believe. God wants to do so many good things for us, but we gotta believe Him. If we don’t believe, then we will be punished and we will die for our sins. But if we believe, then God will give us mercy and grace. Even if everybody else is scared, even if everybody else doesn’t believe, then we have to believe that God is good and strong and smart and beautiful and holy and perfect – and He keeps all of His promises!

It happened just like Yahweh said. After forty years, all of the Israelites who were scared and didn’t


believe died, except for Caleb and Joshua. But their kids had grown up, and Moses got them ready to follow Yahweh and the Ark into the Promised Land. Moses reminded them of everything that had happened. He reminded them about how Yahweh chose to love Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, and He promised to bless them and make their families great and give them the Promised Land. He reminded them how Yahweh rescued them from slavery in Egypt. He reminded them of the Ten Commandments and all of God’s rules. He reminded them of what happened to their parents because they did not believe and obey.

Then Moses said something really important. He said, “Listen, Israel: Yahweh is our God; Yahweh is One! Love Yahweh your God with all your heart and with all your soul and with all your strength.”Q: Do you know what heart means? Where is our heart?We each have a heart in our bodies. It’s a muscle that pumps blood through our whole body, which keeps us alive. But we also have an invisible heart, a spiritual heart. Q: Do you remember that God is spirit?God does not have a body of skin and bones. He is invisible.Q: But even though God is invisible, He is real, isn’t He?A: Yes!When God made us in His Image, He gave us bodies and invisible parts. Q: What did He make Adam’s body out of?A: Dust!Q: After God shaped Adam’s body from dust, what did God do?A: Breathed the breath of life into Adam’s nose!Because God is spirit, God’s breath is His Spirit! God gave Adam a spirit and a body – parts we can see, and invisible parts! We’re like that, too!

The Bible uses the words heart and soul to talk about the invisible parts in us. Our spiritual heart and our soul are where we think and feel happy or sad or mad, and where we decide to do things.Q: Do you guys think?A: Yes!You think with your spiritual heart!Q: Do you guys feel happy right now?A: Yes!You feel happy with your spiritual heart!Q: Do you guys decide to do things? Sometimes do you decide, “I’m going to stand up”? “I’m going to take a bite”?A: Yes!You decide things with your spiritual heart!

So when God told Moses to tell the Israelites, “Love Yahweh your God with all your heart and with all your soul,” He meant that we are supposed to love Yahweh with all of our thinking and feeling and deciding. We should always be thinking about how great God is, and we should be feeling happy to know Him, and we should be deciding to obey Him. Because if we love God, then we want to make Him happy, too, right? If we love God, then we’ll obey God.

So Moses got the Israelite kids, who had grown up, ready and then Yahweh led them into the Promised Land, and He gave it to them, just like He promised Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob! Next lesson, I’ll teach you if they were good or bad in the Promised Land.


LESSON 55: LOVE YOUR NEIGHBOR LIKE YOURSELF

Q: When Israel traveled closer to the Promised Land, Yahweh told Moses to send how many spies to check out the Land?

A: Twelve! Q: What did ten of the spies tell the Israelites?A: That the people already living in the Land were really big and strong, and that they should be scared

to go into the Promised Land. Q: But what were the names of the two good spies?A: Caleb and Joshua!Q: What did they say to the Israelites?A: “Yahweh is with us, and He will give us the Promised Land. Do not be scared of the people who live

there because Yahweh will keep us safe.”Q: What was God’s punishment on the Israelites who didn’t believe?A: Yahweh said that none of them would be able to go into the Promised Land – that all of the adults

would have to stay in the desert for forty years until they all died. Q: What about their kids when they grew up? A: Their kids would be able to go into the Promised Land after the forty years.Q: After Yahweh said that, what happened to the ten bad spies?A: They died of a plague in front of Yahweh, because they didn’t believe God, and they made all of the

Israelites scared so that they didn’t believe.Q: But what did Yahweh promise Caleb and Joshua?A: He would keep them alive all those years, and they would be able to go into the Promised Land

because they believed.

It happened just like Yahweh said. After forty years, all of the Israelites who were scared and didn’t believe died, except for Caleb and Joshua. But their kids had grown up, and Moses got them ready to follow Yahweh and the Ark into the Promised Land. Moses reminded them of everything that had happened to their parents, and he reminded them of the Ten Commandments and all of God’s rules.

Then Moses said something really important. He said, “Listen, Israel!” Q: Do you remember what he said next?A: “Yahweh is our God; Yahweh is One! Love Yahweh your God with all your heart and with all your soul and with all your strength.”Q: Did Moses mean for us to love God with our physical heart?A: No! Our spiritual heart!Q: How did God give Adam a spirit inside his body?A: Breathed the breath of life into his nose!Because God is spirit, God’s breath is His Spirit! God gave Adam a spirit and a body – parts we can see and invisible parts! We’re like that, too!

The Bible uses the words heart and soul to talk about the invisible parts in us.Q: What are the three things I taught you that we do with our spiritual hearts and souls?A: Think, feel (happy or sad or mad), and decide to do things.Q: Do you guys think?A: Yes!You think with your spiritual heart!Q: Do you guys feel happy right now?A: Yes!You feel happy with your spiritual heart!Q: Do you guys decide to do things? Sometimes do you decide, “I’m going to walk over there”? “I’m going to hug Daddy”?A: Yes!You decide things with your spiritual heart!



Yahweh said something else really important. He said, “Love your neighbor like yourself.” Q: What’s a neighbor?A: Somebody who lives beside you.Yes, and in the Bible, neighbor means anybody that you come close to, anybody you see.Q: So, is Isaac your neighbor in the way the Bible means neighbor?A: Yes!Q: Is Naomi your neighbor?A: Yes!Q: If we are at the park and we come close to another kid, is he your neighbor? A: Yes!

And God commands us, “Love your neighbor like yourself.” Q: Do you love yourself? Do you take care of yourself and get food for yourself and be nice to yourself?A: Yes!God wants us to be nice and take care of other people just like we do for ourselves. If we are loving other people like He commands, then we won’t break God’s other commandments. Q: We won’t murder someone, if we are loving them, will we?A: No!Q: If we are loving someone, we won’t steal from them, will we?A: No!Q: If we are loving someone, we won’t lie to them, will we?A: No!Love always wants what is best for that person.

So we are supposed to love Yahweh our God with all of our heart and with all of our soul and with all of our strength, and love our neighbor like ourselves.

So Moses got the Israelite kids, who had grown up, ready and then Yahweh led them into the Promised Land, and He gave it to them, just like He promised Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob!

The new adults believed and obeyed Yahweh in the Promised Land, except that they didn’t teach their children about Yahweh. So when the parents became old and died, then the children who had grown up did not follow Yahweh. They didn’t love Him or obey Him. They worshiped other gods and idols, and they were mean to each other and lied and stole and did adultery and murdered. So God punished them for their sins, and many of them died, but on some of them He had mercy. And then God would give them a leader who would help them obey God, and they would do better for awhile. But then they would disobey again, and God would punish them for their sins again and many would die.

The people kept living like Yahweh was not their King. The problem was with their hearts. Their spiritual hearts were sinful, so they thought sinful things and they felt sinful things and they decided to do sinful things. Whatever is in our hearts will come out, and sin is in our hearts. God wanted the earth to be perfect and filled with His glory, so God would have to do something to fix peoples’ hearts to not be sinful.

We’ll learn about that in later lessons.


LESSON 56: PROPHETS (SAMUEL)


there because Yahweh will keep us safe.”

After forty years, all of the Israelites who were scared and didn’t believe died, except for Caleb and Joshua. But their kids had grown up, and Moses got them ready to follow Yahweh and the Ark into the Promised Land. Moses reminded them of everything that had happened to their parents, and he reminded them of the Ten Commandments and all of God’s rules.

Then Moses said something really important. He said, “Listen, Israel!” Q: Do you remember what he said next?A: “Yahweh is our God; Yahweh is One! Love Yahweh your God with all your heart and with all your soul and with all your strength.”Q: Did Moses mean for us to love God with our physical heart?A: No! Our spiritual heart!Q: How did God give Adam a spirit inside his body?A: Breathed the breath of life into his nose!Because God is spirit, God’s breath is His Spirit! God gave Adam a spirit and a body – parts we can see and invisible parts! We’re like that, too!

The Bible uses the words heart and soul to talk about the invisible parts in us.Q: What are the three things I taught you that we do with our spiritual hearts and souls?A: Think, feel (happy or sad or mad), and decide to do things.Q: Do you guys think things like, “It’s cold in here”? Or, “It’s dark outside” Or, “I’m thirsty”?A: Yes!You think with your spiritual heart!Q: Do you guys feel happy right now?A: Yes!You feel happy with your spiritual heart!Q: Do you guys decide to do things? Sometimes do you decide, “I’m going to play doctor”? “I’m

going to kiss Mommy”?A: Yes!You decide things with your spiritual heart!


Yahweh said something else really important. Q: He said, “Love your neighbor like _______ .”A: Yourself! Q: What’s a neighbor?A: Somebody who lives beside you.Yes, and in the Bible, neighbor means anybody that you come close to, anybody you see.And God commands us, “Love your neighbor like yourself.” Q: Do you love yourself? Do you take care of yourself and get food for yourself and be nice to yourself?A: Yes!


God wants us to be nice and take care of other people just like we do for ourselves. If we are loving other people like He commands, then we won’t break God’s other commandments. Q: We won’t murder someone, if we are loving them, will we?A: No!Q: If we are loving someone, we won’t steal from them, will we?A: No!Q: If we are loving someone, we won’t lie to them, will we?A: No!Love always wants what is best for that person.

So we are supposed to love Yahweh our God with all of our heart and with all of our soul and with all of our strength, and love our neighbor like ourselves.


The new adults believed and obeyed Yahweh in the Promised Land.Q: Except, did they teach their children to know Yahweh? A: No.Q: So when the parents became old and died, did the children love and obey Yahweh?A: No. They worshiped other gods and idols, and they were mean to each other and lied and stole and did adultery and murdered. So God punished them for their sins, and many of them died, but on some of them He had mercy. And then God would give them a leader who would help them obey God, and they would do better for awhile. But then they would disobey again, and God would punish them for their sins again and many would die.

Q: Were the people living like Yahweh was their King?A: No.The problem was with their hearts. Q: What did their hearts have in them?A: Sin.Their spiritual hearts were sinful, so they thought sinful things and they felt sinful things and they decided to do sinful things. Whatever is in our hearts will come out, and sin is in our hearts. Q: God wanted the earth to be perfect and filled with what? What did He want the earth to be filled

with? A: His glory! So God would have to do something to fix peoples’ hearts to not be sinful, so that would shine His Image again, so they would show what He is like.

One of the things God decided to do to get people ready for the most special thing that He would do is make some people to be prophets.Q: Do you know what a prophet is?A: A prophet is someone who hears words from God and then tells other people what God said.Q: Can you name somebody who was a prophet? He’s somebody we’ve learned about already. I

didn’t call him a prophet, but you know that he heard God’s words and then told the people what God said.

A: Moses!Moses was a prophet, and guess what: Moses’ sister Miriam was a prophet! And Joshua, one of the two good spies – Joshua was a prophet, and he was the leader of Israel after Moses died. And in the Promised Land, when Israel was being punished, but God sent help, a woman named Deborah was a prophet.

After a long time went by in the Promised Land, and the people were punished lots and rescued lots, there were priests who were disobeying God and doing evil things in the tabernacle and with the Ark.


God was going to let some people who had already lived in the Promised Land come and kill the Israelites because of their sins. But God gave Israel a prophet named Samuel. And Samuel told the Israelites to stop sinning, to throw away their idols, and obey only Yahweh with all of their hearts. Q: Do you think the people listened to Samuel?A: They did!They threw away their idols and decided to love Yahweh with all their hearts, and they asked Samuel to pray to Yahweh, so that he would save them from the bad people.Q: Do you think Yahweh answered Samuel’s prayer?A: Yes!He did save them!

And Samuel was their prophet and leader.Q: What is a prophet again?A: A prophet is someone who hears words from God and then tells other people what God said.So, Samuel was going around to their cities, telling the people the words of God and teaching them how to obey the commandments of God.


LESSON 57: KINGS – SAUL AND DAVID


there because Yahweh will keep us safe.”

After forty years, all of the Israelites who were scared and didn’t believe died, except for Caleb and Joshua. But their kids had grown up, and Moses got them ready to follow Yahweh and the Ark into the Promised Land.

Moses said, “Listen, Israel!” Q: Do you remember what he said next?A: “Yahweh is our God; Yahweh is One! Love Yahweh your God with all your heart and with all your soul and with all your strength.”Q: What are the three things I taught you that we do with our spiritual hearts and souls?A: Think, feel (happy or sad or mad), and decide to do things.

Yahweh said something else really important. Q: He said, “Love your neighbor like _______ .”A: Yourself!


The new adults believed and obeyed Yahweh in the Promised Land.Q: Except, did they teach their children to know Yahweh? A: No.Q: So when the parents became old and died, did the children love and obey Yahweh?A: No. Q: Were the people living like Yahweh was their King?A: No.The problem was with their hearts. Q: What did their hearts have in them?A: Sin.

To get people ready for the most special thing that God would do, He made some people to be prophets.Q: What is a prophet?A: A prophet is someone who hears words from God and then tells other people what God said.Q: Can you name some prophets?A: Moses! Miriam! Joshua! Deborah!

After a long time went by in the Promised Land, and the people were punished lots and rescued lots, there were priests who were disobeying God and doing evil things in the tabernacle and with the Ark. Q: What is the punishment for sin?A: To die.God was going to let some people who had already lived in the Promised Land come and kill the Israelites because of their sins. But God gave Israel a prophet named Samuel. And Samuel told the Israelites to stop sinning, to throw away their idols, and obey only Yahweh with all of their hearts. The people obeyed, and they asked Samuel to pray to Yahweh, so that He would save them from the bad people.Q: Did Yahweh answer Samuel’s prayer?A: Yes!


He did save them!

So, Samuel was their prophet and leader. Samuel was going around to their cities, telling the people the words of God and teaching them how to obey the commandments of God.

But Samuel grew old, and his sons were evil, and the Israelites told Samuel, “Give us a king to rule over us like the other peoples.”Q: Do you think that was a good thing to ask for a king or an evil thing?A: Evil.Q: Who was already Israel’s King?A: Yahweh!Samuel thought it was evil that they asked for a king, so he prayed to Yahweh. Samuel was a prophet, so he heard God’s words, and God said, “They have not let Me be King over them. But do what they say. I will show you who to pick to be king.” God had a plan to turn their evil into good.

All the people came together, and Yahweh told Samuel to pick a man named Saul to be their king. But Samuel told them, “Your evil is very great in asking for a king when Yahweh your God was already your king. I will call upon Yahweh, so He will make it thunder and rain, to prove to you that what you did was evil.” So Samuel prayed, and God made it storm, and the people were afraid of Yahweh and Samuel. They knew that they had sinned. But Samuel said, “Don’t be afraid, because God has chosen you to be His people, so that He can make His Name great in all the earth.” And Samuel told the new king, Saul, and all of the people to follow Yahweh, and obey His voice.

And Saul did a good job being king at first. God helped him to fight their enemies to keep them safe. But then there were times that Saul did not obey Yahweh. He tried to do some good, but he also did some evil. Q: What was the name of the tree that Adam and Eve ate?A: The Tree of the Knowledge of Good and EvilEverybody from Adam’s family has that Knowledge of Good and Evil, and so Saul did some good and some evil.

Because Saul did not obey, Yahweh told the prophet Samuel that Saul could not be king anymore, and Yahweh was going to choose a different king. Yahweh told Samuel to go to Jesse’s house. Q: Do you remember – Abraham had Isaac, and Isaac had Jacob, and how many sons did Jacob have?A: Twelve!Q: From which of Jacob’s sons did God promise would be the family of the Man who would beat

Satan and bless all the families of the earth?A: Judah!Judah was Jesse’s great, great, great, great, great, great, great, great-grandfather. Eight greats! So Yahweh picked Jesse because Jesse was in the family of Judah, the family of the Man who would beat Satan and bless all the families of the earth.

Samuel went to Jesse’s house. Jesse lived in Bethlehem!Q: What do you know about the city of Bethlehem?A: That’s where Jesus was born!Jesse had eight sons. Samuel looked at the oldest and thought Yahweh would pick him, but Yahweh said, “Do not look at his face or how tall he is, because Yahweh looks at the heart.” Yahweh did not pick the oldest, or the second, or the third, or any of them, until the youngest, whose name was David. And even though David was small and the youngest, Yahweh picked David because He knew that David’s heart would decide to do what was in Yahweh’s heart. Saul did not obey, but David would obey because God the Spirit would give David the strength to obey.

Saul was really mad about David and tried lots of times to kill David, but God kept David safe. After a lot of years, Saul died in a battle against another country, and David finally became king. And David was a


great king who kept the people safe, and taught them to obey Yahweh. David was a prophet, too. He heard God’s words, and told the people. David was like a priest, too. He was in charge of the Ark and the Tabernacle. And David played music on instruments kind of like a guitar, and David wrote songs that are in the Bible to help us worship God.

It was evil that the Israelites wanted a human king other than Yahweh, but God was turning their evil to good. And it will get even better in the later lessons.


LESSON 58: THE SON OF DAVID

To get people ready for the most special thing that God would do, He made some people to be prophets.Q: What is a prophet?A: A prophet is someone who hears words from God and then tells other people what God said.Q: Can you name some prophets?A: Moses! Miriam! Joshua! Deborah! Samuel!

Samuel told the Israelites to stop sinning, to throw away their idols, and obey only Yahweh with all of their hearts. The people obeyed, and they asked Samuel to pray to Yahweh, so that He would save them from the bad people. Samuel was going around to their cities, telling the people the words of God and teaching them how to obey the commandments of God.

But Samuel grew old, and his sons were evil, and the Israelites told Samuel, “Give us a king to rule over us like the other peoples.”Q: Do you think that was a good thing to ask for a king or an evil thing?A: Evil.Q: Who was already Israel’s King?A: Yahweh!God said to His prophet Samuel, “They have not let Me be King over them. But do what they say. I will show you who to pick to be king.” God had a plan to turn their evil into good.

Q: Do you remember the name of the first king Yahweh picked?A: Saul!Samuel told them, “Your evil is very great in asking for a king when Yahweh your God was already your king. I will call upon Yahweh, so He will make it…. Q: What did God do to prove to them that it was evil to ask for a king? A: Thunder and rain!Samuel prayed, and God made it storm, and the people were afraid of Yahweh and Samuel. They knew that they had sinned. But Samuel said, “Don’t be afraid, because God has chosen you to be His people, so that He can make His Name great in all the earth.” And Samuel told the new king, Saul, and all of the people to follow Yahweh, and obey His voice.

Q: Did Saul do a good job being king at first?A: Yes! God helped Saul to fight their enemies to keep them safe. But then there were times that Saul did not obey Yahweh. He tried to do some good, but he also did some evil. Q: What was the name of the tree that Adam and Eve ate?A: The Tree of the Knowledge of Good and EvilEverybody from Adam’s family has that Knowledge of Good and Evil, and so Saul did some good and some evil.

Because Saul did not obey, what did Yahweh tell the prophet Samuel about Saul?A: That Saul could not be king anymore, and Yahweh was going to choose a different king. Q: Which one of Jacob’s sons did God promise would have the family of the Man who would beat

Satan and bless all the families of the earth?A: Judah!Judah was Jesse’s great, great, great, great, great, great, great, great-grandfather. Eight greats! So Yahweh picked Jesse because Jesse was in the family of Judah, the family of the Man who would beat Satan and bless all the families of the earth.

Q: Where did Jesse live?A: Bethlehem!Q: Who else was born in Bethlehem?


A: Jesus!Jesse had eight sons. Samuel looked at the oldest and thought Yahweh would pick him.Q: Did Yahweh pick the oldest?A: No. Yahweh said, “Do not look at his face or how tall he is, because Yahweh looks at the heart.” Q: Did Yahweh pick the second oldest?A: No!Q: Third?A: No!Q: Fourth?A: No!Q: Which son did Yahweh pick?A: The youngest! Q: What was his name?A: DavidYahweh picked David because He knew that David’s heart would decide to do what was in Yahweh’s heart. Saul did not obey, but David would obey because God the Spirit would give David the strength to obey.

Saul was really mad about David.Q: What did Saul try to do lots of times?A: Kill DavidQ: Did God let Saul kill David?A: No! God kept David safe! After a lot of years, Saul died in a battle against another country, and David finally became king. And David was a great king who kept the people safe, and taught them to obey Yahweh. David was a prophet, too. He heard God’s words, and told the people. David was like a priest, too. Q: What is a priest?A: Somebody God picks to serve in the Holy Place in the tabernacle. David was in charge of the Ark and the Tabernacle. And David played music on instruments kind of like a guitar, and David wrote songs that are in the Bible to help us worship God.

It was evil that the Israelites wanted a human king other than Yahweh, but God was turning their evil to good.

Everything was going so well. God helped David win against all of their enemies who fought against them, and they were safe. And David was so happy with God that he wanted to build God a house.Q: Before that, what did God come down to live in with the Israelites?A: A tabernacle!Q: What’s a tabernacle?A: A tent!A tent is not very strong, and it can come apart and move, so David wanted to build a tabernacle that’s like a stone house that always stays strong in one place. That kind of place is called a temple. Q: Can you say temple?A: Temple!So it was David’s idea to build a temple for God, but God told a prophet named Nathan to tell David, “You will not build me a house, but your son will build me a house, and I will make the throne of His Kingdom last forever!”Q: Who did God want to build him a house?A: David’s son!Yes, God was promising that the Son of David would build His temple, and Yahweh said, “I will be a Father to Him, and He will be a Son to Me.” God said that He would treat David’s Son like His own Son.

Remember God said about the Son of David that He would make the throne of His Kingdom last forever.


Q: What is a throne?A: A seat where a king rules.Q: And what is a Kingdom?A: A kingdom is the rule of a King over the people in some place.So God was promising that the Son of David would sit on his throne and rule forever!Q: Do you think that made David happy?A: Yes!He prayed to God, “You are great, Yahweh, God! There is no one like You, and there is no God besides You! Your words are true. Your Name will be made great forever!”


LESSON 59: SOLOMON'S SMARTS, TEMPLE, AND SINS


But Samuel grew old, and his sons were evil, and the Israelites told Samuel, “Give us a king to rule over us like the other peoples.”Q: Do you think that was a good thing to ask for a king or an evil thing?A: Evil.Q: Who was already Israel’s King?A: Yahweh!

God had a plan to turn their evil into good.Q: Do you remember the name of the first king Yahweh picked?A: Saul!Q: Did Saul do a good job being king at first?A: Yes! God helped Saul to fight their enemies to keep them safe. But then there were times that Saul did not obey Yahweh. Q: Because Saul did not obey, what did Yahweh tell the prophet Samuel about Saul?A: That Saul could not be king anymore, and Yahweh was going to choose a different king. Q: Whose house did Yahweh tell Samuel to go to, so he could find the next king?A: Jesse’s!Q: Who was Jesse’s great, great, great, great, great, great, great, great-grandfather? A: Judah!Yahweh picked Jesse because Jesse was in the family of Judah, the family of the Man who would beat Satan and bless all the families of the earth. Q: Where did Jesse live?A: Bethlehem!Q: Who else was born in Bethlehem?A: Jesus!Jesse had eight sons. Samuel looked at the oldest and thought Yahweh would pick him.Q: Did Yahweh pick the oldest?A: No. Yahweh said, “Do not look at his face or how tall he is, because Yahweh looks at the heart.” Yahweh picked the youngest! The eighth!Q: What was his name?A: DavidYahweh picked David because He knew that David’s heart would decide to do what was in Yahweh’s heart.

Saul was really mad about David.Q: What did Saul try to do lots of times?A: Kill DavidQ: Did God let Saul kill David?A: No! God kept David safe! And David became a great king who was a prophet and priest, too. And David played music on instruments kind of like a guitar, and David wrote songs that are in the Bible to help us worship God.

And David was so happy with God that he wanted to build God a house.Q: Before that, what did God come down to live in with the Israelites?


A: A tabernacle!Q: What’s a tabernacle?A: A tent!A tent is not very strong, and it can come apart and move, so David wanted to build a tabernacle that’s like a stone house that always stays strong in one place. Q: What is that kind of place is called?A: A temple. So it was David’s idea to build a temple for God, but God told David, “You will not build me a house.”Q: Who did Yahweh say would build His house?A: David’s son!

And Yahweh said, “I will make the throne of His Kingdom last forever!” Q: And what is a Kingdom?A: A kingdom is the rule of a King over the people in some place.So God was promising that the Son of David would sit on his throne and rule forever!And Yahweh said, “I will be a Father to Him, and He will be a Son to Me.”Q: Do you think that made David happy?A: Yes!He prayed to God, “You are great, Yahweh, God! There is no one like You, and there is no God besides You! Your words are true. Your Name will be made great forever!”

Then David had a son like God promised, and his name was Solomon.Q: Can you say Solomon?And God loved Solomon. And when David was old and died, Solomon became king of Israel and sat on David’s throne.

One night, Solomon had a dream, and Yahweh came to him in the dream and said, “Ask for whatever you want, and I will give it to you.” And Solomon asked for God to make him smart to be a good king. And it made God happy that Solomon didn’t ask for something selfish, like lots of money. God promised to make Solomon the smartest man ever, and He promised to give Solomon lots of money, even though he didn’t ask for it.

So everybody saw that Solomon was the smartest man ever, and guess what – Solomon wrote some of the books that are in the Bible! And he used his smarts when people had arguments or needed help, he knew what was the right thing to do. And he used his smarts to build the temple for Yahweh, just like God wanted him to.

Here is a picture of what Solomon’s temple maybe looked like. It had three parts like the tabernacle Moses built, but everything was bigger and made of stone. Here is the outer court.Q: What’s the first room called?A: The Holy Place!Q: What’s this room called?A: The Most Holy Place?Q: What is this gold box?A: The Ark!Q: What was the lid of the Ark called?A: The Mercy Seat!Q: What happened on the Mercy Seat?A: God came down and sat on it like a throne to rule Israel!

When they finished building the temple, the glory of Yahweh filled the temple.Q: What does glory mean?A: The shining of who God is!


The glory of Yahweh filled the temple like a bright cloud of light! God is so beautiful! And Solomon prayed, “O Yahweh, there is no God like you. Thank you for loving us! You are bigger than the heavens, and still You come live with us in this temple. Blessed be Yahweh! May all the peoples of the earth know that Yahweh is God, and there is no other!”

Song:

Blessed be the Name of Yahweh We sing and praise Your NameBlessed be Your Name We sing and praise Your NameBlessed be the Name of Yahweh Our hearts will choose to sayBlessed be Your glorious Name Blessed be Yahweh

Song:

There’s no one like You, JesusThere’s no one like You, JesusThere’s no one like YouThere’s no one like You

After the temple was built and filled with Yahweh’s glory, everybody was so happy. It seemed like Solomon was going to be the Son of David who reigned forever, like Yahweh promised David. But, Solomon married lots and lots of wives.Q: Was that a sin?A: Yes!And those wives were from other countries outside of Israel, and those wives believed in other gods.Q: What that a sin?A: Yes!And when Solomon was old, those wives turned Solomon’s heart to worship other gods.Q: Was that a sin?A: Yes!Q: What was the First Commandment?A: “You will have no other gods besides Me.”Yahweh was angry with Solomon because of his sins, and Yahweh took away Solomon’s kingdom. And Solomon died after being king for forty years. Q: Solomon didn’t rule on his throne forever, did he?A: No.Q: Do you remember that Yahweh said the Son of David would rule forever?A: Yes.God is always right, so there must be a different Son from David’s family who would rule forever. We’ll have to wait until later lessons to learn who that is.


LESSON 60: THE CHRIST, IMMANUEL, AND THE NEW HEAVENS AND EARTH


Q: What was the name of the first king Yahweh picked?A: Saul!Q: Because Saul did not obey, what did Yahweh tell the prophet Samuel about Saul?A: That Saul could not be king anymore, and Yahweh was going to choose a different king. Q: What was the second king’s name?A: David!

And David was so happy with God that he wanted to build God a house made of stone instead of a tabernacle.Q: What is a stone kind of tabernacle called?A: A temple.So it was David’s idea to build a temple for God, but God told David, “You will not build me a house.”Q: Who did Yahweh say would build His house?A: David’s Son!

Q: And Yahweh said, “I will make the throne of His Kingdom last…” how long? A: Forever! Q: And what is a Kingdom?A: A kingdom is the rule of a King over the people in some place.So God was promising that the Son of David would sit on his throne and rule forever!And Yahweh said, “I will be a Father to Him, and He will be a Son to Me.”Q: What was David’s son’s name?A: Solomon!And God loved Solomon. One night, after Solomon became king, he had a dream, and Yahweh came to him in the dream and said, “Ask for whatever you want, and I will give it to you.” Q: What did Solomon ask for?A: For God to make him smart to be a good king!God made Solomon the smartest man ever, and he used his smarts to build the temple for Yahweh, just like God wanted him to.

Q: When they finished building it, what filled the temple?A: The glory of Yahweh filled the temple.Q: What does glory mean?A: The shining of who God is!The glory of Yahweh filled the temple like a bright cloud of light! And everybody was so happy!

Q: But did Solomon rule forever as the perfect king?A: No!Q: How did Solomon sin?A: He married lots and lots of wives who believed in other gods, and he worshiped their gods.Yahweh was angry with Solomon because of his sins, and Yahweh took away Solomon’s kingdom. And Solomon died after being king for forty years. But God still had a plan for a Son from David’s family to rule forever.

After Samuel, Nathan, David, and Solomon, God made other guys to be prophets. There were prophets named Isaiah, Jeremiah, and Ezekiel.


Q: Can you say Isaiah… Jeremiah… Ezekiel?God said through Isaiah, Jeremiah, and Ezekiel that He would create new heavens and a new earth!Q: What was wrong with the first heavens and earth?A: It has Satan and his bad angels and sinners in it.God said through Isaiah, Jeremiah, and Ezekiel that He would create new heavens and a new earth, and all of it would be like the Garden of Eden! Q: Do you remember that the Garden of Eden had beautiful rocks and rivers and the Tree of Life? And do you remember that God blessed Adam and Eve so they could fill the whole earth?A: Yes!God wanted the whole earth to be like the Garden of Eden, but Adam sinned and became God’s enemy, too.But God was promising that He would still make the whole earth be like the Garden of Eden.Q: Do you remember that God walked in the Garden of Eden with Adam and Eve?A: Yes!God was promising that He would walk on the whole earth, that He would live on the whole earth, and the whole earth would be filled with His glory. He wouldn’t fill only a little temple with His glory – the whole earth would be like a temple, and He would fill the whole earth with His glory. So everything would be full of God’s life and shining with the beauty of who God is!Q: Doesn’t that sound amazing?A: Yeah!Q: Do you guys want to be filled with God’s glory, with His life and light?A: Yeah!Me, too!

Q: But, how could the earth be perfect if it has Satan and his bad angels and sinners on it?God would have to fix it, so there would be no more Satan or bad angels or sinners on the earth.Q: Do you remember what God said to the serpent, right after he tricked Eve into sinning?A: A Man from Eve’s family will beat you!You’re right! God said through the prophets Isaiah, Jeremiah, and Ezekiel that even though Solomon wasn’t the one, there would still be a Son of David (a great, great, great… grandson of David) who would beat all of God’s enemies.

The prophet Daniel called him “the Christ.” Q: Can you say, “The Christ”?Christ means the Man who is given the Spirit of God to be a prophet, priest, and king like David – but perfect. The Christ would defeat all of God’s enemies and rule as King over all the people of the earth, and He would be perfect, always doing what is right.

Q: But, is everybody from Adam’s family is born a sinner because Adam sinned?A: Yes.Every person has sin in his heart, so every person sins.Q: So, how could a Man be perfect? How could a Man beat Satan when every man sins and gets beat by Satan?No regular human can beat Satan because every regular human is a sinner. But the prophet Isaiah said that the Son of David would be called Immanuel.Q: Can you say, “Immanuel”?Immanuel means God with us!Q: Can you say, “Immanuel means God with us”?God was saying through Isaiah that the Son of David would be God, that the Christ would be God. He was saying that God would become a Man to beat Satan and rule on a perfect earth forever.Q: Isn’t that amazing!A: Yes!God promised to become a Man to beat Satan! But we still need to talk next time about how God would fix everything Satan did on earth, especially how He would fix sinners. Because sinners can’t be on God’s


new earth, or the new earth wouldn’t be perfect. But God wants to save sinners, so He promised to do something really special. We’ll talk about that next time.


LESSON 61: THE CHRIST IS THE PASSOVER LAMB

Q: What was the name of the first king Yahweh picked?A: Saul!Q: Saul couldn’t stay king because he disobeyed, so what was the second king’s name?A: David!Q: Who did Yahweh say would build His house and rule on the throne of His Kingdom forever?A: David’s Son!Q: And what is a Kingdom?A: A kingdom is the rule of a King over people in a place.So God was promising that the Son of David would be King forever!Q: Was David’s son Solomon the King who rules forever?A: No!Q: How did Solomon sin?A: He married lots and lots of wives who believed in other gods, and he worshiped their gods.Yahweh was angry with Solomon because of his sins, and Yahweh took away Solomon’s kingdom. And Solomon died after being king for forty years.

But God still had a plan for a Son from David’s family to rule forever, and so God made some people to be prophets.Q: What is a prophet?A: A prophet is someone who hears words from God and then tells other people what God said.Q: Can you name some prophets?A: Moses! Miriam! Joshua! Deborah! Samuel! Nathan! David! Solomon!Q: Can you name the new prophets we learned about last time?A: Isaiah, Jeremiah, and Ezekiel!

God said through Isaiah, Jeremiah, and Ezekiel that He would create new heavens and a new earth!Q: What was wrong with the first heavens and earth?A: It has Satan and his bad angels and sinners in it.God would have to fix it, so there would be no more Satan or bad angels or sinners on the earth.

Q: What did God bless Adam and Eve to do? What five things did God give them the power to do?A: Be fruitful and multiply, fill the earth, subdue, and rule!Q: What does subdue mean?A: Subdue means getting something under control.Adam and Eve were supposed to stop the enemy from being out of control and then rule the earth.Q: What does rule mean?A: To be in charge!Q: When God planted the Garden of Eden and put Adam and Eve in it, did God want the Garden of

Eden to stay in only one little spot?A: No! God wanted them to fill the earth. God wanted the whole earth to be like the Garden of Eden!Q: Who walked with Adam and Eve in the Garden?A: God!So God wanted to live on the whole earth. But Adam and Eve sinned and became God’s enemy, too, so they couldn’t subdue and rule for God, and they couldn’t make the whole earth like Eden.Q: Do you remember what God said to the snake, right after he tricked Eve into sinning?A: A Man from Eve’s family will beat you!Solomon was from Eve’s family, from Abraham, Isaac, Jacob, Judah, Jesse, and David. And Solomon built God’s temple, and God’s glory filled the temple.Q: But did God want to live only in a little temple?A: No! God wanted to live on the whole earth!God wanted to fill the whole earth with His glory, not just the temple!


God said through the prophets Isaiah, Jeremiah, and Ezekiel that even though Solomon wasn’t the one, there would still be a Son of David (a great, great, great… grandson of David) who would beat Satan and bless all the families of the earth and rule forever. And there would be a new heavens and new earth, and everything would be perfect! Everything would be full of God’s glory, shining with the beauty of who God is!Q: Do you guys want to be filled with God’s glory, with His life and light?A: Yeah!Me, too!

The prophet Daniel called him “the Christ.” Q: Can you say, “The Christ”?Christ means the Man who is given the Spirit of God to be three things: (1) a prophet, (2) priest, and (3) king, like David – but perfect. The Christ would be the Man from Eve’s family to beat Satan and rule as King over all the people of the earth, and He would make the earth perfect, always doing what is right.Q: But, is everybody from Adam’s family born a sinner because Adam sinned?A: Yes.Every person has sin in his heart, so every person sins.Q: So, how could a Man be perfect? How could a Man beat Satan when every man sins and gets beat by Satan?No regular human can beat Satan because every regular human is a sinner. No regular human could be the Christ, but the prophet Isaiah said that the Christ, the Son of David, would be called Immanuel.Q: What does Immanuel mean?A: Immanuel means God with us!God was saying through Isaiah that the Son of David would be God, that the Christ would be God! He was saying that God would become a Man to beat Satan and rule on a perfect earth forever!Q: Isn’t that amazing?A: Yes!

But we still need to talk about how God would fix everything Satan did on earth, especially how He would fix sinners. Q: If sinners would be on God’s new earth, would that new earth be perfect?A: No.And God wants a perfect new earth.Q: But do you think God wants sinners like us on the new earth?A: Yes!Yes, God wants to save sinners and turn them into people who aren’t sinners anymore.Q: But how?Q: Do you think that it would be okay if God did not punish people for sins?Q: What if a mom or dad saw their kid sinning and hurting other kids? Would it be okay if the mom

or dad did not punish the kid, and let him keep sinning without getting in trouble?A: No.No! That mom and dad would not be a good mom and dad.Q: So, would God be good if He didn’t punish people for sins?A: No.Q: But is God always good?A: Yes!So, God has to punish people for sins.Q: What is the punishment for sin?A: To die.Because sinners can’t live with God forever.A long time ago, I taught you guys what happens after a sinner dies, if he doesn’t believe what I’m about to teach you about the Christ. That person’s body is buried in the ground, but that person has invisible parts, right? An invisible heart – a spirit and soul – that goes to Hades.Q: Do you remember the word Hades? Can you say, “Hades”?


It’s a really bad place. It’s really dark and really hot like fire and it hurts and makes you feel bad because God is not there and nothing good is there. It is the place to be in trouble forever for being a sinner, for being God’s enemy.

But God wanted to save some sinners from having to go to Hades, so that they could be His people on the new earth, and they could be filled with His glory and loving Him forever. So God promised through the prophets Isaiah and Daniel that the Christ would be like the Passover lamb.Q: Do you remember what happened with the Passover lamb during the Plague in Egypt?A: The Israelite families killed a Passover lamb and spread its blood, so that the Passover lamb would

die instead of them. They wouldn’t die in the Plague; they would live because the Passover lamb died instead.

God said through Isaiah and Daniel that God the Father would put our sins on the Christ, and God would punish the Christ for our sins instead of us. The Christ would be perfect; He would never sin, but He would die because of our sins; He would die instead of us. The Christ would be killed so that we can live with God forever, just like they killed the Passover lamb.

Q: If God punished the Christ for our sins, do you think He would still have to punish us?A: No, because He already did punish our sins in the Christ. That’s the really, really special thing that God planned so that He could have perfect mercy on sinners. Q: Do you remember what mercy means?A: Mercy means that God does not make us get in trouble for our sins like we should get in trouble.

When God has mercy, He lets us live. And God promised that the Christ would let God have mercy on us and still be good by punishing sins.

If God punished the Christ, then He could forgive sinners.Q: Do you know what it means to forgive?A: To forgive means to stop being angry at us because of our sins.Q: Is it right for God to be angry when we sin against Him?A: Yes.Because when we sin, we act like God is not great and like He doesn’t deserve our worship. And it’s right for God to be angry about sins. God promised to put all of His anger because of our sins onto the Christ and kill the Christ, so that He could forgive us and not be angry at us. Because of the Christ, God could treat His people like they weren’t sinners anymore, and they could live with Him forever!Q: Does that sound like a good promise?A: Yes!

God said lots of other things through the prophets about the Christ, so that we would believe who the Christ is and understand what He did for us. We’ll keep talking about those things in the next lessons. So far we have learned that God would become a Man in David’s family, and God would be the Christ with the Spirit of God to be a prophet, priest, and king. And, the Christ would be killed because of our sins, instead of us, like the Passover lamb, so that God could have mercy and forgive us.


LESSON 62: THE CHRIST RAISED BACK TO LIFE

Q: And God promised that He would create a new ______ .A: New heavens and a new earth!Q: What was wrong with the first heavens and earth?A: It has Satan and his bad angels and sinners in it.

Q: What did God bless Adam and Eve to do? What five things did God give them the power to do?A: Be fruitful and multiply, fill the earth, subdue, and rule!Q: What does subdue mean?A: Subdue means getting something under control.Adam and Eve were supposed to stop the enemy from being out of control and then rule the earth.Q: What does rule mean?A: To be in charge!Q: When God planted the Garden of Eden and put Adam and Eve in it, did God want the Garden of

Eden to stay in only one little spot?A: No! God wanted them to fill the earth. God wanted the whole earth to be like the Garden of Eden!Q: Who walked with Adam and Eve in the Garden?A: God!So God wanted to live on the whole earth. But Adam and Eve sinned and became God’s enemy, too, so they couldn’t subdue and rule for God, and they couldn’t make the whole earth like Eden.

Q: Do you remember what God said to the snake, right after he tricked Eve into sinning?A: A Man from Eve’s family will beat you!This God promised that Man would be in the family of Abraham, Isaac, Jacob, Judah, Jesse, and David. And God gave David the Kingdom. Q: What is a Kingdom?A: A kingdom is the rule of a king over people in a place.Q: Who did Yahweh say would rule forever?A: The Son of David!God promised that the Son of David would be King forever!

And Solomon built God’s temple, and God’s glory filled the temple.Q: But did God want to live only in a little temple?A: No! God wanted to live on the whole earth!God wanted to fill the whole earth with His glory, not just the temple!

God said through the prophets Isaiah, Jeremiah, and Ezekiel that even though Solomon wasn’t the one because he was a sinner, there would still be a Son of David (a great, great, great… grandson of David) who would beat Satan and bless all the families of the earth and rule forever. And there would be a new heavens and new earth, and everything would be perfect! Everything would be full of God’s glory.

The prophet Daniel called him “the Christ.” Q: What does Christ mean?A: Christ means the Man who is given the Spirit of God to be three things: (1) a prophet, (2) priest, and

(3) king. Like David – but perfect! The Christ would be the Man from Eve’s family to beat Satan and rule as King over all the people of the earth, and He would make the earth perfect, always doing what is right.

Q: Could a regular human be the Christ?A: No!Q: Why not?A: Because everybody is a sinner.So every regular human gets beat by Satan and becomes God’s enemy.


Q: Then how did God promise a Man would beat Satan and rule forever?A: God would become a Man to do it!Q: What did the prophet Isaiah say the Christ would be called?A: Immanuel!Q: What does Immanuel mean?A: Immanuel means God with us!God was saying through Isaiah that the Son of David would be God, that the Christ would be God! He was saying that God would become a Man to beat Satan and rule on a perfect earth forever!

Q: But how would God would fix sinners, so they could be on the new earth?Q: Would God be good if He didn’t punish people for sins?A: No. God has to punish people for sins.Q: What is the punishment for sin?A: To die.If a person dies, his body is buried in the ground. Q: And if that person doesn’t believe in the Christ, where does his spirit and soul go?A: Hades.Q: What is Hades?A: It is the place to be in trouble forever for being a sinner, for being God’s enemy.Q: What is Hades like?A: It’s really dark and really hot like fire and it hurts and makes you feel bad because God is not there

and nothing good is there. It’s a really bad place.

Q: Did God want to save some sinners from having to go to Hades?A: Yes!Yeah, so they could be His people on the new earth, and they could be filled with His glory and loving Him forever. So God promised through the prophets Isaiah and Daniel that the Christ would be like the Passover lamb.Q: What happened to the Passover lamb during the Plague in Egypt?A: The Israelite families killed a Passover lamb and spread its blood, so that the Passover lamb would

die instead of them. They wouldn’t die in the Plague; they would live because the Passover lamb died instead.

God said through Isaiah and Daniel that God the Father would put our sins on the Christ, and God would punish the Christ for our sins instead of us. Q: Would the Christ be a sinner? Would the Christ ever sin?A: No! The Christ would be perfect!Q: So, would Christ die because of His sins or because of our sins?A: Our sins.The Christ would be killed so that we can live with God forever, just like they killed the Passover lamb.

Q: If God punished the Christ for our sins, would He still have to punish us?A: No, because He already did punish our sins in the Christ. That’s the really, really special thing that God planned so that He could have perfect mercy on sinners. Q: Do you remember what mercy means?A: Mercy means that God does not make us get in trouble for our sins like we should get in trouble.

When God has mercy, He lets us live. And God promised that the Christ would let God have mercy on us and still be good by punishing sins.

If God punished the Christ, then He could forgive sinners.Q: Do you know what it means to forgive?A: To forgive means to stop being angry at us because of our sins.Q: Is it right for God to be angry when we sin against Him?A: Yes.


God promised to put all of His anger because of our sins onto the Christ and kill the Christ, so that He could forgive us and not be angry at us. Because of the Christ, God could treat His people like they weren’t sinners anymore, and they could live with Him forever!Q: Does that sound like a good promise?A: Yes!Here’s the new stuff for today. Remember that David was a prophet. God told David how the Christ would die. He said they would beat Him up and then put nails His hands and His feet. This means they would kill Him on a Cross. A cross is two pieces of wood put together like a “t.” There’s a piece going up and down and a piece going sideways. And they would nail the Christ’s hands to the Cross, and they would nail His feet to the Cross down here.Q: Does that sound really mean?A: Yes.It was mean; it was the worst sin ever to kill the God-Man.Q: Did the Christ have sins that made Him deserve to die?A: No.But God wanted the Christ to die as the punishment for our sins. And the Christ wanted to die for us, too. Because the Christ was God and Man, and so He was saving us from sin.

Q: How long did God promise the Christ would rule as King? For just a little while?A: Forever!Q: How could the Christ rule forever, if He died?God promised through the prophets David and Isaiah that God would raise the Christ back to life! After He died, He would come alive again! Q: Does that sound like good news?A: Yes!The Christ would die for our sins, and then He would come back to life and rule as King forever over all the people of the earth and make everything perfect!

So, stand up. Here is what we’ve learned about the Christ. First, put your hands all the way up in the air. We put are hands up in the air because God is big, and He is everywhere, even above the heavens. Now, put your hands on your body, on your tummy. We put our hands on our body because God promised to become a Man. So, up in the air and down to our bodies because God became a Man, the Christ. Now, stick your arms out and make a “t.” The God-Man, the Christ would die on a Cross for our sins. Crouch down really low. The Christ would be buried in the ground. Now jump up with your hands in the air again! The Christ would come alive again and rule as God over all the heavens and the earth!Q: Are those good promises?A: Yes!Q: Do all of God’s promises come true?A: Yes!


LESSON 63: NEW HEARTS FULL OF THE SPIRIT OF GOD

God said through the prophets that there would still be a Son of David (a great, great, great… grandson of David) who would beat Satan and bless all the families of the earth and rule forever. Q: What did the prophet Daniel call Him?A: The Christ!Q: What does Christ mean?A: Christ means the Man who is given the Spirit of God to be three things: (1) a prophet, (2) priest, and

(3) king. Like David – but perfect! The Christ would be the Man from Eve’s family to beat Satan and rule as King over all the people of the earth, and He would make everything perfect, always doing what is right.

Q: Could a regular human be the Christ?A: No!Q: Why not?A: Because everybody is a sinner.Q: Then how did God promise a Man would beat Satan and rule forever?A: God would become a Man to do it!Q: What did the prophet Isaiah say the Christ would be called?A: Immanuel!Q: What does Immanuel mean?A: Immanuel means God with us!God would become a Man to beat Satan and rule on a perfect earth forever!

Q: But how would God would fix sinners?Q: Would God be good if He didn’t punish people for sins?A: No. God has to punish people for sins.Q: What is the punishment for sin?A: To die.If a person dies, his body is buried in the ground. Q: And if that person doesn’t believe in the Christ, where does his spirit and soul go?A: Hades.Q: What is Hades?A: It is the place to be in trouble forever for being a sinner, for being God’s enemy.Q: What is Hades like?A: It’s really dark and really hot like fire and it hurts and makes you feel bad because God is not there


Q: Did God want to save some sinners from having to go to Hades?A: Yes!Yeah, so they could be His people on the new earth, and they could be filled with His glory and loving Him forever. Q: So what would the Christ do to save us?A: Die as the punishment for our sins!Q: What happened in the Exodus from Egypt that the Christ would be like?A: The Passover lamb!Q: Would Christ die because of His sins or because of our sins?A: Our sins!Q: If God punished the Christ for our sins, would He still have to punish us?A: No, because He already did punish our sins in the Christ. That’s the really, really special thing that God planned so that He could forgive sinners and have mercy.

Q: What did God tell David about how the Christ would die?A: They would nail His hands and His feet to a Cross to kill Him.


And His blood would be like Passover lamb. If we believe the Christ is God and His blood was for our sins, then God will not punish us with the rest of sinners.

Q: How long did God promise the Christ would rule as King? A: Forever!Q: How could the Christ rule forever, if He died?A: God would raise Him back to life!God promised through the prophets David and Isaiah that God would raise the Christ back to life! After He died, He would come alive again and rule as King forever over all the people of the earth and make everything perfect!Q: And God promised that He would create a new ______ .A: New heavens and a new earth!No more Satan and no more sinners – only God and perfect animals and people who had been forgiven because of Christ!Q: And everything would be full of _______ .A: God’s glory!Q: And what’s glory?A: The shining of who God is!

So, stand up and show me the hand actions we learned last night.Hands up in the air: God is big, everywhere, above the heavens!Hands on tummy: God promised to become a Man, the Christ!Hands out: The Christ would be killed on a Cross for our sins!Crouch down: The Christ would be buried in the ground.Jump up, hands in the air: God would raise the Christ back to life to rule forever over the new heavens and new earth!

Here’s a new question.Q: Even if God would forgive our sins, would our hearts still be sinful?A: Yes. Q: Would our sinful hearts keep doing new sins?A: Yes.Q: If we would keep sinning on the new earth, would it be perfect?A: No.Q: So, how would God fix our hearts?God promised the prophets Isaiah, Ezekiel, and Joel that after the Christ died for the forgiveness of our sins, God would give His Holy Spirit to everyone who believes in the Christ! And the Holy Spirit would come live in their hearts and make their hearts new! Instead of sinful hearts, they would have holy hearts!Q: Who is the Holy Spirit?A: God the Spirit!The only way for the whole earth to be full of God’s glory is for God to come inside our hearts, so that we are full of His glory. The Holy Spirit can make us back into the Image and Likeness of God, so that we shine with the beauty of who God is!Q: Do you guys want to be filled with God the Spirit?A: Yeah!Me, too!

Let’s stand up for our hand actions again. We started up in the air. Then to our tummies. Then hands out. Then down in the ground. Then jump up! And after the Christ came back to life, then He would give His Holy Spirit into our hearts, so let’s move our hands down into our hearts. That’s God giving us new hearts full of the Holy Spirit. And then, we can move our hearts from our hearts out to the New Earth, because we’ll shine with God’s glory!

Let’s sing about God’s glory!


Songs: Awesome Is the Sight (chorus), Holy Is the Lord


LESSON 64: A LONG WAIT

God said through the prophets that there would still be a Son of David (a great, great, great… grandson of David) who would beat Satan and bless all the families of the earth and rule forever. Q: What did the prophet Daniel call Him?A: The Christ!Q: What does the Christ mean?A: Christ means the Man who is given the Spirit of God to be three things: (1) a prophet, (2) priest, and

(3) king. Like David – but perfect! The Christ would be the Man from Eve’s family to beat Satan and rule as King over all the people of the earth, and He would make everything perfect, always doing what is right.

Q: Could a regular human be the Christ?A: No!Q: Why not?A: Because everybody is a sinner.Q: Then how did God promise a Man would beat Satan and rule forever?A: God would become a Man to do it!Q: What did the prophet Isaiah say the Christ would be called?A: Immanuel!Q: What does Immanuel mean?A: Immanuel means God with us!God would become a Man to beat Satan and rule on a perfect earth forever!

Q: But how would God would fix sinners?Q: Would God be good if He didn’t punish people for sins?A: No. God has to punish people for sins.Q: What is the punishment for sin?A: To die.If a person dies, his body is buried in the ground. Q: And if that person doesn’t believe in the Christ, where does his spirit and soul go?A: Hades.Q: What is Hades?A: It is the place to be in trouble forever for being a sinner, for being God’s enemy.Q: What is Hades like?A: It’s really dark and really hot like fire and it hurts and makes you feel bad because God is not there


Q: So what would the Christ do to save us from Hades?A: Die as the punishment for our sins!Q: What happened in the Exodus from Egypt that the Christ would be like?A: The Passover lamb!Q: Would Christ die because of His sins or because of our sins?A: Our sins!Q: If God punished the Christ for our sins, would He still have to punish us?A: No, because He already did punish our sins in the Christ. That’s the really, really special thing that God planned so that He could forgive sinners and have mercy.

Q: What did God tell David about how the Christ would die?A: They would nail His hands and His feet to a Cross to kill Him.And His blood would be like Passover lamb. If we believe the Christ is God and His blood was for our sins, then God will not punish us with the rest of sinners.

Q: How long did God promise the Christ would rule as King?


A: Forever!Q: How could the Christ rule forever, if He died?A: God would raise Him back to life!After He died, He would come alive again and rule as King forever over all the people of the earth and make everything perfect!

Q: Even if God would forgive our sins, would our hearts still be sinful?A: Yes. Q: Would our sinful hearts keep doing new sins?A: Yes.Q: If we would keep sinning on the new earth, would it be perfect?A: No.Q: So, how would God fix our hearts?A: God would give His Holy Spirit to everyone who believes in the Christ! And the Holy Spirit would

come live in their hearts and make their hearts new! Instead of sinful hearts, they would have holy hearts!

Q: Who is the Holy Spirit?A: God the Spirit!The only way for the whole earth to be full of God’s glory is for God to come inside our hearts, so that we are full of His glory. The Holy Spirit can make us back into the Image and Likeness of God, so that we shine with the beauty of who God is!

Q: God promised that He would create a new ______ .A: New heavens and a new earth!No more Satan and no more sinners – only God and perfect animals and people who had been forgiven because of Christ!Q: And everything would be full of _______ .A: God’s glory!

So, stand up and show me the hand actions we learned for this.Hands up in the air: God is big, everywhere, above the heavens!Hands on tummy: God promised to become a Man, the Christ!Hands out: The Christ would be killed on a Cross for our sins!Crouch down: The Christ would be buried in the ground.Jump up, hands in the air: God would raise the Christ back to life to rule forever over the new heavens and new earth!Hands to hearts: God promised to give new hearts full of the Holy Spirit!Hands out: We will shine with God’s glory!

The people of Israel had to wait a long time for these promises. After the last prophet, named Malachi, promised Yahweh would come to them, they had to wait about 400 years!Q: Does that sound like a long wait?A: Yeah!Next lesson we’ll learn about when God became a Man to keep His promises!


LESSON 65: BABY JOHN AND BABY JESUS (PART 1)

Q: What does the Christ mean?A: Christ means the Man who is given the Spirit of God to be three things: (1) a prophet, (2) priest, and

(3) king. Like David – but perfect! Q: The Christ would be the Man from Eve’s family to do what?A: Beat Satan!Q: And God promised Abraham he would do what to all the families of the earth?A: Bless! Q: And the Christ is the Son of David who would rule over what?A: Everything and everyone in heaven and on earth!Q: How long would the Christ rule as King?A: Forever! Q: Could a regular human be the Christ?A: No!Q: Why not?A: Because everybody is a sinner.Q: Then how did God promise a Man would beat Satan and rule forever?A: God would become a Man to do it!

About 400 years after the last prophet Malachi, there was a priest named Zechariah. He and his wife Elizabeth were old, and God had not given them a baby yet. Q: Do you remember Abraham and Sarah were old and didn’t have a baby?A: Yes.A good angel named Gabriel came to Zechariah in the temple with a message from God.Q: Do you think it would be awesome if you saw an angel from God?A: Yeah!The angel Gabriel came to Zechariah in the temple and told him that God was promising to give them a son named John. And Gabriel said their son would be the one the prophets Isaiah and Malachi promised; their son John would be a prophet who would go before God and get people ready to meet God when He came as the Christ!

But Zechariah didn’t believe Gabriel. He didn’t know if it would be true. And so Gabriel said, “Because you did not believe my words from God, then you will not be able to talk until your son is born, and then you will name him John.”Q: Do you think it would be bad if all of a sudden you could not talk for nine months? If you couldn’t make noise to say words?A: Yes.That was God’s punishment because Zechariah did not believe His promise.Q: It’s really bad not to believe, isn’t it?A: Yes.God’s promise was true, and so Zechariah’s wife Elizabeth became pregnant – God put a baby in her tummy to be His prophet.

And then, the angel Gabriel went to a young woman named Mary. Mary was engaged to Joseph, which means they had promised to get married, but they did not have the wedding yet. And Joseph was a son of David – a great-great-great-great… grandson of David. The angel Gabriel came to Mary and said, “The Lord is with you, and the Holy Spirit will put a baby in your tummy, and He will be great! He will be called holy – the Son of God. And He will rule on David’s throne forever, and His Kingdom will never end! And you will name Him Jesus!”

The angel told Mary that her son Jesus would be the Christ! The Holy Spirit put God the Son in Mary’s tummy as a baby. So Jesus is both God and human in One Person.


The Bible says this was what the prophet Isaiah promised about the Son called Immanuel. Q: What does Immanuel mean?A: God with us!Jesus is the Christ, Immanuel – Jesus is God living with us as a God-Man.Q: Isn’t that amazing?!A: Yeah!Q: Is Jesus God the Father, God the Son, or God the Spirit?A: God the Son!

Zechariah didn’t believe the angel about his baby, but Mary believed, and she was blessed.

Remember, the angel said Jesus would be called holy.Q: So was Jesus born a sinner like everybody else in Adam’s family?A: No.No, because Jesus did not have a human dad (until Joseph adopted him). Q: Who was always God the Son’s Dad? A: God the Father!So Jesus did not get Adam’s sin when He was made a human. He is the holy Son of God, a perfect human without sin!

An angel also went to Joseph in a dream to tell him that Mary’s baby was from the Holy Spirit. And the angel told Joseph, “You will name Him Jesus because He will save His people from their sins.”Q: Do you know what the Name Jesus means?A: Yahweh saves!That’s why the angel said His Name should be Jesus, because He will save the people from their sins, and that’s what Jesus means: Yahweh saves!

And the angel told Mary that Jesus would be the Son of David who beat Satan and ruled on the throne of His Kingdom forever!Q: Does this all sound like good news?!A: Yes!Q: Do you think Joseph and Mary were happy?A: Yes!

Next time we’ll learn more about baby John and Baby Jesus, but now let’s sing, “He shall reign, forever and ever!”


LESSON 66: BABY JOHN AND BABY JESUS (PART 2)

About 400 years after the last prophet Malachi, there was a priest named Zechariah. He and his wife Elizabeth were old, and God had not given them a baby yet. Q: Who showed up to Zechariah in the temple?A: A good angel named Gabriel! Gabriel told him that God was promising to give them a son named John. Q: What did he say their son John would be?A: A prophet!Q: Yes, he would be the prophet to go before and get people ready to meet whom?A: Yahweh when He came as the Christ!

Q: Did Zechariah believe God’s words from the angel?A: No.Q: What was his punishment for not believing God’s words?A: He wasn’t able to talk.Yes. God’s promise was true, and He put baby John in Elizabeth’s tummy. But John couldn’t make noise to say words for nine months until his baby was born.

Q: After the angel Gabriel went to Zechariah, who did he go to?A: Mary!Q: Was Mary married yet?A: No.Q: But she was engaged to whom?A: Joseph!Q: What does engaged mean?A: Promised to marry!Q: Whose family was Joseph from?A: David’s.Yeah, Joseph was a son of David.Q: What did the angel Gabriel say to Mary?A: You’ll have a baby named Jesus!Q: How did he say that baby would get in her tummy?A: The Holy Spirit!Q: Was He a regular human baby?A: No! God the Son!The Bible says this was what the prophet Isaiah promised about the Son called Immanuel. Q: What does Immanuel mean?A: God with us!

Q: So was Jesus God or was Jesus a Man?A: Both! The God-Man!Q: Did Jesus get Adam’s sin when He was a made a human?A: No!Q: Was Jesus a sinner like everybody else?A: No!Gabriel said He would be called holy, because the Holy Spirit put God the Son in Mary’s tummy, so He didn’t get Adam’s sin because God was His Father.Q: What does holy mean?A: Holy means God is the only One who is God and who is perfect (always right, always good).

When Gabriel met Mary, he said, “The Lord is with you, and the Holy Spirit will put a baby in your tummy, and He will be great! He will be called holy – the Son of God. And He will rule on David’s throne forever, and His Kingdom will never end! And you will name Him Jesus!”


The angel told Mary that her son Jesus would be the Christ! He is the One from Eve’s family, from David’s family who would beat Satan and rule as King forever!Q: What is a kingdom?A: The rule of a king over people in a place!Q: What people and what place would Jesus rule?A: Everybody everywhere! In heaven and on earth!Q: Will Jesus’ Kingdom ever end?A: No!

Zechariah didn’t believe the angel about his baby, but Mary believed, and she was blessed.

An angel also went to Joseph in a dream to tell him that Mary’s baby was from the Holy Spirit. And the angel told Joseph, “You will name Him Jesus.”Q: What does the Name Jesus mean?A: Yahweh saves!That’s why the angel said His Name should be Jesus, because He will save the people from their sins, and that’s what Jesus means: Yahweh saves!

After awhile, Mary went to visit Elizabeth because they were from the same family. (They may have been cousins; we don’t know exactly how they were related. But Elizabeth was a lot older than Mary.) And they both had babies in their tummies, didn’t they?

When Mary said, “Hi,” to Elizabeth, baby John jumped in her tummy! And the Holy Spirit made Elizabeth understand, and she said to Mary, “When you said, ‘Hi,” the baby in my tummy jumped for joy!”Q: Do you know what joy means?A: Joy means really happy!Q: Do you think baby John could see baby Jesus from inside their moms’ tummies?A: No!But the Holy Spirit helped baby John to know that baby Jesus was at his house, and the Holy Spirit made baby John so happy that he jumped for joy!Q: Isn’t that cool?A: Yeah!Q: Why did God create John in his mom’s tummy? What was he going to be?A: A prophet to get people ready to meet God – Jesus!That’s why the Holy Spirit made him happy to be in the same room as baby Jesus! Mary stayed with Elizabeth and Zechariah for three months, and then she went home.

Remember, Zechariah still couldn’t talk because of the punishment for not believing God’s promise through the angel. But then John was born; he came out of Elizabeth’s tummy. And they wondered what to name him, and all of a sudden, God the Spirit made his dad, Zechariah, be able to speak, and Zechariah said, “His name is John.” And everybody was surprised to hear him talk again!

And the Holy Spirit helped Zechariah to talk like a prophet. And Zechariah said, “Blessed be Yahweh, the God of Israel, because He has come to His people. He has remembered His promises to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. And He has given us the Christ like He promised through the prophets that we should be saved from our enemies. And my son John will be a prophet to go before God and get people ready to be saved from their sins!”


LESSON 67: BABY JESUS IS BORN!

Q: The angel Gabriel told Zechariah that their son John would be what?A: A prophet!Q: Yes! He would be the prophet to go before and get people ready to meet whom?A: Yahweh when He came as the Christ!Q: Did Zechariah believe God’s words from the angel?A: No.Q: What was his punishment for not believing God’s words?A: He wasn’t able to talk.

Q: After the angel Gabriel went to Zechariah, who did he go to?A: Mary!Q: Was Mary married yet?A: No.Q: But who was she engaged to?A: Joseph!Q: What does engaged mean?A: Promised to marry!Q: What did the angel Gabriel say to Mary?A: You’ll have a baby named Jesus!Q: How did he say that the baby would get in her tummy?A: The Holy Spirit!Q: Was He a regular human baby?A: No! God the Son!Q: So was Jesus God or was Jesus a Man?A: Both! The God-Man!Q: Did Jesus get Adam’s sin when He was a made a human?A: No!Q: Was Jesus a sinner like everybody else?A: No!Gabriel said He would be called holy, because the Holy Spirit put God the Son in Mary’s tummy, so He didn’t get Adam’s sin because God was His Father.


The angel told Mary that her son Jesus would be the Christ! He is the One from Eve’s family, from David’s family who would beat Satan and rule as King forever!An angel also went to Joseph in a dream to tell him that Mary’s baby was from the Holy Spirit. And the angel told Joseph, “You will name Him Jesus because He will save His people from their sins.”Q: What does the Name Jesus mean?A: Yahweh saves!

After awhile, Mary went to visit Elizabeth because they were from the same family. Q: When Mary said, “Hi,” to Elizabeth, what did baby John do?A: Jumped for joy!Q: What does joy mean?A: Really happy!The Holy Spirit helped baby John to know that baby Jesus was at his house, and the Holy Spirit made baby John so happy that he jumped for joy! Mary stayed with Elizabeth and Zechariah for three months, and then she went home.


Remember, Zechariah still couldn’t talk because of the punishment for not believing God’s promise through the angel. Q: But when his baby came out of Elizabeth’s tummy and they didn’t know what to name him, what

happened?A: God made Zechariah be able to speak again, and say, “His name is John.”

And the Holy Spirit helped Zechariah to talk like a prophet. And Zechariah said, “Blessed be Yahweh, the God of Israel, because He has come to His people. He has remembered His promises to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. And He has given us the Christ like He promised through the prophets that we should be saved from our enemies. And my son John will be a prophet to go before God and get people ready to be saved from their sins!”

Right before it was time for Jesus to be born, the king who ruled all the nations around Israel made everybody go to the town where they were born to sign papers, so he could count everybody in his kingdom. So Joseph and Mary had to make a long trip to the place Joseph was born.Q: Whose family was Joseph from?A: David’s.Yeah, Joseph was a son of David.Q: What city was David from?A: Bethlehem!When Joseph and Mary got to Bethlehem, there was no place for them to stay in the inn. (An inn is like a hotel, where people can stay when they are visiting a place.) There was no room, so they had to stay in a manger. Can you say, “Manger”? A manger is a room for animals! And that’s where Jesus was born! He came out of Mary’s tummy, and she wrapped him up and laid him in the manger.

And there were shepherds out in a field.Q: Do you know what shepherds are?A: Shepherds keep watch over sheep! To keep them safe and eating in the right places. There were shepherds out in the field that night. And one of God’s angels showed up to them, and the glory of the Lord was shining around them, and they were scared. But the angel said, “Don’t be afraid! I bring you good news of great joy for all the people! For tonight, in the city of David, a Savior is born, who is the Christ, the Lord!” The angel was saying that Yahweh became a Man and was born in Bethlehem! The Christ is the God-Man! And all of a sudden, there was a bunch of angels praising God, saying, “Glory to God in the highest, and peace on earth!”Q: Do you know what peace means?A: Peace is what we feel when everything is good and right between us and God and everybody else,

and we can rest, healthy and happy. The angels were saying that God was going to make everything right on the earth and give us peace – because the Christ being born was good news of great joy for all the people. So they sang, “Glory to God in the highest and peace on earth!”

Q: Do you think the shepherds wanted to go see baby Jesus?A: Yes!They said, “Let’s go to Bethlehem and see what has happened!” And they found Mary and Joseph and baby Jesus, just like angel said. And they told everybody what the angels had said: that Jesus is the Christ, the Lord! And everybody was amazed! And the shepherds left praising God!

Let’s sing like angels and the shepherds!

Songs: O Come Let Us Adore Him! and Joy to the World!


LESSON 68: WISE MEN BRING BIRTHDAY PRESENTS

Q: The angel Gabriel told Zechariah that their son John would be what?A: A prophet!Q: Yes! He would be the prophet to go before and get people ready to meet whom?A: Yahweh when He came as the Christ!Q: Did Zechariah believe God’s words from the angel?A: No.Q: What was his punishment for not believing God’s words?A: He wasn’t able to talk.

Q: After the angel Gabriel went to Zechariah, who did he go to?A: Mary!Q: What did the angel Gabriel say to Mary?A: You’ll have a baby named Jesus!Q: How did he say that the baby would get in her tummy?A: The Holy Spirit!Q: Was He a regular human baby?A: No! God the Son!Q: So was Jesus God or was Jesus a Man?A: Both! The God-Man!Q: Did Jesus get Adam’s sin when He was a made a human?A: No!Q: Was Jesus a sinner like everybody else?A: No!


The angel told Mary that her son Jesus would be the Christ! An angel also told Joseph, “You will name Him Jesus because He will save His people from their sins.”Q: What does the Name Jesus mean?A: Yahweh saves!

After awhile, Mary went to visit Elizabeth because they were from the same family. Q: When Mary said, “Hi,” to Elizabeth, what did baby John do?A: Jumped for joy!Q: What does joy mean?A: Really happy!The Holy Spirit helped baby John to know that baby Jesus was at his house, and the Holy Spirit made baby John so happy that he jumped for joy! Mary stayed with Elizabeth and Zechariah for three months, and then she went home.

Q: Right before it was time for Jesus to be born, what did the king who ruled all the nations around Israel make everybody do?

A: Go to the town where they were born to sign papers, so he could count everybody in his kingdom. Q: Whose family was Joseph from?A: David’s.Yeah, Joseph was a son of David.Q: What city was David from?A: Bethlehem!So Joseph and Mary had to make a long trip to Bethlehem, where Joseph was born. When they got there, there was no place for them to stay in the inn.


Q: What is an inn?A: An inn is like a hotel, where people can stay when they are visiting a place. Q: So where did they have to stay?A: A manger! Q: What is a manger? A: A room for animals! And that’s where Jesus was born! He came out of Mary’s tummy, and she wrapped him up and laid him in the manger.

And there were shepherds out in a field that night, watching their sheep. And one of God’s angels showed up to them, and the glory of the Lord was shining around them, and they were scared. But the angel said, “Don’t be afraid! I bring you good news of great joy for all the people! For tonight, in the city of David, a Savior is born, who is the Christ, the Lord!” Q: What is a Savior?A: Someone who saves!Q: What does the Christ mean?A: The Man who is given the Spirit of God to be a prophet, priest, and king – to beat Satan and bless all

the families of the earth and rule forever!Q: What does the Lord mean?A: God!It’s another title for God. It means He’s in charge. The angel was saying that Yahweh became a Man! The Christ is the God-Man! And all of a sudden, there was a bunch of angels praising God, saying, “Glory to God in the highest, and peace on earth!”Q: What does peace mean?A: Peace is what we feel when everything is good and right between us and God and everybody else,

and we can rest, healthy and happy. The angels were saying that God was going to make everything right on the earth and give us peace – because the Christ being born was good news of great joy for all the people. So they sang, “Glory to God in the highest and peace on earth!”

Q: Do you think the shepherds wanted to go see baby Jesus?A: Yes!They said, “Let’s go to Bethlehem and see what has happened!” And they found Mary and Joseph and baby Jesus, just like angel said. And they told everybody what the angels had said: that Jesus is the Christ, the Lord! And everybody was amazed! And the shepherds left praising God!

Then God brought more people to see baby Jesus: wise men from the east.Q: Do you know what wise means?A: Smart.These men had studied and learned a lot of things, more than most people, so they were called wise men. They were from the east.Q: Which way is east on the map?A: Right!Hundreds of years before Jesus was born, one of the prophets said that a star would come out of Israel when a King would beat all of God’s enemies and rule over everyone. And it happen just like God promised through His prophet. And the wise men saw this special star, and they wanted to see this promised King. So they traveled a long ways to come to Israel. Their trip might have taken 40 days! And when they got there, they said, “Where is He who has been born King of the Jews? Because we have seen His star, and we have come to worship Him.” (Jews is another word for Israelites. That Jesus was King of the Jews means He was an Israelite King.)

They asked some priests where the Christ was supposed to be born. And the priests remembered the prophet Micah wrote in the Bible what city Christ the King would be born in.Q: Where was He born?


A: Bethlehem!Yeah, that’s what the prophet Micah promised hundreds of years before, so the priests told the wise men: Bethlehem. And the wise men started going to Bethlehem, and the star showed up in the sky again. And they were happy and excited, and they followed the star to Bethlehem, and they found Mary, Joseph, and baby Jesus. And they fell down on their knees and worshiped Jesus! And they gave Him birthday presents like gold – the kind of presents that a King deserves, because they believed this little baby was going to grow to be a great King!Q: Were they right?A: Yeah!

Let’s sing like the shepherds and the wise men!

Songs: O Come Let Us Adore Him! and Praise the Name of Jesus


LESSON 69: BABY JESUS’ ESCAPE TO EGYPT

Q: The angel Gabriel told Zechariah that their son John would be what?A: A prophet!Q: Yes! He would be the prophet to go before and get people ready to meet whom?A: Yahweh when He came as the Christ!

Q: How did Gabriel say that baby Jesus would get in her tummy?A: The Holy Spirit!Q: So was Jesus God or was Jesus a Man?A: Both! The God-Man!Q: What does the Name Jesus mean?A: Yahweh saves!

After Jesus was born in Bethlehem, the angel said to the shepherds, “Don’t be afraid! I bring you good news of great joy for all the people! For tonight, in the city of David, a Savior is born, who is the Christ, the Lord!” Q: What is a Savior?A: Someone who saves!Q: What does the Christ mean?A: The Man who is given the Spirit of God to be a prophet, priest, and king – to beat Satan and bless all

the families of the earth and rule forever!Q: What does the Lord mean?A: God!It’s another title for God. It means He’s in charge. The angel was saying that Yahweh became a Man! The Christ is the God-Man! And all of a sudden, there was a bunch of angels praising God, saying, “Glory to God in the highest, and peace on earth!”Q: What does peace mean?A: Peace is what we feel when everything is good and right between us and God and everybody else,

and we can rest, healthy and happy. The angels were saying that God was going to make everything right on the earth and give us peace.

Q: Then God brought wise men from where?A: The east!Q: What does wise mean?A: Smart!Q: What did the wise men see that showed them the Christ was born?A: A star!Yes! Hundreds of years before Jesus was born, one of the prophets said that a star would come out of Israel when a King would beat all of God’s enemies and rule over everyone. And the wise men saw this special star, and they wanted to see this promised King. So they traveled a long ways to come to Israel. And when they got there, they said, “Where is He who has been born King of the Jews? Because we have seen His star, and we have come to worship Him.” Q: What does the word Jews mean?A: Israelites!

And the priests remembered the prophet Micah wrote in the Bible what city Christ the King would be born in.Q: Where was He born?A: Bethlehem!Yeah, that’s what the prophet Micah promised hundreds of years before, so the wise men started going to Bethlehem.Q: And what did they see in the sky again?A: The star!


And they were happy and excited, and they followed the star to Bethlehem, and they found Mary, Joseph, and baby Jesus. And they fell down on their knees and worshiped Jesus! Q: What did they give Him?A: Birthday presents!Q: What kind?A: The kind that a King deserves – like gold!

When the wise men asked people where the King of the Jews would be born, the bad king heard about it. The bad king was one of God’s enemies, so the bad king didn’t want Jesus to grow up to be King and beat him. So the bad king made an evil plan to murder Jesus.

But an angel warned Joseph in a dream and told him to take Jesus and Mary to Egypt to be safe. And so they ran away to Egypt. Since the bad king didn’t know who the Christ was, or how old He was, the bad king murdered all of the baby boys in and around Bethlehem who were two years old or younger. Q: Isn’t that really sad? Who was the bad king trying to kill?A: Jesus.Since the bad king didn’t know Jesus, he just killed all of the baby boys, because he thought that would make sure Jesus was killed.Q: But was Jesus still in Bethlehem?A: No.Q: Where was He?A: Egypt!Q: Do you remember what we learned about the Israelites in Egypt – who killed the Israelite baby boys in Egypt?A: Pharaoh.Q: But what was the name of the baby boy God saved in Egypt?A: Moses!And Moses grew up to be a prophet and a savior, didn’t he? God used Moses to save the Israelites from the Pharaoh. The reason God told Joseph to take Jesus to be safe in Egypt was because Jesus was going to a prophet and savior like Moses – only better! Just like Satan tried to get Pharaoh to kill Moses as a baby, Satan tried to kill Jesus as a baby. Just like Moses was saved as a baby, Jesus was saved as a baby in Egypt. Just like Moses grew up to be a prophet and savior; Jesus grew up to be a prophet and savior. Q: But Moses was a sinner like every human; was Jesus as a sinner?A: No!So, Jesus is much better than Moses, because Jesus is holy, the Son of God!Q: God used Moses to save the Israelites from Egypt, but Jesus was going to save people from their

what?A: Sins!

Pretty soon after this bad king murdered all the baby boys in and around Bethlehem, he died – because that was a really bad sin, and the punishment for sinning is to die. And the angel told Joseph that it was safe for them to come back to Israel because the bad king was dead. So God brought Jesus out of Egypt into the Promised Land, just like He brought Israel out of Egypt into the Promised Land.Q: When God brought Israel out of Egypt, did they obey everything God commanded?A: No.No, they didn’t believe God and wanted to go back to Egypt, and they disobeyed the Ten Commandments and worshiped an idol of a golden cow. But God brought Jesus out of Egypt just like Israel because Jesus was going to start a new Israel; the first Israel sinned, but Jesus was going to do everything right and always obey.

Next lesson we’ll learn about something Jesus did when He was twelve years old! Does that sound fun?!


LESSON 70: TWELVE-YEAR-OLD TEACHER

Q: What does the Name Jesus mean?A: Yahweh saves!

After Jesus was born in Bethlehem, the angel said to the shepherds, “Don’t be afraid! I bring you good news of great joy for all the people! For tonight, in the city of David, a Savior is born, who is the Christ, the Lord!” Q: What is a Savior?A: Someone who saves!Q: What does the Christ mean?A: The Man who is given the Spirit of God to be a prophet, priest, and king – to beat Satan and bless all

the families of the earth and rule forever!

Q: After the shepherds God brought wise men from where?A: The east!Q: What does wise mean?A: Smart!Q: What did the wise men see that showed them the Christ was born?A: A star!Yes! They followed the star a long ways to come to Israel. And when they got there, they said, “Where is He who has been born King of the Jews? Because we have seen His star, and we have come to worship Him.” Q: What does the word Jews mean?A: Israelites!And the priests remembered the prophet Micah wrote in the Bible what city Christ the King would be born in.Q: Where was He born?A: Bethlehem!Yeah, that’s what the prophet Micah promised hundreds of years before, so the wise men started going to Bethlehem.Q: And what did they see in the sky again?A: The star!And they were happy and excited, and they followed the star to Bethlehem, and they found Mary, Joseph, and baby Jesus. And they fell down on their knees and worshiped Jesus! Q: What did they give Him?A: Birthday presents!Q: What kind?A: The kind that a King deserves – like gold!

When the wise men asked people where the King of the Jews would be born, the bad king heard about it. The bad king was one of God’s enemies, so the bad king didn’t want Jesus to grow up to be King and beat him. Q: What was the bad king’s evil plan?A: To murder Jesus.But an angel warned Joseph in a dream.Q: Where did the angel tell Joseph to take Jesus and Mary to be safe?A: Egypt! Q: Since the bad king didn’t know who the Christ was, or how old He was, who did the bad king

murder?A: All of the baby boys in and around Bethlehem who were two years old or younger. Q: But was Jesus still in Bethlehem?A: No. Egypt!Q: Do you remember what we learned about the Israelites a long time before in Egypt – who killed


the Israelite baby boys in Egypt?A: Pharaoh.Q: But what was the name of the baby boy God saved in Egypt?A: Moses!And Moses grew up to be a prophet and a savior, didn’t he? God used Moses to save the Israelites from the Pharaoh. The reason God told Joseph to take Jesus to be safe in Egypt was because Jesus was going to a prophet and savior like Moses – only better! Just like Satan tried to get Pharaoh to kill Moses as a baby, Satan tried to kill Jesus as a baby. Just like Moses was saved as a baby, Jesus was saved as a baby in Egypt. Just like Moses grew up to be a prophet and savior; Jesus grew up to be a prophet and savior. Q: But Moses was a sinner like every human; was Jesus as a sinner?A: No!So, Jesus is much better than Moses, because Jesus is holy, the Son of God!Q: God used Moses to save the Israelites from Egypt, but Jesus was going to save people from their

what?A: Sins!

Q: What happened to the bad king after he murdered the baby boys?A: He died.And the angel told Joseph that it was safe for them to come back to Israel because the bad king was dead. So God brought Jesus out of Egypt into the Promised Land, just like He brought Israel out of Egypt into the Promised Land.Q: When God brought Israel out of Egypt, did they obey everything God commanded?A: No.No, they didn’t believe God and wanted to go back to Egypt, and they disobeyed the Ten Commandments and worshiped an idol of a golden cow. Q: But God brought Jesus out of Egypt just like Israel because Jesus was going to start a new

________ .A: Israel!Yes! The first Israel sinned, but Jesus was going to do everything right and always obey.

After these stories of Jesus as a baby, the next thing the Bible tell us is when Jesus was twelve years old. It says that Joseph and Mary and their family would go to the temple every year for Passover.Q: Do you remember what the Passover is?A: They killed a lamb and spread its blood and ate it, so that the lamb died instead of them.Yes, the first Passover was in Egypt, but God told the Israelites to celebrate Passover once every year to remember how God saved them from Egypt (and to be ready for the Christ to be like the Passover lamb). And Joseph and Mary obeyed God every year and came to the temple in Israel’s main city, called Jerusalem. Q: Can you say, “Jerusalem”?Jerusalem was where Solomon built the temple.

When Jesus was twelve years old, they finished celebrating Passover in Jerusalem and his parents left to go home, but Jesus stayed in the temple. And after Joseph and Mary traveled for a day with all the other travelers, they realized Jesus wasn’t with them, and they started looking for Him, and they were scared that they couldn’t find Him. They went back to Jerusalem to look for Him, and they found Him in the temple. Jesus was sitting with the Bible teachers, asking them questions about the Bible, and they were asking him questions, too. And Jesus was giving such good answers that the teachers were amazed at how smart He was, even being only twelve years old!

Mary said to Jesus, “Why did You scare us? Your dad and I have been looking for you!” And Jesus said, “Didn’t you know I must be in My Father’s house?”Q: What did Jesus mean when He said “My Father’s house”? What was His Father’s house?A: The temple!Q: And whose house is the temple? Who was Jesus’ Father?


A: Yahweh! God the Father!Yes! Even when Jesus was only twelve years old, He knew that God was His Father, and that He was the Son of God. And so Jesus wanted to be in God’s house, the temple, learning about the Bible.Q: Was Jesus God or man?A: Both! The God-Man!Q: Does God learn, or does God always know everything?A: Always knows everything!Q: Do humans know everything, or do humans have to learn?A: Learn!Jesus was both God and Man, the God-Man, so as God, He knew everything. But He still had a human heart that had to learn things like every human learns. And when He was twelve, He was already really smart about what God had taught through the prophets.

After this story in Jerusalem, Jesus went home with Joseph and Mary and obeyed them like a good kid. And the Bible says He grew in wisdom. Q: What is wisdom?A: Being smart!The human heart of Jesus got smarter and smarter. Q: Who was the smartest man on earth that we learned about a long time ago?

A: Solomon!Q: Do you think Jesus became smarter than Solomon?A: Yes!Yes, because He is the holy Son of God!

The next story in the Bible teaches us about when Jesus and John had grown up to be about thirty years old!


LESSON 71: JOHN THE BAPTIST


Q: What was the bad king’s evil plan?A: To murder Jesus.Q: Where did the angel tell Joseph to take Jesus and Mary to be safe?A: Egypt! Q: Why Egypt? Because Jesus was going to be better than ______ ?A: Moses!Yeah, God saved baby Jesus in Egypt just like He saved baby Moses, because Jesus was going to be a prophet like Moses, but even better!Q: After the bad king died, God brought Jesus out of Egypt because He was going to start a new ________ ?A: Israel!Right! God brought Israel out of Egypt into the Promised Land, but they sinned. God brought Jesus out of Egypt into the Promised Land to obey and start a new Israel, saved from their sins.

When Jesus was twelve years old, his family went to the temple in Jerusalem for Passover. His parents left to go home. Q: But where did Jesus stay?A: In the temple! And after Joseph and Mary traveled for a day with all the other travelers, they realized Jesus wasn’t with them, and they started looking for Him, and they were scared that they couldn’t find Him. They went back to Jerusalem to look for Him, and they found Him in the temple. Q: Who was Jesus sitting with?A: The Bible teachers!He was asking them questions about the Bible, and they were asking him questions, too. Q: Were Jesus’ answers good?A: Yeah!The teachers were amazed at how smart He was, even being only twelve years old!

Mary said to Jesus, “Why did You scare us? Your dad and I have been looking for you!” And Jesus said, “Didn’t you know I must be in My Father’s house?”Q: What did Jesus mean when He said “My Father’s house”? What was His Father’s house?A: The temple!Q: And whose house is the temple? Who was Jesus’ Father?A: Yahweh! God the Father!Yes! Even when Jesus was only twelve years old, He knew that God was His Father, and that He was the Son of God. And so Jesus wanted to be in God’s house, the temple, learning about the Bible.

After this story in Jerusalem, Jesus went home with Joseph and Mary.Q: Did Jesus obeyed them like a good kid?A: Yes!And the Bible says He grew in wisdom. Q: What is wisdom?A: Being smart!The human heart of Jesus got smarter and smarter. Q: Do you think Jesus became smarter than Solomon?A: Yes!Yes, because He is the holy Son of God!

The next story in the Bible teaches us about when Jesus and John had grown up to be about thirty years


old!Q: What did the angel promise that John would be?A: A prophet!Q: What is a prophet?A: Someone who hears God’s words and tells the people!Q: Who would John go before and get people ready to meet?A: Yahweh when He came as the Christ!

It had been more than 400 years since God had sent a prophet, more than 400 years since the people had heard new words from God.

John started being a prophet by telling people to repent. Q: Can you say, “Repent”?Repent means to change your mind. Say, “Repent means to change your mind.” John told the people that if they kept on sinning, they would die. So he told them to change their minds about God and about life. Instead of being selfish and liking to sin, they should change to feeling really sorry for sinning. And they should change to believing God and obeying God and praising God.

And people asked John, “Are you the Christ?”Q: What do you think John said?A: No!Right. John said, “No, I am not the Christ. I am the one the prophet Isaiah promise would cry out in the desert, ‘Make straight the way for Yahweh! Get ready to met Him!’” John told the people to stop sinning and be ready for God to come to them!

The people who believed John’s words repented, and they were baptized by John in the Jordan River. Q: Can you say, “Baptized”?Baptized means to be put into something. These people were baptized in the Jordan River, which means they got in the water with John and John lowered them down into the water – baptized them, put them into the water – and then lifted them back up.Q: That’s kind of like a quick bath, isn’t it? The people did this to let everybody else know that they wanted their sins to be washed away; they wanted God to forgive them and make them clean.

Q: What does it mean to forgive?A: To stop being angry about sin.Q: How did the prophets promise God would forgive sins?A: By punishing the Christ for our sins!

So John told the people to believe in the Christ, who was about to come. John said, “After me will come one who is stronger than I am. I am baptizing you into water; He will baptize you into the Holy Spirit.”Q: Who was John talking about? Who was going to come after Him?A: Jesus, the Christ, Yahweh, the God-Man!Q: Do you remember what the prophets promised? Do you remember our hand actions? God would

become a Man, the Christ. After the Christ was murdered on the Cross, He would be buried and then what?

A: He would come back to life!Q: And then what would He do?A: Give the Holy Spirit into our hearts!That’s what the prophet John was saying, too! He was saying the Christ was going to baptize people in the Holy Spirit. He was going to put them into the Holy Spirit, so they would have the Holy Spirit in their hearts.

A lot of people were really excited because of John. They were really excited to meet the Christ! We’ll


learn about that next lesson, when Jesus came to meet John in front of all the people!


LESSON 72: JOHN BAPTIZED JESUS


Q: When Mary found twelve-year-old Jesus in Jerusalem, what did Jesus say to her? A: “Didn’t you know I must be in My Father’s house?”Q: What did Jesus mean when He said “My Father’s house”? What was His Father’s house?A: The temple!Q: And whose house is the temple? Who was Jesus’ Father?A: Yahweh! God the Father!

Q: What did John grow up to be when he was thirty?A: A prophet!It had been more than 400 years since the people had heard God’s words through a new prophet, and then John started being a prophet by telling people to repent. Q: What does repent mean?A: Change your mind!John told the people that if they kept on sinning, they would die. So he told them to change their minds about God and about life. Instead of being selfish and liking to sin, they should change to feeling really sorry for sinning. And they should change to believing God and obeying God and praising God.

And people asked John, “Are you the Christ?”Q: What did John say?A: No!Right. John said, “No, I am not the Christ. I am the one the prophet Isaiah promise would cry out in the desert, ‘Make straight the way for Yahweh! Get ready to met Him!’” John told the people to stop sinning and be ready for God to come to them!

The people who believed John’s words repented.Q: What did John do to them in the Jordan River? What’s that new word that starts with a “b”?A: Baptized!Q: What does baptized mean?A: Baptized means to be put into something. These people were baptized in the Jordan River, which means they got in the water with John and John lowered them down into the water – baptized them, put them into the water – and then lifted them back up. The Bible calls him “John the Baptist” because he baptized people.Q: Why did people get baptized? What did they want everyone to know about them?A: That they wanted their sins to be washed away; they wanted God to forgive them and make them

clean.Q: What does it mean to forgive?A: To stop being angry about sin.Q: How did the prophets promise God would forgive sins?A: By punishing the Christ for our sins!So the baptism in water didn’t forgive their sins; they were baptized in water because they believed John saying that the Christ was coming and God would forgive their sins then.

John said, “After me will come one who is stronger than I am.”Q: “I am baptizing you into water; He will baptize you into the ___ “?A: Holy Spirit!Q: Who was John talking about? Who was going to come after Him?A: Jesus, the Christ, Yahweh, the God-Man!Q: Do you remember what the prophets promised? Do you remember our hand actions? God would

become a Man, the Christ. After the Christ was murdered on the Cross, He would be buried and


then what?A: He would come back to life!Q: And then what would He do?A: Give the Holy Spirit into our hearts!That’s what the prophet John was saying, too! He was saying the Christ was going to baptize people in the Holy Spirit. He was going to put them into the Holy Spirit, so they would have the Holy Spirit in their hearts.

A lot of people were really excited because of John. They were really excited to meet the Christ!

Then one day, when Jesus was about thirty years old, Jesus came to John at the Jordan River to be baptized by him. But John tried to stop Him and wanted Jesus to baptize him instead. But Jesus convinced John that God wanted Jesus to be baptized by John. Q: Did Jesus have any sins to repent of and be forgiven and washed clean?A: No!But Jesus was doing everything God wanted all the other people to do, because Jesus was going to take our place on the Cross. Because God wanted everybody else to repent and be baptized by John, then Jesus came to be baptized.

Jesus went down into the water – baptized – and when He came out of the water, God the Father opened the heavens, and the Spirit of God came down on Jesus. And people could see the Holy Spirit because He floated down like a dove.Q: Do you know what a dove is?A: It’s a pretty white bird.God the Spirit wasn’t a bird, but He floated down in a bright white light looking like a dove, and the Spirit rested on Jesus!Q: Do you remember what the Christ means? The Man who is given the _______ ?A: Spirit of God!Jesus was put in Mary’s tummy by the Holy Spirit; He’s always had the Holy Spirit, but now it’s happening for people to see!

God opened the heavens, and the Spirit of God came down on Jesus like a dove, and a voice from heaven said, “This is My Son, whom I love, in whom I am delighted.”Q: Isn’t that awesome?! Who do you think said that?A: God the Father!Q: Do you remember the prophet’s promise to David that the Son of David would rule forever, and

God said, “I will be a Father to Him, and He will be a Son to Me”?God was telling everybody there that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of David, who is really the Son of God! “This is My Son, whom I love.” God told everybody that He loved His Son, Jesus! “This is My Son, whom I love, in whom I am delighted.”Q: Do you know what delighted means?A: It means really happy! God the Father was saying that His Son Jesus makes Him really happy! “In whom I am delighted!” We already knew that from the very beginning of our Bible classes, didn’t we? Before God created anything, They were loving each other and having fun together!

God opened the heavens, and the Spirit came down on Jesus, and God spoke. Let’s memorize what God said. Repeat after me: “This is My Son… whom I love… in whom I am delighted!”

Good job! Next class we’ll learn about Satan coming to try to trick Jesus.


LESSON 73: JESUS TEMPTED BY SATAN


Q: John started being a prophet by telling people to do what?A: Repent!Q: What does repent mean?A: Change your mind!Q: Change your mind about what?A: God and sin!Instead of being selfish and liking to sin, they should change to feeling really sorry for sinning. And they should change to believing God and obeying God and praising God.

Q: What did John do in the Jordan River to the people who repented? A: Baptized!Q: What does baptized mean?A: Baptized means to be put into something. The Bible calls him “John the Baptist” because he baptized people.Q: Why did people get baptized? What did they want everyone to know about them?A: That they wanted their sins to be washed away; they wanted God to forgive them and make them

clean.Q: How did the prophets promise God would forgive sins?A: By punishing the Christ for our sins!

John said, “After me will come one who is stronger than I am.”Q: “I am baptizing you into water; He will baptize you into the ___ “?A: Holy Spirit!Q: Who was John talking about? Who was going to come after Him?A: Jesus, the Christ, Yahweh, the God-Man!John was saying that the Christ was going to put them into the Holy Spirit, so they would have the Holy Spirit in their hearts.

Then one day, when Jesus was about thirty years old, Jesus came to John at the Jordan River to be baptized by him. Q: Did Jesus have any sins to repent of and be forgiven and washed clean?A: No!But Jesus was doing everything God wanted all the other people to do, because Jesus was going to take our place on the Cross.

Jesus went down into the water and was baptized.Q: When He came out of the water, what happened?A: God the Father opened the heavens, and the Spirit of God came down on Jesus like a dove!Q: Was God the Spirit a bird?A: No, but He floated down looking like a dove.Q: Do you remember what the Christ means? The Man who is given the _______ ?A: Spirit of God!Jesus always had the Spirit, but now it’s happening for people to see!

God opened the heavens, and the Spirit of God came down on Jesus like a dove, and a voice came from heaven.Q: What did the voice say?A: “This is My Son, whom I love, in whom I am delighted.”Q: Who said that?


A: God the Father!God was telling everybody there that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of David, who is really the Son of God! “This is My Son, whom I love, in whom I am delighted.”Q: What does delighted mean?A: Really happy! God the Father was saying that His Son Jesus makes Him really happy!

After Jesus was baptized, the Spirit led Him into the desert to be tempted by Satan. To tempt means to try to get someone to sin. Satan was going to tempt Jesus, try to get Jesus to sin. Satan had won with Adam and Eve and tricked every human into sinning. But the Spirit led Jesus to the desert, which is dry, empty place with no water or trees or plants or food. The Spirit led Jesus to the desert, so that Jesus could start to subdue Satan by not sinning when Satan tempted Him.

Jesus did not eat anything for forty days!Q: Would you be really, really hungry if you didn’t eat any food for forty days?A: Yeah!Jesus was a Man like us, so He was really hungry, too. But the Spirit was telling Him not to eat so that He could focus on praying to God. And Satan came to Jesus after those forty days, when Jesus was really hungry, and Satan said to Jesus, “If you are the Son of God, tell these rocks to become loaves of bread.”Q: Do you think Jesus could do that miracle, turn rocks into bread?A: Yes!Q: But do you think God the Father wanted Jesus to do what Satan told Him to do?A: No!No, Jesus didn’t need to prove He was the Son of God to Satan. If Jesus did what Satan said instead of what the Spirit was saying, then that would be a sin. If Jesus had sinned, then He wouldn’t have been able to be our Savior!So Jesus told Satan, “It is written [in the Bible], ‘Man will not live by bread alone, but by every word that comes from the mouth of God.” Jesus did not sin. He told Satan that He didn’t need bread; He wanted God’s words.

So Satan took Jesus to Jerusalem and set Him on the top of the temple. Satan said, “If you are the Son of God, jump off, because it is written [in the Bible] that God will command His angels to catch you.” Satan wanted Jesus to prove to everybody on the ground around the temple that He was the Son of God, because they’d see the angels catch Jesus.Q: Do you think God the Father wanted Jesus to jump off the temple like Satan said?A: No!Satan tried to trick Jesus by misusing the Bible. But Jesus knew the Bible better, and told Satan, “It is written [in the Bible], “You will not put the Lord your God to the test.” That means Jesus knew He shouldn’t force God to save Him from falling off the temple. That would be a sin, so Jesus didn’t do it.

So then Satan took Jesus to a really high mountain and showed Jesus all the kingdoms of the world and all of their glory, and Satan said to Jesus, “I will give all of these to You, if you bow down and worship me.”Q: Do you think God the Father wanted Jesus to worship Satan?A: No!That’s crazy! Jesus said, “Go away, Satan, because it is written [in the Bible], ‘You will worship the Lord your God and serve Him only!’”Q: Does that sound like a good answer?A: Yeah!So Satan had to leave Jesus because Satan couldn’t trick Him into sinning. Adam sinned in the Garden, but Jesus – even starving in the desert – Jesus did not sin. He subdued Satan. Jesus got Satan under His control! Jesus was starting to beat Satan! Jesus would have to keep beating Him and make sure that He never sinned any time during His whole life!Q: Do you think He could do it – never sin?


A: Yeah!

After Satan left, God sent His angels to bring food to Jesus!

Next class we’ll learn about the next time that John the Baptist saw Jesus.


LESSON 74: BEHOLD, THE LAMB OF GOD!

John started being a prophet by telling people to repent.Q: What does repent mean?A: Change your mind!Q: Change your mind about what?A: God and sin!

John baptized the people who repented.Q: What does baptized mean?A: Baptized means to be put into something. The Bible calls him “John the Baptist” because he baptized people into the Jordan River.Q: Why did people get baptized? What did they want everyone to know about them?A: That they wanted their sins to be washed away; they wanted God to forgive them and make them

clean.Q: How did the prophets promise God would forgive sins?A: By punishing the Christ for our sins!John told them to believe the Christ was coming after him!

Then one day, when Jesus was about thirty years old, Jesus came to John at the Jordan River to be baptized by him. Q: Did Jesus have any sins to repent of and be forgiven and washed clean?A: No!But Jesus was doing everything God wanted all the other people to do, because Jesus was going to take our place on the Cross.

Jesus went down into the water and was baptized.Q: When He came out of the water, what happened?A: God the Father opened the heavens, and the Spirit of God came down on Jesus like a dove!Q: Was God the Spirit a bird?A: No, but He floated down looking like a dove.Q: Do you remember what the Christ means? The Man who is given the _______ ?A: Spirit of God!Jesus always had the Spirit, but now it’s happening for people to see!

God opened the heavens, and the Spirit of God came down on Jesus like a dove, and a voice came from heaven.Q: What did the voice say?A: “This is My Son, whom I love, in whom I am delighted.”Q: Who said that?A: God the Father!God was telling everybody there that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of David, who is really the Son of God! “This is My Son, whom I love, in whom I am delighted.”Q: What does delighted mean?A: Really happy! God the Father was saying that His Son Jesus makes Him really happy!

After Jesus was baptized, the Spirit led Him into the desert to be tempted by Satan. Q: What does it mean to tempt?A: To try to get someone to sin. Satan was going to tempt Jesus, try to get Jesus to sin. Satan had won with Adam and Eve and tricked every human into sinning. But the Spirit led Jesus to the desert, which is dry, empty place with no water or trees or plants or food, and Jesus did not eat anything for forty days!Q: Was Jesus really hungry?


A: Yeah!Jesus was a Man like us, so He was really hungry, too. But the Spirit was telling Him not to eat so that He could focus on praying to God. And Satan came to Jesus after those forty days, when Jesus was really hungry, and Satan said to Jesus:Q: “If you are the Son of God, tell these rocks to become ______ “?A: Loaves of bread!Q: Do you think Jesus could do that miracle, turn rocks into bread?A: Yes!Q: But do you think God the Father wanted Jesus to do what Satan told Him to do?A: No!No, Jesus didn’t need to prove He was the Son of God to Satan. If Jesus did what Satan said instead of what the Spirit was saying, then that would be a sin. If Jesus had sinned, then He wouldn’t have been able to be our Savior!

So Jesus told Satan, “It is written [in the Bible], ‘Man will not live by bread alone, but by every word that comes from the mouth of God.” Jesus did not sin. He told Satan that He didn’t need bread; He wanted God’s words.

So Satan took Jesus to Jerusalem and set Him on the top of the temple. Satan said:Q: “If you are the Son of God, ______” ?A: Jump off! “… because it is written [in the Bible] that God will command His angels to catch you.” Satan wanted Jesus to prove to everybody on the ground around the temple that He was the Son of God, because they’d see the angels catch Jesus.Q: Do you think God the Father wanted Jesus to jump off the temple like Satan said?A: No!Satan tried to trick Jesus by misusing the Bible. But Jesus knew the Bible better, and told Satan, “It is written [in the Bible], “You will not put the Lord your God to the test.” That means Jesus knew He shouldn’t force God to save Him from falling off the temple. That would be a sin, so Jesus didn’t do it.

So then Satan took Jesus to a really high mountain and showed Jesus all the kingdoms of the world and all of their glory, and Satan said to Jesus, “I will give all of these to You, if you bow down and worship me.”Q: Do you think God the Father wanted Jesus to worship Satan?A: No!That’s crazy! Jesus said, “Go away, Satan, because it is written [in the Bible], ‘You will worship the Lord your God and serve Him only!’”Q: Does that sound like a good answer?A: Yeah!So Satan had to leave Jesus because Satan couldn’t trick Him into sinning. Adam sinned in the Garden, but Jesus – even starving in the desert – Jesus did not sin. He subdued Satan. Jesus got Satan under His control! Jesus was starting to beat Satan! Jesus would have to keep beating Him and make sure that He never sinned any time during His whole life!Q: Do you think He could do it – never sin?A: Yeah!

Q: After Satan left, God sent His angels to bring what to Jesus?A: Food!

After Jesus was baptized and after He began beating Satan in the desert, there was another time that John saw Jesus coming toward him, and so he said to the people there, “Behold!” [Behold means look!] “Behold, the Lamb of God, who takes away the sin of the world!”Q: What did the prophet John mean by “Lamb of God”?A: The Passover lamb!


Remember God said through the prophets like Isaiah and Daniel that the Christ would be like the Passover lamb.Q: What does it mean that Christ would be like the Passover lamb?A: He would die to take the punishment for our sins instead of us!Yes, His blood would forgive our sins, so that we don’t have die and go to Hades forever! That’s why John the Baptist said, “Look! The Lamb of God who takes away the sin of the world!” And he said, “I saw the Holy Spirit come down from heaven like a dove and rest on Him. I know He is the Son of God!”

The next day, John the Baptist was walking with some of his disciples. Q: Can you say “disciples”? Say “disciple means learner.”A disciple follows his teacher to learn how to be like his teacher. Some of John the Baptist’s disciples were named Andrew and Peter, who were brothers, and two more brothers named James and John. They followed John the Baptist and learned from him how to repent and what to believe about the Christ who was coming.

Jesus came walking toward John the Baptist again this day, and John the Baptist said to two of his disciples – Andrew and probably John – he said, “Behold, the Lamb of God!” And so those two disciples of John the Baptist left and started following Jesus, wanting to be His disciples. They stayed the day with Him, learning from Him. And Andrew went to his brother Peter, and said, “We have found the Christ!” And Andrew took Peter to meet Jesus and to become His disciple.

So today we learned that the prophet John the Baptist told everybody Jesus is the Lamb of God, who would die to take away the sins of the world. And John’s disciples (who followed him to learn) wanted to be Jesus‘ disciples, because John told them that Jesus is better than him because He’s the Christ, the Son of God!

Next lesson we’ll learn about Jesus doing some miracles!


LESSON 75: JESUS’ FIRST MIRACLE

Q: How did the prophets promise God would forgive sins?A: By punishing the Christ for our sins!

John the Baptist was a prophet who told the people to believe the Christ was coming after him!Q: When Jesus was baptized and came out of the water, what happened?A: God the Father opened the heavens, and the Spirit of God came down on Jesus like a dove!Q: What did the voice say?A: “This is My Son, whom I love, in whom I am delighted.”Q: Who said that?A: God the Father!

Q: After Jesus was baptized, where did the Spirit lead Him?A: Into the desert!Q: Why?A: To be tempted by Satan. Q: What does it mean to tempt?A: To try to get someone to sin. Q: How long did Jesus go without eating?A: Forty days!Q: Why?A: So He could focus on praying to God!

And Satan came to Jesus after those forty days, when Jesus was really hungry, and Satan said to Jesus:Q: “If you are the Son of God, tell these rocks to become ______ “?A: Loaves of bread!Q: Do you think Jesus could do that miracle, turn rocks into bread?A: Yes!Q: But do you think God the Father wanted Jesus to do what Satan told Him to do?A: No!So Jesus told Satan, “It is written [in the Bible], ‘Man will not live by bread alone, but by every word that comes from the mouth of God.” Jesus did not sin. He told Satan that He didn’t need bread; He wanted God’s words.

So Satan took Jesus to Jerusalem and set Him on the top of the temple. Satan said:Q: “If you are the Son of God, ______” ?A: Jump off! Q: “… because it is written [in the Bible] that God will command His angels to ______ “?A: Catch you! Q: Did God the Father want Jesus to jump off the temple like Satan said?A: No!Satan tried to trick Jesus by misusing the Bible. But Jesus knew the Bible better, and told Satan, “It is written [in the Bible], “You will not put the Lord your God to the test.” That means Jesus knew He shouldn’t force God to save Him from falling off the temple. That would be a sin, so Jesus didn’t do it.

So then Satan took Jesus to a really high mountain and showed Jesus all the kingdoms of the world and all of their glory, and Satan said to Jesus, Q: “I will give all of these to You, if you bow down and ______ “ ?A: Worship me!Q: Do you think God the Father wanted Jesus to worship Satan?A: No!Q: What did Jesus tell Satan?A: “Go away, Satan!”


“Because it is written [in the Bible], ‘You will worship the Lord your God and serve Him only!’”

So Satan had to leave Jesus because Satan couldn’t trick Him into sinning. Adam sinned in the Garden, but Jesus – even starving in the desert – Jesus did not sin. He subdued Satan. Jesus got Satan under His control! Jesus was starting to beat Satan! Jesus would have to keep beating Him and make sure that He never sinned any time during His whole life!Q: After Satan left, God sent His angels to bring what to Jesus?A: Food!

There was another time that John saw Jesus coming toward him, and so he said to the people there, “Behold!” [Behold means look!] “Behold, the Lamb of God, who takes away the sin of the world!”Q: What did the prophet John mean by “Lamb of God”?A: The Passover lamb!Remember God said through the prophets like Isaiah and Daniel that the Christ would be like the Passover lamb.Q: What does it mean that Christ would be like the Passover lamb?A: He would die to take the punishment for our sins instead of us!Yes, His blood would forgive our sins, so that we don’t have die and go to Hades forever! That’s why John the Baptist said, “Look! The Lamb of God who takes away the sin of the world!” And he said, “I saw the Holy Spirit come down from heaven like a dove and rest on Him. I know He is the Son of God!”

The next day, John the Baptist was walking with some of his disciples. Q: What does disciple mean? A: Learner!A disciple follows his teacher to learn how to be like his teacher. Jesus came walking toward John the Baptist again this day, and John the Baptist said to two of his disciples – Andrew and probably John – he said, “Behold, the Lamb of God!” Q: So, what did John’s disciples do?A: Followed Jesus!Yeah, they wanted to be Jesus’ disciples!Q: Who did Andrew go get?A: His brother!He told his brother, Peter, “We have found the Christ!” And Andrew took Peter to meet Jesus and to become His disciple.Q: If guys met Jesus, would you want to tell other people to come meet Him, too?A: Yeah!

The next day Jesus went to Galilee, which is in the north of Israel. Galilee is where Jesus grew up as a boy. Jesus went to a different city and found a man named Philip, and He said to Philip, “Follow Me.”Q: Do you remember how I said a disciple follows His teacher to learn to be like His teacher?Jesus was calling Philip to be His disciple when He said, “Follow Me.”Q: Do you think it’d be great to be one of Jesus‘ disciples who followed Him everywhere and got to

see all His miracles and hear all His teachings?A: Yeah!Me, too! Philip thought so, too! So Philip found Nathanael and told him, “We have found the Man whom Moses and all the prophets wrote about!” And he brought Nathanael to Jesus. Jesus said, “Behold, a good Israelite!” And Nathanael asked, “How do you know me?” And Jesus said, “Before Philip called you, I saw you sitting under a fig tree!” Jesus wasn’t there, but He’s the God-Man who has the Spirit of God, so the Spirit made Jesus able to see Nathanael even when Jesus wasn’t there! So Nathanael said, “You are the Son of God! The King of Israel!”Q: Was he right?A: Yeah!Jesus said, “You will see even greater things than that!”


The next day Jesus went to a wedding in Galilee with His mother and His disciples. And the family in charge of the wedding ran out of wine.Q: Do you know what wine is?Wine is a drink that is made out of grapes, but it is only for adults. (You have to be 21 to drink wine.) Everyone at the wedding was celebrating and being happy by eating food and drinking wine together, but they ran out of wine. When they told Jesus, He told them to take six big, big jars and fill them up with water and give them to the person in charge. When that person scooped the water out, it was wine!Q: How did it turn from water to wine?A: Jesus did it!It was a miracle! And everybody kept celebrating that their friends got married. The Bible says this was Jesus’ first miracle, and all of his disciples believed He is the Son of God!

Next lesson we’ll learn about more miracles and things Jesus was teaching all the people.


LESSON 76: THE MIRACLE FISH CATCH


Q: When Jesus was baptized and came out of the water, what happened?A: God the Father opened the heavens, and the Spirit of God came down on Jesus like a dove!Q: What did God the Father say from heaven?A: “This is My Son, whom I love, in whom I am delighted.”

Q: Was Satan able to treat Jesus into sinning in the desert?A: No!Jesus subdued Satan. Jesus got Satan under His control! Jesus was starting to beat Satan!

One time John saw Jesus coming toward him, so he said to the people there, “Behold, the Lamb of God, who takes away the sin of the world!”Q: What did the prophet John mean by “Lamb of God”?A: The Passover lamb!Q: What does it mean that Christ would be like the Passover lamb?A: He would die to take the punishment for our sins instead of us! Q: What does disciple mean? A: Learner!A disciple follows his teacher to learn how to be like his teacher. Some of John the Baptist’s disciples started following Jesus.

And Jesus went to Galilee in the north of Israel where Jesus grew up as a boy. Jesus went to a different city and found a man named PhilipQ: What did Jesus say to Philip?A: Follow Me!Q: Do you remember how I said a disciple follows His teacher to learn to be like His teacher?Jesus was calling Philip to be His disciple when He said, “Follow Me.” So Philip found Nathanael and told him, “We have found the Man whom Moses and all the prophets wrote about!” And he brought Nathanael to Jesus. Jesus said, “Behold, a good Israelite!” And Nathanael asked, “How do you know me?” Q: What did Jesus say?A: “Before Philip called you, I saw you sitting under a fig tree!” The Spirit made Jesus able to see Nathanael even when Jesus wasn’t there! So Nathanael said, “You are the Son of God! The King of Israel!” Jesus said, “You will see even greater things than that!”

The next day Jesus went to a wedding in Galilee with His mother and His disciples. And the family in charge of the wedding ran out of wine.Q: What is wine?A: A drink made out of grapesQ: How old do you have to be to drink wine?A: 21Everyone at the wedding was celebrating and being happy by eating food and drinking wine together, but they ran out of wine. When they told Jesus, He told them to take six big, big jars and fill them up with water and give them to the person in charge. Q: When that person scooped the water out, what was it?A: Wine!Q: How did it turn from water to wine?A: Jesus did it!It was a miracle! And everybody kept celebrating that their friends got married. The Bible says this was


Jesus’ first miracle, and all of his disciples believed He is the Son of God!

After this, the Bible says that Jesus went around to different cities in Israel, teaching in all of their churches. Jesus taught the people, “The time is done, and the Kingdom of God has come near!”Q: What does Kingdom mean?A: The rule of a King over people in a place!Good job! The Kingdom of God means God’s rule over all the people in all the earth! Jesus said, “The Kingdom of God has come near!” The Kingdom came when Jesus came, because Jesus is the King! Jesus is God, and He came to earth to subdue and rule! So then Jesus said, “Repent and believe the good news!”Q: What does repent mean?A: Change your mind!Good job! Just like John the Baptist, Jesus told people to stop liking sin and being selfish and to believe the good news that Jesus was bringing the rule of God to earth!Q: Does it sound like good news that God became a Man to subdue and rule?A: Yeah!

The people were amazed at Jesus’ teachings. Crowds started following Him. One time a crowd was so big and pushing in so close to hear Jesus teach, that Jesus got in Peter’s boat and went out onto the lake just a little, so that He could teach the crowd on the shore. When He was done teaching, He told Peter to go out to the deep water and let down his nets to catch fish. (Peter and his brother Andrew were fishermen, and their fishing partners were James and John. These four were John the Baptist’s disciples who wanted to be Jesus’ disciples.) Peter answered Jesus, “Lord, we worked all night and caught nothing.” (Peter was thinking it wasn’t going to work trying in the deep.) But Peter said, “Because You said so, I will let down the nets.”

When they did it, they started to catch so many fish that their nets were breaking! So they yelled at James and John in another boat to come help them. They filled both boats with so many fish that they almost sank!Q: How did they catch so many fish?A: Because Jesus is God, and He’s in charge of all the fish!Peter knew this meant that Jesus was the holy Son of God, so he said, “Go away from me, Lord, because I am a sinful man.” Peter was repenting; he was admitting that he was sinful, and he didn’t want to die for his sins because Jesus is holy. But Jesus said, “Don’t be afraid; follow Me, and from now on you will be catching people.” Jesus was telling Peter to be His disciple, and instead of being a fisherman, Peter would help bring people to Jesus! So Peter and Andrew and James and John left everything and followed Jesus!Q: If Jesus told you to leave everything to follow Him, would you do it?A: Yeah!Q: Even if Jesus said that you had to leave Mom and Dad and your house and toys and your friends

to go somewhere else, would you leave everything to follow Jesus?Jesus is better than everything. Mom and I want to teach you everything we know about Jesus, so that you’ll see that Jesus is better than everything, and you’ll give up everything to do whatever Jesus wants because you’ll know Jesus deserves it and that will make you happier than anything else! That’s what Peter, Andrew, James, and John knew. I’m sure they were sad to leave, but they were happier to follow Jesus!

Next time we’ll learn about what Jesus did when a bad angel showed up at the same church!


LESSON 77: JESUS SUBDUED A DEMON AT CHURCH


Q: When Jesus was baptized and came out of the water, what happened?A: God the Father opened the heavens, and the Spirit of God came down on Jesus like a dove!Q: What did God the Father say from heaven?A: “This is My Son, whom I love, in whom I am delighted.”

Q: Was Satan able to trick Jesus into sinning in the desert?A: No!Jesus subdued Satan. Jesus got Satan under His control! Jesus was starting to beat Satan!

One time John saw Jesus coming toward him, so he said to the people there, “Behold, the Lamb of God, who takes away the sin of the world!”Q: What did the prophet John mean by “Lamb of God”?A: The Passover lamb!Q: What does it mean that Christ would be like the Passover lamb?A: He would die to take the punishment for our sins instead of us! Q: What does disciple mean? A: Learner!A disciple follows his teacher to learn how to be like his teacher. Some of John the Baptist’s disciples started following Jesus.

Q: What was Jesus’ first miracle?A: Turning water into wine at a wedding!

After this, the Bible says that Jesus went around to different cities in Israel, teaching in all of their churches. Jesus taught the people, “The time is done, and the Kingdom of God has come near!”Q: What does Kingdom mean?A: The rule of a King over people in a place!Good job! The Kingdom of God came when Jesus came because Jesus is God and King, and He came to subdue and rule! So then Jesus said, “Repent and believe the good news!”Q: What does repent mean?A: Change your mind!Good job! Just like John the Baptist, Jesus told people to stop liking sin and being selfish and to believe the good news that Jesus was bringing the rule of God to earth!The people were amazed at Jesus’ teachings. Crowds started following Him. One time a crowd was so big and pushing in so close to hear Jesus teach, that Jesus got in Peter’s boat and went out onto the lake just a little, so that He could teach the crowd on the shore. When He was done teaching, He told Peter to go out to the deep water and let down his nets to catch fish. Peter answered Jesus, “Lord, we worked all night and caught nothing.” (Peter was thinking it wasn’t going to work trying in the deep.) But Peter said, “Because You said so, I will let down the nets.” Q: Then what happened?A: They started to catch so many fish that their nets were breaking!So they yelled at James and John in another boat to come help them. They filled both boats with so many fish that they almost sank!Q: How did they catch so many fish?A: Because Jesus is God, and He’s in charge of all the fish!

Peter knew this meant that Jesus was the holy Son of God.Q: So what did Peter say?


A: “Go away from me, Lord, because I am a sinful man.” Peter was repenting; he was admitting that he was sinful, and he didn’t want to die for his sins because Jesus is holy. Q: What did Jesus answer?A: “Don’t be afraid; follow Me, and from now on you will be catching people.” Jesus was telling Peter to be His disciple, and instead of being a fisherman, Peter would help bring people to Jesus! So Peter and Andrew and James and John left everything and followed Jesus!

And Jesus went to a church in Galilee on a Sabbath to teach. And people were amazed because He taught like He was in charge, not like their teachers. And all of a sudden, there was a man in the church who had a demon in him. A demon is another word for a bad angel. Q: Can you say “demon”?Q: Do you remember how angels are spirits, so they don’t have bodies?Q: Do you remember that Satan is a spirit, and he got inside a snake’s body to tempt Eve in the

Garden?If someone does not believe in Jesus, then a demon can come inside that person’s invisible heart, inside his body, and make him say things and do things. Q: That doesn’t sound good, does it?Jesus was teaching in this church, and the people were amazed, but there was a guy who had a demon controlling him. And like Satan talked through the snake, the demon talked through that man. And he said, “What do you want with us, Jesus? Have you come to destroy us? I know who you are – the Holy One of God!” Jesus said back, “Be quiet and come out of that man!” And the demon threw the guy down on the ground and left him, but the guy wasn’t hurt. And the people were amazed, and said, “What is this? He even has the power to command demons, and they have to obey Him!” And they started telling everybody in that area, and Jesus was becoming famous!

Q: Do you see that Jesus was subduing the enemy?A: Yeah!This is part of what Jesus meant when He said the Kingdom of God had come. When Jesus is in charge, then bad angels get beat.Q: Do you think that guy was happy to be set free from the demon?A: Yeah!

Next lesson we’ll learn more stories about how Jesus kept helping lots of people with His miracles!


LESSON 78: JESUS HEALED MANY

One time John saw Jesus coming toward him, so he said to the people there, “Behold, the Lamb of God, who takes away the sin of the world!”Q: What did the prophet John mean by “Lamb of God”?A: The Passover lamb!Q: What happened to the Passover lamb?A: It was killed and its blood spread on the doors; the lamb died instead of the Israelites.Q: What does it mean that Christ would be like the Passover lamb?A: He would die to take the punishment for our sins instead of us! Q: What does disciple mean? A: Learner!Q: What does a disciple do?A: Follows his teacher to learn how to be like his teacher. Some of John the Baptist’s disciples started following Jesus.

Q: What was Jesus’ first miracle?A: Turning water into wine at a wedding!

After this, the Bible says that Jesus went around to different cities in Israel, teaching in all of their churches. Q: What did Jesus teach had come near?A: The Kingdom of God!So Jesus said, “Repent and believe the good news!”Q: What does repent mean?A: Change your mind!

Q: What happened when Jesus told Peter where to let down the fishing nets?A: They started to catch so many fish that their nets were breaking!So they yelled at James and John in another boat to come help them. They filled both boats with so many fish that they almost sank!Q: How did they catch so many fish?A: Because Jesus is God, and He’s in charge of all the fish!Peter knew this meant that Jesus was the holy Son of God.Q: So what did Peter say?A: “Go away from me, Lord, because I am a sinful man.” Peter was repenting; he was admitting that he was sinful, and he didn’t want to die for his sins because Jesus is holy. Q: What did Jesus answer?A: “Don’t be afraid; follow Me, and from now on you will be catching people.” Q: What does catching people mean?A: Instead of bringing fish into his boat, Peter would help bring people to Jesus! So Peter, Andrew, James, and John left everything and followed Jesus!

And Jesus went to a church in Galilee on a Sabbath to teach. And people were amazed because He taught like He was in charge, not like their teachers. And all of a sudden, there was a man in the church who had a demon in him. Q: What is a demon?A: A bad angel.And like Satan talked through the snake, the demon talked through that man. And he said, “What do you want with us, Jesus? Have you come to destroy us? I know who you are – the Holy One of God!” Q: What did Jesus say back?A: “Be quiet and come out of that man!”


And the demon threw the guy down on the ground and left him, but the guy wasn’t hurt. And the people were amazed, and said, “What is this? He even has the power to command demons, and they have to obey Him!” And they started telling everybody in that area, and Jesus was becoming famous!Q: Do you see that Jesus was subduing the enemy?A: Yeah!This is part of what Jesus meant when He said the Kingdom of God had come. When Jesus is in charge, then bad angels get beat.

After this, the Bible says that Jesus went into Peter’s house. His wife’s mom was sick with a bad fever, and they prayed to Jesus for her. So Jesus went over where she was laying, and He told the fever to go away, and He touched her hand, and her fever went away, and she was all better! She got up and started serving Jesus food and drink! Another miracle!

That night people started bringing lots of sick people to Jesus. The whole city was waiting outside Peter’s door!Q: Do you think there was any kind of sickness that Jesus couldn’t heal?A: No!You’re right! He healed all of them! And they brought lots of people who were being hurt by demons, and Jesus would just say a word and the demons would have to obey Him and leave, and those people would be set free. Jesus was bringing God’s Kingdom from heaven to earth, subduing the enemy and helping people. Q: Do you know why Jesus was healing people?A: Because He loved the people He created, and He wanted them to believe in Him and worship God

with joy! He wanted God to be praised!


LESSON 79: JESUS REJECTED IN HIS HOMETOWN

One time John saw Jesus coming toward him, so he said to the people there, “Behold, the Lamb of God, who takes away the sin of the world!”Q: What does it mean that Christ would be like the Passover lamb?A: He would die to take the punishment for our sins instead of us! Q: What does disciple mean? A: Learner!Q: What does a disciple do?A: Follows his teacher to learn how to be like his teacher.

The Bible says that Jesus went around to different cities in Israel, teaching in all of their churches. Q: What did Jesus teach had come near?A: The Kingdom of God!So Jesus said, “Repent and believe the good news!”Q: What does repent mean?A: Change your mind!

One time Jesus was teaching, and all of a sudden, there was a man in the church who had a demon in him. Q: What is a demon?A: A bad angel.And like Satan talked through the snake, the demon talked through that man. And he said, “What do you want with us, Jesus? Have you come to destroy us? I know who you are – the Holy One of God!” Q: What did Jesus say back?A: “Be quiet and come out of that man!” And the demon threw the guy down on the ground and left him, but the guy wasn’t hurt. And the people were amazed, and said, “What is this? He even has the power to command demons, and they have to obey Him!” And they started telling everybody in that area, and Jesus was becoming famous!

After this, the Bible says that Jesus went into Peter’s house. His wife’s mom was sick with a bad fever, and they prayed to Jesus for her.Q: What did Jesus do? A: He told the fever to go away, and He touched her hand, and her fever went away, and she was all

better! She got up and started serving Jesus food and drink! Another miracle!

That night people started bringing lots of sick people to Jesus. The whole city was waiting outside Peter’s door!Q: Was there any kind of sickness that Jesus couldn’t heal?A: No!You’re right! He healed all of them! And they brought lots of people who were being hurt by demons, and Jesus would just say a word and the demons would have to obey Him and leave, and those people would be set free. Jesus was bringing God’s Kingdom from heaven to earth, subduing the enemy and helping people. Q: What were two reasons Jesus was healing people?A: Because He loved the people He created, and He wanted God to be praised! (His miracles also helped

people to believe He is the Christ.)

The next morning, after Jesus had healed everyone in that town, Jesus woke up really early to go to quiet place by Himself and pray to God the Father. When the rest of the people woke up, they tried to get him to stay in their city, but Jesus said that He had to go to the other cities to teach about the Kingdom of God.


One time he went to his hometown, Nazareth, where He grew up. He went to church on a Sabbath, and He picked up a scroll.Q: Do you know what a scroll is?A: Before they made books, they used to roll papers up like this: a scroll.Jesus picked up the scroll of what the prophet Isaiah wrote (this is part of the Bible). Jesus read Isaiah out loud, “The Spirit of Yahweh is on Me because He sent Me to teach the good news and heal people and set people free.” Then He sat down and told the people in church, “Today that part of the Bible is true about Me.” Jesus told them that He was the one Isaiah promised would come, that He is the Christ, who has the Spirit of Yahweh.Q: Is that right?A: Yeah!But the people did not believe Jesus. They remembered how He had grown up in their town, looking like a regular human boy. They said, “Isn’t this Joseph’s son?”Q: Who was really Jesus’ Father?A: God! Yeah, but the people from Jesus’ town could only think of Him as a regular man, not the Christ, the God-Man.

Plus, the people in his town didn’t think they had to believe in Him because they thought God would save them just because they were Israelites.Q: But are Israelites sinners, too?A: Yes!Even though God chose Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob and their families to be His special people, Israelites still deserve to die and go to Hades just like every other sinner. So, Jesus told them that they were wrong for not believing in Him, and they were wrong to think that they would be saved just for being Israelites. And the people got really mad at Jesus, and they pushed him outside of town to the edge of a cliff on a big hill! They wanted to throw Him down the cliff to kill Him!Q: Is that how the Christ was supposed to die?A: No!Q: Do you think God let them do it?A: No!The Holy Spirit in Jesus did a miracle, and somehow He got away from them safely.

Today we learned that a bunch of people thought Jesus was amazing for doing so many great miracles and teaching great things, but some people did not believe in Him and wanted to kill Him. It was always dangerous for Jesus, but God the Father and God the Spirit would always keep Him safe until He was finished with everything He was supposed to do on earth.


LESSON 80: THE GREATEST COMMANDMENT

Jesus said, “The Kingdom of God has come near. Repent and believe the good news!”Q: What does repent mean?A: Change your mind!

Q: What were two reasons Jesus was healing people?A: Because He loved the people He created, and He wanted God to be praised! (His miracles also helped


The next morning, after Jesus had healed everyone in that town, Jesus woke up really early to go to quiet place by Himself.Q: To do what? A: Pray to God the Father! When the rest of the people woke up, they tried to get him to stay in their city.Q: But what did Jesus say?A: He had to go to the other cities to teach about the Kingdom of God.

One time he went to his hometown, Nazareth, where He grew up. He went to church on a Sabbath, and He picked up a scroll of what the prophet Isaiah wrote (this is part of the Bible). Jesus read Isaiah out loud, “The Spirit of Yahweh is on Me because He sent Me to teach the good news and heal people and set people free.” Then He sat down and told the people in church, “Today that part of the Bible is true about Me.” Jesus told them that He was the one Isaiah promised would come, that He is the Christ, who has the Spirit of Yahweh.Q: Did the people believe Him?A: No.Q: Why not?A: They remembered how He had grown up in their town, looking like a regular human boy. They said, “Isn’t this Joseph’s son?”Q: Who was really Jesus’ Father?A: God! Yeah, but the people from Jesus’ town could only think of Him as a regular man, not the Christ, the God-Man.

Plus, the people in his town didn’t think they had to believe in Him because they thought God would save them just because they were Israelites, because God chose Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob and their families to be His special people.Q: But are Israelites sinners, too?A: Yes!Q: What punishment do Israelites deserve just like every sinner?A: To die and go to Hades.So, Jesus told them that they were wrong for not believing in Him, and they were wrong to think that they would be saved just for being Israelites. And the people got really mad at Jesus.Q: What did they do?A: They pushed him outside of town to the edge of a cliff on a big hill! They wanted to throw Him down

the cliff to kill Him!Q: Is that how the Christ was supposed to die?A: No!Q: Do you think God let them do it?A: No!The Holy Spirit in Jesus did a miracle, and somehow He got away from them safely. It was always dangerous for Jesus, but God the Father and God the Spirit would always keep Him safe until He was finished with everything He was supposed to do on earth.


One time a man came to Jesus who was sick with leprosy. Leprosy was a really bad sickness that made the person’s skin really yucky, and it never goes away, and it even started eating away his skin. Parts of his body might start changing, like a fingers shortening so that his hand only looked like this. Q: Can you say “leprosy”?Nobody wanted to touch someone with leprosy because it was so yucky, and they didn’t want to get sick with it, too. But this man kneeled in front of Jesus’ feet and prayed, “Lord, if You want to, You can make me clean.” Jesus felt really sorry for him, and Jesus stretched out His hand and touched him! Nobody else wanted to touch a person with leprosy because it was gross and they were scared to get sick, too. But Jesus wasn’t scared, and He loved this sick man. So, Jesus touched him and told him, “I do want to; be clean.” And right away the leprosy was gone, and he was clean and healthy! The man went and spread the story of Jesus’ miracle, and so many people started coming to Jesus that He couldn’t even go inside a town because there wasn’t room. He would have to stay outside the town in the open area where there was room for all the people following Him.

One time someone asked Jesus, “What is the greatest commandment”?Jesus said, “Listen, Israel: Yahweh is our God; Yahweh is One! Love Yahweh your God with all your heart and with all your soul and with all your strength. That is the greatest commandment.”Q: Do you remember Moses saying that commandment? Did he mean to love God with your body’s

heart that pumps blood?A: No! Your invisible heart! Your spiritual heart!You’re right; the Bible uses the words heart and soul to talk about the invisible parts in us.Q: Do you remember what three things I taught you that we do with our spiritual hearts?A: Think, feel, and decide to do things!Yeah! Jesus was saying that the most important commandment in the Bible was to love Yahweh with all of our thinking and feeling and deciding. We should always be thinking about how great God is, and we should be feeling happy to know Him, and we should be deciding to obey Him. This is the greatest commandment because if we do this commandment, then we’ll do the other commandments, too. Because if we love God, then we want to make Him happy, too, right? If we love God, then we’ll obey God.

So, Jesus said, “Love Yahweh your God with all your heart and with all your soul and with all your strength. That is the greatest commandment. And the second greatest is like it: Love your neighbor like yourself.”Q: Do you remember Moses saying that, too? What’s a neighbor?A: Somebody who lives beside you!Yes, and in the Bible, neighbor means anybody that you come close to, anybody you see.Q: Do you love yourself? Do you take care of yourself and get food for yourself and be nice to yourself?A: Yes!God wants us to be nice and take care of other people just like we do for ourselves. If we are loving other people, then we won’t be mean or lie to them or steal from them or murder them. Love always wants what is best for that person.

So Jesus said the two most important commandments are to love Yahweh your God with all of your heart and with all of your soul and with all of your strength, and love your neighbor like yourself.


LESSON 81: THE GOLDEN RULE


people to believe He is the Christ.)Q: Was there any sickness Jesus could not heal?A: No! He healed them all!

One time a man came to Jesus who was sick with leprosy. Q: What is leprosy?A: A really bad sickness that made the person’s skin really yucky, and it never goes away, and it even

started eating away his skin. Parts of his body might start changing, like a fingers shortening so that his hand only looked like this.

Q: Did anybody want to touch someone with leprosy?A: No.Q: Why not?A: Because it was so yucky, and they didn’t want to get sick with it, too. But this man kneeled in front of Jesus’ feet and prayed, “Lord, if You want to, You can make me clean.” Jesus felt really sorry for him.Q: What did Jesus do?A: Touched him! Yes! Nobody else wanted to touch a person with leprosy because it was gross and they were scared to get sick, too. But Jesus wasn’t scared.Q: Do you think it proved Jesus love that man when He touched him, even though his skin was

yucky? A: Yes!The man had said, “If you want to, you can make me clean.” So, Jesus stretched out His hand, touched him, and told him, “I do want to; be clean.”Q: What happened?A: Right away the leprosy was gone, and his skin was clean and healthy! The man went and spread the story of Jesus’ miracle, and so many people started coming to Jesus that He couldn’t even go inside a town because there wasn’t room. He would have to stay outside the town in the open area where there was room for all the people following Him.

One time someone asked Jesus, “What is the greatest commandment”?Jesus said, “Listen, Israel: Yahweh is our God; Yahweh is One!”Q: What did He say next?A: “Love Yahweh your God with all your heart and with all your soul and with all your strength. That is the greatest commandment.”Q: What three things do we do with our spiritual hearts?A: Think, feel, and decide to do things!Yeah! Jesus was saying that the most important commandment in the Bible was to love Yahweh with all of our thinking and feeling and deciding. We should always be thinking about how great God is, and we should be feeling happy to know Him, and we should be deciding to obey Him. This is the greatest commandment because if we love God, then we’ll obey God’s’ other commandments, too.

Then Jesus said, “And the second greatest is like it….”Q: What did Jesus say the second great commandment is?A: “Love your neighbor like yourself.”Q: Who is a neighbor?A: Anybody that you come close to! Anybody you see!God wants us to be nice and take care of other people just like we do for ourselves. If we are loving other people, then we won’t be mean or lie to them or steal from them or murder them. Love always wants what is best for that person.


Jesus taught a lot about love. He said to love God and to love our neighbors. He even said, “Love your enemies!”Q: Does God love His enemies? Who are His enemies?A: Sinners. We are His enemies!Q: Does God love us?A: Yes!So, God loves His enemies. He has mercy on enemies and gives them life and breath and food. So, Jesus said, “Be merciful, like God the Father is merciful.” Q: If someone hits you, do you think Jesus wants you to hit back?A: No.That’s right. Instead of hitting back, we should be merciful like God is merciful and forgive the person. We should ask them nicely not to hit, and if they don’t stop, then we should leave, so they can’t hit anymore – but still forgive them.

Jesus also said, “If someone wants to borrow something from you, let them have it. If someone steals your shirt, let them have your coat, too.”Q: Since Jesus said that, what if someone takes a toy that you were playing with? Should you grab it

back, or let him have it?A: Let him have it. Maybe even offer to give him more of your toys, too!Q: If someone says something mean to you, do you think Jesus wants you to say something mean

back?A: No.That’s right, Jesus said, “Do good to people who hate you, and pray for people who are mean to you.”

After Jesus taught about loving God and loving neighbors and even loving enemies and doing good to them, He said something that people call the Golden Rule. Isn’t that funny? Gold is really pretty, and it’s worth a lot of money, so people started calling this the Golden Rule, because it’s a perfect rule. Jesus said, “Whatever you wish others would do to you, do that to them.”Q: Can you say that after me?“Whatever you wish others would do to you… do that to them.”Q: Jordan, would you want Taylor to kick your legs other the table?A: No.Then you should not kick her legs, since you wouldn’t want that done to you.Q: Taylor, would you want Jordan to talk mean to you?A: No.Then you should not talk mean to Jordan, since you wouldn’t want that done to you.Q: Would you guys want to be interrupted when you were trying to say something to Mom?A: No.Then you should not interrupt Mom when she’s talking, since you wouldn’t want that done to you.

Jesus said, “Whatever you wish others would do to you, do that to them.”Q: Do you guys want to be treated nicely?A: Yes!Then you should treat other people nicely.Q: Do you guys want other kids to share toys and games with you?A: Yes!Then you should share things with other kids.Q: Do you guys want help sometimes when you need help with something?A: Yes!Then you should help others. Sometime if you see Mom carrying a bunch of things, you should think, “If I was carrying so many things, I would wish that someone would help me,” and then, you should want to help her, and say, “Mom, I’ll help you carry that, if you want me to.”


Q: Does that sound like a nice way to keep the Golden Rule?A: Yeah.Q: Do you think Jesus was a good teacher?A: Yeah!Yeah, He was the best, because He was full of God the Spirit, and He was teaching how to love like God loves.


LESSON 82: SIN STARTS IN THE HEART



One time someone asked Jesus, “What is the greatest commandment”?Jesus said, “Listen, Israel: Yahweh is our God; Yahweh is One!”Q: What did He say next?A: “Love Yahweh your God with all your heart and with all your soul and with all your strength. That is the greatest commandment.”Q: What three things do we do with our spiritual hearts?A: Think, feel, and decide to do things!

Then Jesus said, “And the second greatest is like it….”Q: What did Jesus say the second great commandment is?A: “Love your neighbor like yourself.”Q: Who is a neighbor?A: Anybody that you come close to! Anybody you see!God wants us to be nice and take care of other people just like we do for ourselves.

Jesus taught a lot about love. He said to love God and to love our neighbors. He even said, “Love your enemies!”Q: Does God love His enemies? Who are His enemies?A: Sinners. We are His enemies!Q: Does God love us?A: Yes!So, God loves His enemies. He has mercy on enemies and gives them life and breath and food. So, Jesus said, “Be merciful, like God the Father is merciful.” Q: If someone hits you, do you think Jesus wants you to hit back?A: No.That’s right. Instead of hitting back, we should be merciful like God is merciful and forgive the person. We should ask them nicely not to hit, and if they don’t stop, then we should leave, so they can’t hit anymore – but still forgive them.

Jesus also said, “If someone wants to borrow something from you, let them have it. If someone steals your shirt, let them have your coat, too.”Q: Since Jesus said that, what if someone takes a toy that you were playing with? Should you grab it

back, or let him have it?A: Let him have it. Maybe even offer to give him more of your toys, too!Q: If someone says something mean to you, do you think Jesus wants you to say something mean

back?A: No.That’s right, Jesus said, “Do good to people who hate you, and pray for people who are mean to you.”

After Jesus taught about loving God and loving neighbors and even loving enemies and doing good to them, He said something that people call the Golden Rule. Jesus didn’t call it the Golden Rule, but other people started calling it the Golden Rule. Q: What is it?A: “Whatever you wish others would do to you, do that to them.”Q: Do you want people to try to bug you or to tease you?A: No!


Then we shouldn’t do that to others.Q: Do you want people to interrupt you?A: No! Then we shouldn’t interrupt.Q: Do you guys want people to speak nicely to you?A: Yes!Then speak nicely to others!Q: Do you want people to share with you?A: Yes!Then share with others!Q: Do you want people to help you?A: Yes!Then help others!“Whatever you wish others would do to you, do that to them.”

Q: Do we always obey the Golden Rule?A: No.Q: Do we always love our neighbors like ourselves?A: No. Q: Do we always love God with all our heart – with all of our thinking and feeling and deciding? We

love God, but are we always thinking about how great God is? Are we always loving Him, always worshiping Him, always feeling joyful because of Him? Do we always obey God?

A: No. No we don’t love God like we should. We don’t love anybody like we should. We sin a lot, and so we deserve to die and go to Hades. We sin because we are born with sinful hearts. Jesus taught that whatever is in our hearts comes out. We say and do whatever in in our hearts – and sin is in our hearts.

Think about a time when you took a toy or a ball or a game away from someone. You used your body to take it away, but everything starts in your invisible heart. Before you decided to take it, your heart was selfish. Your heart wanted the toy to make it happy, but your heart did not care about the other person; your heart only cared about your Self (that’s what selfish means, caring first about your Self). Your selfish heart overflowed and moved your body to take the toy. The sin started in your heart because your heart wanted that toy to be happy more than it wanted to be happy because of God – to be happy by loving God and loving other people.Q: Do you understand? Where does sin start?A: In the heart.

Jesus taught that if we say something mean to our brother or sister, then it is because the sin of anger was in our heart. Everything starts in the heart. If the heart thinks and feels angry, and then the angry heart overflows, and speaks something mean. Jesus taught that, even if we don’t murder someone, if we are angry with him in our hearts, then we still deserve to go to Hades just like we would if we murdered him. Because there was sin in our hearts. And the heart matters most to God.Q: Do you remember when the prophet Samuel was at Jesse’s house to pick the second king, and he

thought it would be Jesse’s firstborn son who was tall and handsome? Do you remember Yahweh said, “Do not look at his face or how tall he is, because Yahweh looks at the heart.”

A: Yes.God looks at everything we do, but God also can see our invisible hearts. He knows what we are thinking and feeling, and He knows if our hearts are sinning. And our hearts are sinning a lot.Q: Do you think we could make our hearts not be sinful, if we try really hard? Could we ever make

our hearts perfect?A: No. The Bible says are hearts are sick and can’t get better because sin is in them. Q: Do you remember the prophets saying that we need new hearts?A: Yeah.


We need to pay attention to what our hearts are thinking and feeling, so that we notice when our hearts are being sinful. When we notice our hearts are being sinful, then we need to stop and tell God that we’re sorry and ask God to forgive us and pray for God to give us new hearts, so that we can love Him and love people perfectly.

Next time we’ll talk more about what Jesus taught about promising to give us new hearts.


LESSON 83: SLAVES OF SIN MUST BE BORN AGAIN

One time someone asked Jesus, “What is the greatest commandment”?Jesus said, “Listen, Israel: Yahweh is our God; Yahweh is One!”Q: What did He say next?A: “Love Yahweh your God with all your heart and with all your soul and with all your strength. That is the greatest commandment.”Q: What three things do we do with our spiritual hearts?A: Think, feel, and decide to do things!

Then Jesus said, “And the second greatest is like it….”Q: What did Jesus say the second great commandment is?A: “Love your neighbor like yourself.”Q: Who is a neighbor?A: Anybody that you come close to! Anybody you see!God wants us to be nice and take care of other people just like we do for ourselves.

Jesus said to love God and to love our neighbors. He even said, “Love your enemies!” Jesus also said, “If someone wants to borrow something from you, let them have it. If someone steals your shirt, let them have your coat, too. Do good to people who hate you, and pray for people who are mean to you.”

Q: What did Jesus say that we call the Golden Rule?A: “Whatever you wish others would do to you, do that to them.”

Q: Do we always obey the Golden Rule?A: No.Q: Do we always love our neighbors like ourselves?A: No. Q: Do we always love God with all our heart – with all of our thinking and feeling and deciding? We

love God, but are we always thinking about how great God is, or are there times we’re only thinking about ourselves or our game and not God? Are we always loving Him, always worshiping Him, always feeling joyful because of Him? Do we always obey God?

A: No. No we don’t love God like we should. We don’t love anybody like we should. We sin a lot, and so we deserve to die and go to Hades. Q: Where does sin start?A: In our hearts!Jesus taught that whatever is in our hearts comes out, like a cup that overflows. Whatever is in our hearts is what we say and do.Q: Why do we sin?A: Because we are born with sinful hearts.

Think about a time when you took a toy or a ball or a game away from someone. You used your body to take it away.Q: But where did the sin start?A: In your heart. Everything starts in your invisible heart. Before you decided to take it, your heart was selfish. Q: What does selfish mean?A: Caring first about your Self and not God and other people.Your selfish heart overflowed and moved your body to take the toy. The sin started in your heart because your heart wanted that toy to be happy.Q: What should make our hearts happy more than sin?A: God, being loved by God and loving God and other people.If we’re really happy because we know God and He loves us, then we don’t need a toy to make us happy.


We’ll actually be happier by sharing because we’ll know that makes God happy.

Jesus taught that if we are ever selfish or if we are angry with someone in our hearts, then we deserve to go to Hades just like we would if we murdered him. Because there was sin in our hearts. And the heart matters most to God.Q: Can God see our invisible hearts?A: Yes!He knows what we are thinking and feeling, and He knows if our hearts are sinning. And our hearts are sinning a lot.Q: Do you think we could make our hearts not be sinful, if we try really hard? Could we ever make

our hearts perfect?A: No. The Bible says are hearts are sick and can’t get better because sin is in them.

Jesus said, “Everyone who sins is a slave to sin.”Q: Do you remember – what is a slave?A: A slave is owned by another person, a master, and the slave can’t do anything he wants, but he can only do what the master says. The slave has to do whatever work the master says, and he can only eat and sleep whenever the master says. Sometimes the master is nice, but a lot of times the master is really mean.Q: Who was sold into slavery by his brothers?A: Joseph!Q: Who were slaves to the Pharaoh and the Egyptians?A: The Israelites!And the slavemasters made them work really hard, and the slavemasters beat them and hurt them, so Yahweh punished them and set His people free!

Well, Jesus said, “Everyone who sins is a slave to sin.” That means sin is our master. Sin makes us do what it wants to do. Sin in our hearts makes us do sins. We can’t stop sinning if we are slaves to sin. But Jesus said, “If the Son of God sets you free, then you will be truly free.”

Jesus said that slaves of sin must be born again. One of the Jewish teachers heard him say that, and he asked, “How can a grown person be born again? Can he get back inside his mother’s tummy and be born a second time?”Q: That sounds silly, doesn’t it?A: Yeah!But Jesus didn’t mean for our bodies to be born again. Jesus meant that our spirits must be born again. He meant that the Holy Spirit must come and give you a new heart – a new heart that is alive because the Spirit is inside of you. He said that the only way we can be in the Kingdom of God is if we are born again. The only way that we can live forever with God ruling as our King is if we are born again.Q: How can that happen? How can we be born again?A: Jesus said it is like the wind. Q: Can you see the wind?A: No!Q: Do you know where the wind comes from? Where does wind start?A: No, we don’t know!Jesus said being born again by the Holy Spirit is like the wind blowing. We don’t know how it happens, but it does. Then Jesus said that if we don’t believe in the Son of God, then God will keep being angry with us, and He will punish us for our sins; we will die and go to Hades. But if we believe in the Son of God, then He will save us and we’ll be able to live forever with God as our King.

Do you guys know what? Mom and I have been born again! Jesus has put His Spirit in my heart and in your mom’s heart. And we are praying for you guys every day, so that sometime soon you’ll be born again. Maybe when we are done with this first year of Bible class, and you have learned about how Jesus


lived and died and came back to life, then we hope God’s wind will blow and His Spirit will come into your hearts and you’ll be be born again, and you’ll have new hearts with God the Spirit living in your hearts! That’s the only way you can live forever with God in His Kingdom on the New Earth, so we are praying for you.

While you guys keep learning from us, you need to pay attention to what your hearts are thinking and feeling, so that you can notice when your hearts are being sinful. When you notice your hearts are being sinful, then you need to stop and tell God that you’re sorry and ask God to forgive you and pray for God to give you new hearts, make you be born again, and set you free from sin.


LESSON 84: JESUS FORGAVE SINS AND HEALED A PARALYZED MAN

Q: Where does sin start?A: In our hearts!We sin because we are born with sinful hearts. Q: Could we ever make our hearts not be sinful?A: No. The Bible says are hearts are sick and can’t get better because sin is in them.

Jesus said, “Everyone who sins is a slave to sin.”Q: What is a slave?A: A slave is owned by another person, a master, and the slave can’t do anything he wants, but he can only do what the master says. The slave has to do whatever work the master says, and he can only eat and sleep whenever the master says. Sometimes the master is nice, but a lot of times the master is really mean.Q: Who was sold into slavery by his brothers?A: Joseph!Q: Who were slaves to the Pharaoh and the Egyptians?A: The Israelites!

Well, Jesus said, “Everyone who sins is a slave to sin.” That means sin is our master. Sin makes us do what it wants to do. Sin in our hearts makes us do sins. We can’t stop sinning if we are slaves to sin. But Jesus said, “If the Son of God sets you free, then you will be truly free.”

Jesus said that slaves of sin must be born again. One of the Jewish teachers heard him say that, and he asked, “How can a grown person be born again? Can he get back inside his mother’s tummy and be born a second time?”Q: That sounds silly, doesn’t it?A: Yeah!Q: Did Jesus mean for our bodies to be born again?A: No!Q: What part of us needs to be born again?A: Our spirits!Yes, Jesus meant that the Holy Spirit must come and give you a new heart – a new heart that is alive because the Spirit is inside of you. He said that the only way we can be in the Kingdom of God is if we are born again. The only way that we can live forever with God ruling as our King is if we are born again.Q: How can that happen? How can we be born again?A: Jesus said it is like the wind. Q: Can you see the wind?A: No!Q: Do you know where the wind comes from? Where does wind start?A: No, we don’t know!Jesus said being born again by the Holy Spirit is like the wind blowing. We don’t know how it happens, but it does. Then Jesus said that if we don’t believe in the Son of God, then God will keep being angry with us, and He will punish us for our sins; we will die and go to Hades. But if we believe in the Son of God, then He will save us and we’ll be able to live forever with God as our King.

Q: Do you remember – have Mom and I been born again?A: Yes!Jesus has put His Spirit in my heart and in your mom’s heart. And we are praying for you guys every day, that sometime soon you’ll be born again. Maybe when we are done with this first year of Bible class, and you have learned about how Jesus lived and died and came back to life, then we hope God’s wind will blow and His Spirit will come into your hearts and you’ll be be born again, and you’ll have new hearts with God the Spirit living in your hearts! That’s the only way you can live forever with God in His


Kingdom on the New Earth, so we are praying for you.

While you guys keep learning from us, you need to pay attention to what your hearts are thinking and feeling, so that you can notice when your hearts are being sinful. When you notice your hearts are being sinful, then you need to stop and tell God that you’re sorry and ask God to forgive you and pray for God to give you new hearts, make you be born again, and set you free from sin.

One time so many people came to Jesus’ house that there was no more room. People were standing in the door and outside the house, hoping to hear Jesus teaching. Four men carried their friend to Jesus’ house because their friend was paralyzed.Q: Do you know what paralyzed means?A: Paralyzed means that he couldn’t move his legs. He couldn’t pick them up or stand or walk; he

couldn’t move them. That’s called paralyzed. Sometimes, because of a sickness or an accident, a person can’t use some part of his body, like one leg or both legs or one arm or both arms. Q: That is sad, isn’t it?

So this paralyzed man’s friends carried him to Jesus because they believed Jesus could heal their friend. But there wasn’t room to get in to see Jesus, so they climbed up on the roof! And they moved some tiles to make an opening, and they lowered their paralyzed friend down into the room on a bed! When Jesus saw the four friends’ faith, He said to the paralyzed man, “Have courage, child. Your sins are being forgiven.”

The Jewish teachers sitting there thought inside their own hearts, “Why does this man speak like that? Who can forgive sins but God alone?” Q: Is it true that only God can forgive sins?A: Yes!Jordan, if you sin against Taylor, then Taylor can forgive you and stop being mad angry with you, but that sin was really a sin against God. Because God is the only One who is holy and because He is King over everyone, He decides what is right and what is wrong. Even if we sin against another human, we are disobeying God’s rules; we are sinning against God. So only God can really forgive all of someone’s sins.

Those Jewish teachers thought Jesus was just a Man and that He was lying to pretend to be able to forgive sins.Q: But is Jesus only a Man?A: No! Jesus is the God-Man!Q: So, can Jesus forgive sins?A: Yes!

Those Jewish teachers didn’t say anything out loud, but the Holy Spirit in Jesus told Him what they were thinking in their hearts. So Jesus said to them, “Why do you think evil in your hearts? So that you may know that the Son has the right to forgive sins” – and then He said to the paralyzed man – “I say to you, ‘Rise up and walk!’” And right away the man’s legs were healed, and he stood up and walked in front of them all. And they were all amazed and praised God and said, “We never saw anything like this!”

Q: Wouldn’t that be exciting to see Jesus heal somebody’s legs like that?A: Yeah!Jesus was excited to see the faith of the four friends who were so sure that Jesus could heal their friend that they even climbed up on a roof to get their friend to Jesus!Q: Wasn’t that crazy? Q: Do you think it was better for that man to be able to walk again, or better for his sins to be

forgiven?A: For his sins to be forgiven!Yes, because even if he could walk, he would have gone to Hades forever because of his sins. But Jesus said, “Your sins are being forgiven,” because of what Jesus was going to do on the Cross. And Jesus healed him to prove that He was the Son of God and He is able to forgive sins!


LESSON 85: JESUS CALMED A STORM

Q: Where does sin start?A: In our hearts!We sin because we are born with sinful hearts.

Q: Jesus said, “Everyone who sins is a ______ “ ?A: Slave to sin!Q: What is a slave?A: A slave is owned by another person, a master.That means sin is our master. Sin makes us do what it wants to do. Sin in our hearts makes us do sins. We can’t stop sinning if we are slaves to sin. Q: Jesus said that slaves of sin must be _______ ? A: Born again! Q: What part of us needs to be born again?A: Our spirits!Yes, Jesus meant that the Holy Spirit must come and give you a new heart – a new heart that is alive because the Spirit is inside of you. He said that the only way we can be in the Kingdom of God is if we are born again.

One time four men carried their friend to Jesus’ house because their friend’s legs were paralyzed.Q: What does paralyzed mean?A: Paralyzed means that he couldn’t move his legs. So this paralyzed man’s friends carried him to Jesus because they believed Jesus could heal their friend. But there wasn’t room to get in the house to see Jesus.Q: So what did they do?A: They climbed up on the roof! And they moved some tiles to make an opening, and they lowered their

paralyzed friend down into the room on a bed! Q: When Jesus saw the four friends’ faith, what did He say to the paralyzed man?A: “Have courage, child. Your sins are being forgiven.”

The Jewish teachers sitting there thought inside their own hearts, “Why does this man speak like that? Who can forgive sins but God alone?” Q: Is it true that only God can forgive sins?A: Yes!Taylor, if you sin against Jordan, then Jordan can forgive you and stop being mad angry with you.Q: But who was that sin was really against?A: God. Because God is the only One who is holy and because He is King over everyone, He decides what is right and what is wrong. Even if we sin against another human, we are disobeying God’s rules; we are sinning against God. So only God can really forgive all of someone’s sins.

Those Jewish teachers thought Jesus was just a Man and that He was lying to pretend to be able to forgive sins.Q: But is Jesus only a Man?A: No! Jesus is the God-Man!Q: So, can Jesus forgive sins?A: Yes!

Q: Those Jewish teachers didn’t say anything out loud, so how did Jesus know what they were thinking?

A: The Holy Spirit told Him!Jesus said to them, “Why do you think evil in your hearts? So that you may know that the Son has the right to forgive sins….”


Q: What did Jesus say to the paralyzed man?A: “Rise up and walk!’” Q: And what happened?A: Right away the man’s legs were healed, and he stood up and walked in front of them all. And they were all amazed and praised God and said, “We never saw anything like this!”

Q: Was it better for that man to be able to walk again, or better for his sins to be forgiven?A: For his sins to be forgiven!Yes, because even if he could walk, he would have gone to Hades forever because of his sins. But Jesus said, “Your sins are being forgiven,” because of what Jesus was going to do on the Cross. And Jesus healed him to prove that He was the Son of God who is able to forgive sins!

One time Jesus told His disciples, “Let’s get in the boat and go to the other side of the sea.” And while they were sailing in the boat, Jesus fell asleep in the front of the boat on a pillow – He must have been really tired from teaching so many people and healing so many people! When Jesus was sleeping, a great big storm started on the sea. The wind was blowing so hard, and there were big waves knocking the boat around, and splashing water into the boat. They were in danger of the boat sinking, but Jesus was still sleeping!

The disciples woke Him up and said, “Master, we’re about to die!” “Teacher, you care that we’re about to die, don’t You?” “Lord, save us!” And Jesus said to them, “Why are you so afraid, you of little faith?” And Jesus stood up and told the winds to stop, and He said to the sea and the big waves, “Peace! Be still!” And the storm stopped, and everything was calm! Q: Isn’t that amazing?!The disciples were amazed, and they said to each other, “What kind of Man is this that even the winds and the sea obey Him?”Q: What is the answer to their question? What kind of Man is Jesus? Is He a regular kind of human?A: No, the God-Man!You’re right! Jesus is God the Son who created everything – the God who is in control of the winds and the sea and everything! Jesus is Yahweh!Q: What does the Name Jesus mean?A: Yahweh saves!And He saved the disciples that night on the sea, and He was going to save them from their sins, just like He told the paralyzed man.


LESSON 86: PHARISEES MAD AT SABBATH HEALING (WITHERED HAND)

Q: Where does sin start?A: In our hearts!We sin because we are born with sinful hearts.

Q: Jesus said, “Everyone who sins is a ______ “ ?A: Slave to sin!Q: What is a slave?A: A slave is owned by another person, a master.That means sin is our master. Sin in our hearts makes us do sins. We can’t stop sinning if we are slaves to sin. Q: Jesus said that slaves of sin must be _______ ? A: Born again! Q: What part of us needs to be born again?A: Our spirits!Yes, Jesus meant that the Holy Spirit must come and give you a new heart – a new heart that is alive because the Spirit is inside of you.

One time Jesus told His disciples, “Let’s get in the boat and go to the other side of the sea.” Q: What did Jesus do while they were sailing?A: Fell asleep on a pillow in the front of the boat!Q: What happened while Jesus was sleeping?A: A great big storm started on the sea. Q: The wind was blowing so hard; what were the big waves doing?A: Knocking the boat around, and splashing water into the boat. They were in danger of the boat sinking, but Jesus was still sleeping!

Q: When the disciples woke Jesus up, what did they say to Him?A: “Master, we’re about to die!” “Teacher, you care that we’re about to die, don’t You?” “Lord, save us!” Q: What did Jesus say to His disciples?A: “Why are you so afraid, you of little faith?” And Jesus stood up and told the winds to stop.Q: What did He say to the sea and its waves?A: “Peace! Be still!” Q: And what happened?A: The storm stopped, and everything was calm! Q: The disciples were amazed; what did they say to each other?A: “What kind of Man is this that even the winds and the sea obey Him?”Q: What is the answer to their question? What kind of Man is Jesus? A: The God-Man!You’re right! Jesus is God the Son who created everything – the God who is in control of the winds and the sea and everything! Jesus is Yahweh!Q: What does the Name Jesus mean?A: Yahweh saves!And He saved the disciples that night on the sea, and He was going to save them from their sins, just like He told the paralyzed man.

One of the groups of Jewish teachers were called Pharisees.Q: Can you say “Pharisees”?They taught a lot of right things, but they also taught a lot of wrong things and made up rules that were different than God’s commandments. Because of sin in their hearts, they cared more about rules than about people. They didn’t obey all of God’s commandments, but they acted like they were perfect. Q: Does that sound good, to act like you’re perfect?


A: No!

The Pharisees had been getting jealous of Jesus, jealous of how famous Jesus was becoming. They didn’t like Him, because the people thought Jesus was a better teacher than they were. They couldn’t do miracles like Jesus, and Jesus taught the people how the Pharisees were wrong about things. Almost all of the Pharisees did not believe that Jesus was the Christ, so they thought He was a liar, and they hated Him.Q: Do you remember Joseph’s brothers were jealous of him and didn’t believe his dreams, and so

they hated him and wanted to kill him?A: Yes.

One of the commandments that the Pharisees were really mean about was the Fourth Commandment.Q: Do you remember the Fourth Commandment?

(First Commandment: “You will have no other gods besides Me.”Second: “You will not worship idols.”Third: “You will not misuse the Name of Yahweh your God.” Fourth…?)

A: “Rest on the Sabbath day.” Q: What number is the Sabbath day?A: The seventh day!Q: What does Sabbath mean?A: Rest!Q: We rest on the seventh day because after God made heaven and earth and everything in them in

six days, what did He do on the Seventh Day?A: Rested!The Pharisees made up a bunch of rules of things that people could not do on the Sabbath to make sure that they were resting. They didn’t want people to do anything that was even close to work, because God said to rest.

On one Sabbath, Jesus went into a church, and there was a man there who had a withered hand. His hand probably had leprosy. Q: Do you remember – what is leprosy?A: A really bad sickness that made the person’s skin really yucky, and it never goes away, and it even

started eating away his skin. Parts of his body might start changing, like a fingers shortening so that his hand only looked like this.

The Pharisees didn’t think that Jesus should heal anybody on a Sabbath because that was like working, instead of resting. The Pharisees at this church were watching to see if Jesus would heal this man with the withered hand because they wanted to say Jesus was sinning and breaking the Fourth Commandment by healing on the Sabbath instead of resting.

Jesus knew what the Pharisees were thinking, so He asked them, “If you had a sheep fall into a pit on a Sabbath, would you work to lift him out of the pit?”Q: Do you think they would work on the Sabbath to help their sheep get out?A: Yes.So Jesus said, “How much more is a man worth than a sheep? So it is right to do good on the Sabbath.” And Jesus was sad that the Pharisees cared more about rules than about people, and Jesus was mad at them because they didn’t want this man to be healed. And Jesus said to the man, “Stretch out your hand.” Q: What do you think happened?A: He was healed!Yeah! Right away, because of Jesus’ words, the man’s hand was healed and stretched out strong just like his other hand! Jesus didn’t even have to touch him. Jesus only had to say the words, “Stretch out your hand!” because Jesus is Yahweh, who said, “Let there be light!” “Let there be sky!” “Let there be dry land!” Whatever Jesus says, happens!Q: Do you think that man was happy?A: Yes!


Q: Do you think He praised God?A: Yes!Q: Should the Pharisees be happy for that man to be healed?A: Yes!But instead, they were mad at Jesus, and they went away to make a plan about how to get rid of Jesus, just like Joseph’s brothers did.


LESSON 87: THE CENTURION'S FAITH IN JESUS' WORD

Q: When Jesus went around teaching in their churches, what did He say had come near?A: The Kingdom of God! (Because He is the King!)

Q: What does disciple mean? A: Learner!Q: What does a disciple do?A: Follows his teacher to learn how to be like his teacher.So when Jesus told people to be His disciples, He said, “Follow Me.”Q: What were two reasons Jesus was healing people?A: Because He loved the people He created, and He wanted God to be praised!

Q: What is a demon?A: A bad angel.Q: What did Jesus say to the demon in that man at church?A: “Be quiet and come out of that man!” Jesus was subduing the enemy, like Adam was supposed to.

Q: When Peter’s wife’s mom was sick with a fever, what did Jesus do? A: He told the fever to go away, and He touched her hand, and her fever went away, and she was all

better!That night people started bringing lots of sick people to Jesus. The whole city was waiting outside Peter’s door!Q: Was there any kind of sickness that Jesus couldn’t heal?A: No!

Q: In the storm, what did Jesus say to the sea and its waves?A: “Peace! Be still!” Q: What did the disciples say to each other when the storm calmed?A: “What kind of Man is this that even the winds and the sea obey Him?”Q: What is the answer to their question? What kind of Man is Jesus? A: The God-Man!

One of the groups of Jewish teachers were called Pharisees.Q: Did the Pharisees care more about people or rules?A: Rules.Yes, they made up rules that were different than God’s commandments because they wanted to make sure they did everything right. Q: Did the Pharisees admit they were sinners or act like they were perfect? A: Like they were perfect.

Q: How did the Pharisees feel about Jesus?A: Jealous.You’re right. They didn’t like Him, because the people thought Jesus was a better teacher than they were. They couldn’t do miracles like Jesus, and Jesus taught the people how the Pharisees were wrong about things. Almost all of the Pharisees did not believe that Jesus was the Christ, so they thought He was a liar, and they hated Him.Q: The Pharisees were like the brothers of what person?A: Joseph!

The Pharisees didn’t think that Jesus should heal anybody on a Sabbath because that was like working, instead of resting (the Fourth Commandment). The Pharisees at this church were watching to see if Jesus would heal the man with the withered hand because they wanted to say Jesus was sinning by working.


Jesus knew what the Pharisees were thinking, so He asked them, “If you had a sheep fall into a pit on a Sabbath, would you work to lift him out of the pit?”Q: Would they help their sheep?A: Yes!So Jesus said, “How much more is a man worth than a sheep? So it is right to do good on the Sabbath” (even if it takes work to do good!). And Jesus was sad that the Pharisees cared more about rules than about people, and Jesus was mad at them because they didn’t want this man to be healed that day. Q: What did Jesus say to the man?A: “Stretch out your hand.” Q: What happened?A: He was healed!Q: Did Jesus even touch him?A: No!Jesus only had to say the words. Whatever Jesus says, happens!Q: The Pharisees were mad at Jesus and left to make a plan to do what?A: Get rid of Jesus!

When Jesus went to another city, a centurion came to Him. A centurion is an officer in charge of 100 soldiers. Q: Can you say “centurion”?Q: Do you remember what paralyzed means?A: You can’t move (something).This centurion said, “Lord, my servant is lying paralyzed at home, hurting badly.” He was almost to die, so Jesus said, “I will come and heal him.” But the centurion answered, “Lord, I don’t deserve to have you come to my house. I have a boss in charge of me, and I am in charge of soldiers. If I say to one of them, ‘Go,’ he goes. If I say, ‘Do this,’ he does it. I know you don’t have to come to my house, but if you just say the word, my servant will be healed.”Q: Do you understand?The centurion knew that words make things happen, and he believed that Jesus was the King in charge of everything. So, he believed that Jesus could simply say a word and heal someone, even if that person was a long ways away!

Q: Do you think the centurion was right?A: Yes!He was! When Jesus heard him say that, Jesus was amazed! And Jesus said to the crowd following Him, “I have not found anyone in Israel with such great faith!” And Jesus taught the crowd that people from all over the world will believe like that centurion, and they will celebrate in the Kingdom of God with Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob! But He said that, if any Israelites don’t believe, they will not be allowed in the Kingdom, but they will go to Hades.

Then Jesus said to the centurion, “Go; let it be done for you just like you believed.”Q: What do you think happened to the paralyzed servant when Jesus said that?A: He was healed!Yes! Right at the very time that Jesus said the words, “Let it be done for you,” the servant was healed by the power of Jesus’ words.


LESSON 88: PHARISEES MAD AT SABBATH HEALING (INVALID)

Jesus went around to different cities in Israel, teaching in all of their churches. Jesus taught the people, “The Kingdom of God has come near!”Q: How did the Kingdom of God come near?A: Because Jesus came, and He is God and King, and He came to subdue and rule!

Q: What does disciple mean? A: Learner!Q: What does a disciple do?A: Follows his teacher to learn how to be like his teacher.So when Jesus told people to be His disciples, He said, “Follow Me.” When He said that to Philip, Philip went to get Nathanael, and said, “We have found the Man whom Moses and all the prophets wrote about!” And he brought Nathanael to Jesus. Jesus said, “Behold, a good Israelite!” And Nathanael asked, “How do you know me?” Q: What did Jesus say?A: “Before Philip called you, I saw you sitting under a fig tree!” The Spirit made Jesus able to see Nathanael even when Jesus wasn’t there! So Nathanael said, “You are the Son of God! The King of Israel!” Jesus said, “You will see even greater things than that!”

When Jesus went to another city, a centurion came to Him. Q: What is a centurion?A: An officer in charge of 100 soldiersThis centurion said, “Lord, my servant is lying paralyzed at home, hurting badly.” He was almost to die, so Jesus said, “I will come and heal him.” Q: But what did the centurion answer?A: “Lord, I don’t deserve to have you come to my house… if you just say the word, my servant will be

healed.”Q: Jesus was amazed; what did Jesus say to the crowd?A: “I have not found anyone in Israel with such great faith!” And Jesus taught the crowd that people from all over the world will believe like that centurion, and they will celebrate in the Kingdom of God with Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob! But He said that, if anyone doesn’t believe, even if Israelites don’t believe, they will not be allowed in the Kingdom, but they will go to Hades.

Then Jesus said to the centurion, “Go; let it be done for you just like you believed.”Q: What happened to the paralyzed servant?A: He was healed!Right at the very time that Jesus said the words!

On one Sabbath, Jesus was in Jerusalem by a pool called Bethesda, where a bunch of sick people laid. One man there had been paralyzed for 38 years!Q: That’s a long time, isn’t it?Jesus asked him, “Do you want to be healed?” But the man made an excuse about how he couldn’t be healed.Q: Do you think that was the right thing to say?A: No!Jesus said to him, “Get up, pick up your bed, and walk!”Q: What do you think happened?A: He was healed!Yes! Right away Jesus’ words made him strong and healthy, and he took up his bed and walked! But the Pharisees saw him and said, “It’s the Sabbath, and it’s against the rules to carry your bed on the Sabbath!” Q: Were the Pharisees right?A: No!


Resting on the Sabbath didn’t mean that a man who just got healed couldn’t carry his bed home! Jesus told him to do it, and Jesus never tells anybody to sin. When the Pharisees told the guy he was sinning, he said, “But the man who healed me told me to carry my bed!” They asked, “Who healed you?” But the man didn’t know who Jesus was, and Jesus had snuck out of there because there was a big crowd.

Later Jesus found the man in the temple, and said, “Look, you’re healed! Now stop sinning, so that nothing worse happens to you.”Q: What would be worse than being paralyzed for 38 years, if the man kept sinning?A: Being punished in Hades forever.It’s more important to be saved from our sins by believing in Jesus than just to be healed of our sicknesses. After the man met Jesus, he went and told the Pharisees that it was Jesus who healed him. Then the Pharisees were mean to Jesus about healing on the Sabbath again.

Jesus said, “My Father is always working, and so I am working.” Q: Who is Jesus’ Father?A: God the Father!Even when God rested on the Seventh Day, He was still working, making the sun come up and the wind blow and the clouds move and the grass grow – God is always working to make everything work! And Jesus said, “I don’t do anything by Myself. I only do what I see My Father doing, and My Father loves Me, and so He shows Me everything He is doing. So everything the Father does, the Son does with Him.”Q: Isn’t that amazing?!Jesus told the Pharisees that He was God the Son, and that He always does everything God the Father does. Jesus didn’t heal that paralyzed man by Himself; the Spirit showed Him that the Father wanted to heal him, so He did it. Jesus said He does everything the Father does. That means Jesus was telling them that He created everything with God the Father. Jesus even created them! And He is in charge of life and death and everything!Q: Do you think the Pharisees liked to hear that?A: No!No, that made them want to kill Jesus even more, because not only did they think He was breaking the Sabbath, but He was calling God His Father, making Himself equal with God.Q: Is Jesus equal with God the Father?A: Yes! God the Son is God! Just like God the Spirit is God! And God the Father is God! Three Persons in One God!

Jesus told them that God the Father wanted everyone to honor the Son just like Him. Jesus said, “Whoever does not honor the Son, does not honor the Father who sent” the Son to earth. Q: Were the Pharisees honoring God?A: No! (Because they weren’t believing in God’s Son!)Jesus said, “I am telling you the truth: whoever hears my word and believes God the Father sent Me, that person has eternal life. He will not be punished for his sins.” Jesus said “that person has eternal life.” Eternal means forever. Jesus was saying that if we believe His words and believe that He is God’s Son who came to save us and rule forever, then we will have eternal life – His life in us forever!


LESSON 89: JESUS ACCUSED OF CASTING OUT DEMONS BY SATAN

Q: What does disciple mean? A: Learner!Q: What does a disciple do?A: Follows his teacher to learn how to be like his teacher.

Q: Was Satan able to trick Jesus into sinning in the desert?A: No!Q: Did Jesus ever sin any time in His life?A: No! He is perfect!

Q: In the storm, what did Jesus say to the sea and its waves?A: “Peace! Be still!”

Q: What were two reasons Jesus was healing people?A: Because He loved the people He created, and He wanted God to be praised!

On one Sabbath, Jesus was in Jerusalem by a pool called Bethesda, where a bunch of sick people laid. One man there had been paralyzed for 38 years! Jesus said to him, “Get up, pick up your bed, and walk!” Right away Jesus’ words made him strong and healthy, and he took up his bed and walked! But the Pharisees saw him.Q: What did they say?A: “It’s the Sabbath, and it’s against the rules to carry your bed on the Sabbath!” He said, “But the man who healed me told me to carry my bed!” They asked, “Who healed you?” But the man didn’t know who Jesus was, and Jesus had snuck out of there because there was a big crowd.

Later Jesus found the man in the templeQ: What did Jesus say?A: “Now stop sinning, so that nothing worse happens to you.”Q: What would be worse than being paralyzed for 38 years, if the man kept sinning?A: Being punished in Hades forever.Then the Pharisees were mean to Jesus about healing on the Sabbath again. Jesus said, “My Father is always working, and so I am working. I don’t do anything by Myself. I only do what I see My Father doing, and My Father loves Me, and so He shows Me everything He is doing. So everything the Father does, the Son does with Him.”

That made the Pharisees want to kill Jesus even more, because not only did they think He was breaking the Sabbath, but He was calling God His Father, making Himself equal with God.Q: Is Jesus equal with God the Father?A: Yes! Q: Did Jesus create the world with the Father?A: Yes!Jesus told them that God the Father wanted everyone to honor the Son just like Him. He said, “I am telling you the truth: whoever hears my word and believes God the Father sent Me, that person has….”Q: What kind of life?A: Eternal life!Q: What does eternal mean?A: Forever!Jesus said that person “will not be punished for his sins.” Jesus was saying that if we believe His words and believe that He is God’s Son who came to save us and rule forever, then we will have eternal life – His life in us forever!

A man came to Jesus who was blind and mute.


Q: Do you know what blind means?A: He couldn’t see.Close your eyes. Q: Is it dark? Can you see anything?A blind person can’t see anything even when his eyes are open. Q: Does that sound sad to you?A: Yes.This man was blind and mute. Mute means that he couldn’t talk. He couldn’t make any sounds to say words. Q: What that be sad if you couldn’t talk to anyone?A: Yes. Jesus felt really sorry for this man, and Jesus knew that a demon was making this man not be able to see or talk. So, Jesus commanded the demon to go away, and He healed the man, so that the man could see, and he could talk!

The crowds were amazed. They said, “We’ve never seen anything like this in Israel!” And some said, “Could this be the Son of David?”Q: Is Jesus the Son of David?A: Yes!Yes, the Son of David is the Christ, who was promised to rule forever!

But the Pharisees said, “It’s only by the power of Satan that He throws out demons.”Q: Did Jesus use Satan’s power?A: No! Jesus said, “If Satan throws out Satan’s demons, then how can Satan’s kingdom continue?” Satan couldn’t win that way. So Jesus said, “But if I throw out demons by the Spirit of God, then the Kingdom of God has come to you.”Q: Did Jesus use the power of God the Spirit?A: Yes!That means God’s rule was coming to earth through Jesus the King!

Then Jesus forgave the Pharisees for saying mean things about Him. But Jesus warned them that if they didn’t repent and change their minds about saying it was Satan and not the Spirit doing miracles through Jesus, then their sins would not be forgiven. We have to believe that the Holy Spirit is the One doing the miracles through Jesus. Q: We believe that, right?A: Yes!


LESSON 90: JESUS BROUGHT A DEAD SON BACK TO LIFE!

When Jesus told the paralyzed man by the pool to get up and carry his bed and walk, later Jesus found the man in the temple.Q: What did Jesus say?A: “Now stop sinning, so that nothing worse happens to you.”Q: What would be worse than being paralyzed for 38 years, if the man kept sinning?A: Being punished in Hades forever.

Then Jesus told the Pharisees that everything God the Father does, the Son does with Him. And He said, “I am telling you the truth: whoever hears my word and believes God the Father sent Me, that person has….”Q: What kind of life?A: Eternal life!Q: What does eternal mean?A: Forever!Jesus said that person “will not be punished for his sins.” Jesus was saying that if we believe His words and believe that He is God’s Son who came to save us and rule forever, then we will have eternal life – His life in us forever!

A man came to Jesus who was blind and mute. Q: What does blind means?A: He couldn’t see.Q: What does mute mean?A: He couldn’t talk. He couldn’t make any sounds to say words. Q: Would you feel sorry for someone who couldn’t see or talk?A: Yes. Q: Would you want to pray for Jesus to heal that person?A: Yes!Jesus felt really sorry for this man, and Jesus knew that a demon was making this man not be able to see or talk. So, Jesus commanded the demon to go away, and He healed the man, so that the man could see, and he could talk! The crowds were amazed. They said, “We’ve never seen anything like this in Israel!” And some said, “Could this be the Son of David?”Q: Is Jesus the Son of David?A: Yes!Yes, the Son of David is the Christ, who was promised to rule forever!

Q: Whose power did the Pharisees say Jesus used to throw out demons?A: Satan! Q: But whose power did Jesus really use?A: The Holy Spirit!Jesus said, “If I throw out demons by the Spirit of God, then the Kingdom of God has come to you.” God’s rule was coming to earth through Jesus the King!

Then Jesus forgave the Pharisees for saying mean things about Him. But Jesus warned them that if they didn’t repent and change their minds about saying it was Satan and not the Spirit doing miracles through Jesus, then their sins would not be forgiven. We have to believe that the Holy Spirit is the One doing the miracles through Jesus. Q: We believe that, right?A: Yes!

Q: When Jesus told the centurion that He would come heal his servant, what did the centurion say?A: “Lord, I don’t deserve to have you come to my house… if you just say the word, my servant will be

healed.”


Q: Jesus was amazed; what did Jesus say to the crowd?A: “I have not found anyone in Israel with such great faith!” Then Jesus said to the centurion, “Go; let it be done for you just like you believed.”Q: What happened to the paralyzed servant?A: He was healed!Right at the very time that Jesus said the words! He didn’t have to touch him. Jesus only had to say the words, like when He said, “Let there be light!”

Jesus went with His disciples to a town called Nain. As they were coming, they saw a woman whose husband had already died. And they saw her walking with men who were carrying her son, who had died. They were carrying him on a wooden board because they were going to bury him in the ground. And this mother was going to be all alone.Q: Do you think she was sad that her son had died?A: Yeah.She was so sad, because mothers love their children so much. And she was crying so hard. And Jesus saw her and felt really sorry for her, and he said to her, “Don’t cry.” Q: Do you think it was too late for Jesus to heal her son, since he was already dead?A: No. The people there thought it was too late. But Jesus went over and touched the board the son was laying on, so the men stopped. Jesus said, “Young man, I say to you, get up.” Q: Do you think he heard Jesus even though he was dead?!A: Yes!Q: What do you think happened?A: He came back to life!He sat up and started talking, and Jesus gave him to his mother!Q: Do you think she was happy?A: Yes!She probably hugged her son and cried tears of joy because she was so happy! The crowd was amazed and praised God and said, “A prophet is among us!”Q: Is Jesus a prophet?A: Yes! The Christ is the man who was given the Spirit to be a prophet, priest, and king. Jesus is the greatest prophet. And some of the crowd said, “God has visited His people!”

They went and told everybody that Jesus’ words made the dead son come back to life! Just like God the Son said, “Let Us make Man in Our Image,” He can also make dead people alive again. This is how Jesus could say that, if we repent and believe in Him, we can have eternal life. Even if we die, Jesus will make all of His disciples come back to life when He comes back to earth to make it perfect. Even disciples who are buried in the ground will get up and walk and talk with new bodies, and we’ll live forever on a New Earth with God the Father, God the Son, and God the Spirit!

Songs: Mighty God, Unchanging (Raise Up Holy Hands)


LESSON 91: JESUS HEALED A BLEEDING WOMAN AND JAIRUS’ DAUGHTER

Q: Jesus said that slaves of sin must be _______ ? A: Born again! Q: What part of us needs to be born again?A: Our spirits!

When a paralyzed man’s friends climbed up on the roof and moved some tiles and lowered their paralyzed friend down into the room on a bed, Jesus saw their faith and said, “Have courage, child. Your sins are being forgiven.” The Jewish teachers sitting there thought inside their own hearts, “Why does this man speak like that? Who can forgive sins but God alone?” Q: Is it true that only God can forgive all of our sins?A: Yes!Because every sin is really against God. Those Jewish teachers thought Jesus was just a Man and that He was lying to pretend to be able to forgive sins.Q: But is Jesus only a Man?A: No! Jesus is the God-Man!Q: So, can Jesus forgive sins?A: Yes! Jesus said to them, “Why do you think evil in your hearts? So that you may know that the Son has the right to forgive sins….” Q: What did Jesus say to the paralyzed man?A: “Rise up and walk!’” Q: And what happened?A: Right away the man’s legs were healed!

Q: In the storm, what did Jesus say to the sea and its waves?A: “Peace! Be still!” Q: Then what did the disciples ask each other?A: “What kind of Man is this that even the winds and the sea obey Him?”Q: What‘s the answer?A: The God-Man!

Jesus went with His disciples to a town called Nain. As they were coming, they saw a woman whose husband had already died. And they saw her walking with men who were carrying her son, who had died. And she was crying so hard. And Jesus saw her and felt really sorry for her, and he said to her, “Don’t cry.” Then Jesus went over and touched the board the son was laying on, so the men stopped. Q: What did Jesus do?A: Jesus said, “Young man, I say to you, get up.” Q: What do you think happened?A: He came back to life!He sat up and started talking, and Jesus gave him to his mother! The crowd said, “A prophet is among us! God has visited His people!” And they went and told everybody that Jesus’ words made the dead son come back to life!

Q: Is Jesus going to come back to earth?A: Yes!To make it perfect, so God the Father can come down.Q: And when Jesus comes back, what is going to happen to Jesus’ disciples who died?A: They’ll come back to life!They’ll get new bodies to live forever on the New Earth with God the Father, God the Son, and God the Spirit!

One time one of the rulers of the Jewish church came to Jesus, and his name was Jairus. He fell at Jesus‘


feet and begged Jesus, “My daughter is about to die. Come and lay your hands on her, so that she may be healed and live.” His daughter was twelve years old. Q: Isn’t that sad that she was about to die?A: Yes.Q: Do you think her dad was scared?A: Yes.That’s why he ran to Jesus and fell at His feet and begged Him to come. So Jesus started going to Jairus‘ house, and a big crowd was following Jesus.

One lady was in the crowd, and she had some kind of sickness, so she couldn’t stop bleeding. For twelve years she was bleeding and kept paying doctors, but they couldn’t make her any better; she only got worse. But she heard about Jesus, and thought, “If I can even touch His clothes, then I will be healed.” So she pressed through the crowd and touched Jesus‘ clothes, and right away her bleeding stopped, and she could feel in her body that she was healed!Q: Isn’t that amazing?!A: Yeah!Jesus felt that power had gone out from Him, so He stopped and asked the crowd, “Who touched Me?” The disciples said, “You see the crowd keeps touching You, so why do you ask, ‘Who touched Me?’?” Jesus said, “I know power has gone out from Me.” The woman came and fell down at Jesus‘ feet and told Him everything that happened. And Jesus said to her, “Daughter, your faith has healed you; go in peace and be healed from your sickness.”

Q: Do you remember Jairus? Do you think He was scared that they were taking too much time when Jesus stopped to talk to this women, scared that his daughter might die?

A: Yes.Someone from his house came and said, “Your daughter died. Do not trouble the Teacher anymore.” (He doesn’t need to come.)Q: What do you think the father did when he heard that his twelve-year-old daughter had died while

he was gone?A: He probably cried really hard. That would be so sad.But Jesus said to Jairus, “Don’t be afraid; just believe.” And Jesus kept going to Jairus’ house. The crowd followed Jesus there, but He didn’t let anyone go inside the house except for Peter, James, and John. Inside the house, people were crying loudly, and Jesus said, “Why are you crying? The child is not dead, but sleeping.” And the people laughed at Jesus. (They thought He was crazy.)Q: Do you think it was good of them to laugh at Jesus?A: No.Jesus made them all go outside, and He took the girl’s mom and dad and Peter, James, and John into the girl’s room. Jesus took her hand, and said, “Talitha cumi.” That’s Jesus‘ language that means, “Little girl, I say to you, get up.”Q: What do you think happened?A: She came back to life!Right when Jesus said those words, “Talitha cumi,” she got up and began walking. Her mom and dad were so amazed!Q: How happy to you think they were?!A: The happiest ever!

Jesus is so powerful and so good that He calls being dead “sleeping.” Jesus is God the Son, and He is in charge of life and death. So He can bring the dead to life just like waking someone up from sleep.

Q: And when Jesus comes back, what is going to happen to Jesus’ disciples who died?A: They’ll come back to life!

Song: You Do Miracles


LESSON 92: JESUS SENT 12 APOSTLES AND 72 DISCIPLES

One time one of the rulers of the Jewish church came to Jesus, and his name was Jairus. He fell at Jesus‘ feet and begged Jesus, “My daughter is about to die. Come and lay your hands on her, so that she may be healed and live.” His daughter was twelve years old. Q: How old was his daughter?A: Twelve.Jesus started going to Jairus’ house, with a big crowd following Him. One lady in the crowd had a bad sickness for twelve years.Q: What was wrong with her?A: She couldn’t stop bleeding. She kept paying doctors, but they couldn’t make her any better; she only got worse. But she heard about Jesus.Q: What did she think?A: “If I can even touch His clothes, then I will be healed.” So she pressed through the crowd and touched Jesus‘ clothes.Q: And what happened?A: Right away her bleeding stopped, and she could feel in her body that she was healed!Q: What did Jesus say?A: “Who touched Me?” The disciples said, “You see the crowd keeps touching You, so why do you ask, ‘Who touched Me?’?” Jesus said, “I know power has gone out from Me.” The woman came and fell down at Jesus‘ feet and told Him everything that happened. And Jesus said to her, “Daughter, your faith has healed you; go in peace and be healed from your sickness.”

Q: Then what did the people from Jairus’ house come say?A: “Your daughter died. Do not trouble the Teacher anymore.”(He doesn’t need to come.)Q: Jairus probably started crying, but what did Jesus say?A: “Don’t be afraid; just believe.” And Jesus kept going to Jairus’ house. The crowd followed Jesus there, but He didn’t let anyone go inside the house except for Peter, James, and John. Inside the house, people were crying loudly.Q: Jesus said, “Why are you crying? The child is not dead, but ____ “? A: Sleeping!Q: What did the people do when He said that?A: They laughed at Jesus! (They thought He was crazy.)Jesus made them all go outside, and He took the girl’s mom and dad and Peter, James, and John into the girl’s room. Jesus took her hand, and said, “Talitha cumi.” That’s Jesus‘ languageQ: What does that mean in English?A: “Little girl, I say to you, get up.”Q: What happened?A: She came back to life!Right when Jesus said those words, “Talitha cumi,” she got up and began walking. Her mom and dad were so amazed!Q: How happy to you think they were?!A: The happiest ever!

Jesus is so powerful and so good that He calls being dead “sleeping.” Jesus is God the Son, and He is in charge of life and death. So He can bring the dead to life just like waking someone up from sleep.


Q: What does disciple mean? A: Learner!


Q: What does a disciple do?A: Follows his teacher to learn how to be like his teacher.

Q: What happened when Jesus told Peter and Andrew where to drop their nets in the deep part of the sea?

A: They started to catch so many fish that their nets were breaking!So they yelled at James and John in another boat to come help them. They filled both boats with so many fish that they almost sank!Q: How did they catch so many fish?A: Because Jesus is God, and He’s in charge of all the fish!

Peter knew this meant that Jesus was the holy Son of God.Q: So what did Peter say?A: “Go away from me, Lord, because I am a sinful man.” Peter was repenting; he was admitting that he was sinful, and he didn’t want to die for his sins because Jesus is holy. Q: What did Jesus answer?A: “Don’t be afraid; follow Me, and from now on you will be catching people.” Jesus was telling Peter to be His disciple, and instead of being a fisherman, Peter would help bring people to Jesus! So Peter and Andrew and James and John left everything and followed Jesus!

One night Jesus stayed up all night praying to God, His Father. And the next morning He called twelve of His disciples to Him and told them that they were going to be apostles. Say, “Apostles.” Jesus had lots of disciples following Him at different times, but these twelve apostles were going to be His closest disciples, always following Him everywhere He went, and He would teach them even more than everyone else. They would learn to be like Jesus, and then Jesus would send them out to do the kinds of things He was doing! The twelve apostles were going to be the leaders of the Church.Q: Does that sound great to be picked to be one of Jesus’ twelve apostles?A: Yeah!Their names were Peter and his brother Andrew, James and his brother John, Philip and Bartholomew, Thomas and Matthew, another James and Thaddaeus, Simon and Judas Iscariot. Remember Judas Iscariot, because he is going to be important later, and that’s why Jesus picked him.

Jesus sent the twelve apostles to go to the Israelite towns before Him. He told them to teach, “The Kingdom of God has come near!” Jesus gave them power over all of the demons to command them to come out of people and power to heal every kind of sickness. And the twelve went through the towns of Israel, sharing the good news about King Jesus and healing people!Q: Isn’t that amazing that Jesus could share His power with His disciples?!A: Yes!

Later, Jesus also sent out 72 more disciples to go ahead of Him into the towns where He was about to go. He told them to say, “The Kingdom of God has come near!” And He told them to heal the sick in the towns. They teamed up in twos, and they went and did it. They came back to Jesus with joy, saying, “Lord, even the demons obeyed us because of Your Name!” The 72 disciples would tell the demon, “In the Name of Jesus, I command you to come out of that person,” and the demons would have to obey because of the power of Jesus’ Name!

Jesus told them, “Don’t rejoice just because the demons obeyed you.”Q: Do you know what rejoice means?A: It means to have joy, to be really, really happy!Jesus told the 72, “Don’t rejoice just because the demons obeyed you, but rejoice because your names are written in heaven.” The Bible says that God has a book in heaven called the Book of Life. It has names written in it of all the people who are going to have eternal life because of Jesus. Q: Isn’t that awesome?!


Jesus told them that the most important reason for them to rejoice is because their names were written in God’s Book of Life in heaven. And Jesus was rejoicing with them in the Holy Spirit and thanking God!

Q: When we know people who are sick, we pray for them to be healed, don’t we?A: Yes.We do that because we believe that Jesus shares His power with His disciples. Just like the 12 apostles healed people and the 72 other disciples healed people in Jesus’ Name, when we pray, God might heal the person we’re praying for in Jesus’ Name! Because God is so strong and good and loving!


LESSON 93: THE PARABLE OF THE FOUR SOILS

Q: What does the Name Jesus mean? A: Yahweh saves!

Q: What does disciple mean? A: Learner!Q: What does a disciple do?A: Follows his teacher to learn how to be like his teacher.


One night Jesus stayed up all night praying to God, His Father. Q: The next morning, how many disciples did He call to Him to be apostles?A: Twelve! Jesus had lots of disciples following Him at different times, but these twelve apostles were going to be His closest disciples, always following Him everywhere He went, and He would teach them even more than everyone else. They would learn to be like Jesus, and then Jesus would send them out to do the kinds of things He was doing! Apostle means sent. Q: Do you remember some of the names of the apostles?A: Peter and his brother Andrew, James and his brother John, Philip and Bartholomew, Thomas and

Matthew, another James and Thaddaeus, Simon and Judas Iscariot. Remember Judas Iscariot, because he is going to be important later, and that’s why Jesus picked him.

Jesus sent the twelve apostles to go to the Israelite towns before Him. Q: He told them to teach, “What has come near”?A: The Kingdom of God!Q: What does Kingdom mean?A: The rule of a king over people in a place!Q: Who is the King the apostles taught about?A: God! Jesus! Jesus gave them power over all of the demons to command them to come out of people and power to heal every kind of sickness. And the twelve went through the towns of Israel, sharing the good news about King Jesus and healing people!

Q: Later, how many more disciples did Jesus also send out?A: 72 more disciples! He sent them ahead of Him into the towns where He was about to go. Q: What did He tell them to say?A: “The Kingdom of God has come near!” Q: And what did He tell them to do?A: Heal the sick!Q: How many were in each team that walked together?A: Two!

They came back to Jesus with joy, saying, “Lord, even the demons obeyed us because of Your Name!” The 72 disciples would tell the demon, “In the Name of Jesus, I command you to come out of that person,” and the demons would have to obey because of the power of Jesus’ Name! Jesus told them, “Don’t rejoice just because the demons obeyed you.”Q: What does rejoice mean?A: To have joy – to be really, really happy!Jesus told the 72, “Don’t rejoice just because the demons obeyed you, but rejoice because your names are written in heaven.”


Q: What’s the name of that Book?A: The Book of Life. It has names written in it of all the people who are going to have eternal life because of Jesus.

Q: Jesus was the best teacher, wasn’t He?A: Yeah!A lot of times, Jesus taught parables. Q: Can you say, “Parable”?A parable is a special kind of story that teaches a lesson. The first parable Jesus taught is called the Parable of the Four Soils.Q: Do you know what soil is?A: Dirt!Soil is dirt that we plant seeds in. So a crowd was following Jesus, and He stopped to teach them this parable. He said, “A farmer went out to plant seeds. As he spread the seeds, some fell on the road, and the birds came and ate the seeds. Other seeds fell on rocky ground, where there wasn’t much soil. Plants grew up quickly, but, when the sun got hot, they died, because they didn’t have roots going down into good soil. Other seeds fell in soil that had weeds and thorns in it, and when the plants tried to grow, the thorns choked them. But other seed fell in good soil and grew food that was 30 times more than what was planted! Or 60 times or 100 times more!”

After the crowd went home, the 12 apostles and the other disciples came to Jesus, and they asked, “What does that parable mean?” Jesus told them that the seed means the message about the Kingdom of God, and the soil is like our hearts. When anyone hears the message of the Kingdom of God, but he doesn’t understand, doesn’t like it, that person’s heart is like hard ground, like the road, and not good soil.Q: We don’t want our hearts to be like that, do we?A: No! Q: Do you remember that in the parable Jesus said the birds came and ate that seed, since it didn’t go

down into the soil?Jesus explained that part of the parable meant that Satan comes and takes away the message of the Kingdom, like a bird eating seed, so that person doesn’t believe the good news about Jesus being King.Q: That sounds bad, doesn’t it?Satan tries to keep people from believing the good news about Jesus being King over all of heaven and earth.

Then Jesus said the second kind of soil, the rocky ground where the plant grew quickly, is like someone who hears the good news of the Kingdom and gets really excited about it. But, that person has rocky soil instead of good soil, meaning he has a sinful heart, and he doesn’t really want to obey Jesus. Q: Do you remember the part of the parable that the sun got hot and the plants died?Jesus explained that the person with a sinful heart who acts excited about the Kingdom, whenever something bad happens or someone is mean to him or tells him to stop believing in Jesus, then that person stops believing. Just like the plant died, that person’s faith dies.Q: That sounds bad, doesn’t it?Q: What did we do before we planted grass seeds in our yard?A: Took out all the rocks!We don’t want our hearts to have rocks in them! We don’t want to have sinful hearts that stop believing that Jesus is King. That’s why we pray for God to give us new hearts!

Then Jesus said the third kind of soil with thorns in it is like a person who hears the message about the Kingdom and believes it. But he wants other things like money and toys and games and food and candy and cars and computers, and his wants are like thorns. They choke his faith and stop him from growing to know God and obey Him.Q: We don’t want to be like third kind of soil, do we?A: No!We shouldn’t want other things more than we want God! Because Jesus is better than everything!


The fourth soil was good soil.Q: Did that soil have rocks or thorns?A: No! There was nothing in the way of the good news about King Jesus, and so lots of good things came out of that person’s heart! That kind of person believes everything God says and obeys Him and praises Him all the time!Q: Do we want to be like the fourth soil?A: Yeah!

That’s why Jesus told that parable. He wanted all of us to be careful how we hear the good news about the Kingdom. It’s not good enough just to hear it. We have to really believe and obey. Let’s pray for God to give us new hearts and His Spirit to help us believe and obey, so that God will be praised!


LESSON 94: THE BREAD OF LIFE FED 5,000 FAMILIES (PART 1)

Q: What’s the name of the Book in heaven that has the names of all the people who are going to have eternal life because of Jesus?

A: The Book of Life!

Q: What is a parable?A: A special kind of story that teaches a lesson. The first parable Jesus taught is called the Parable of the Four Soils.Q: What is soil?A: Dirt that we plant seeds in! So a crowd was following Jesus, and He stopped to teach them this parable. He said, “A farmer went out to plant seeds. As he spread the seeds, some fell on the road, and the birds came and ate the seeds. Other seeds fell on rocky ground, where there wasn’t much soil. Plants grew up quickly, but, when the sun got hot, they died, because they didn’t have roots going down into good soil. Other seeds fell in soil that had weeds and thorns in it, and when the plants tried to grow, the thorns choked them. But other seed fell in good soil and grew food that was 30 times more than what was planted! Or 60 times or 100 times more!”

After the crowd went home, the 12 apostles and the other disciples came to Jesus, and they asked, “What does that parable mean?” Q: What did Jesus tell them that the seed means?A: The message about the Kingdom of God!Q: What does the soil mean?A: Our hearts! When anyone hears the message of the Kingdom of God, but he doesn’t understand, doesn’t like it, that person’s heart is like hard ground, like the road, and not good soil.Q: Do you remember that in the parable Jesus said the birds came and ate that seed, since it didn’t go

down into the soil?A: Satan comes and takes away the message of the Kingdom, like a bird eating seed, so that person

doesn’t believe the good news about Jesus being King.Q: That sounds bad, doesn’t it?Satan tries to keep people from believing the good news about Jesus being King over all of heaven and earth.

Q: What was the second kind of soil?A: Rocky ground! The plants grew quickly – like someone who hears the good news of the Kingdom and gets really excited about it. But, that person has rocky soil instead of good soil, meaning he has a sinful heart, and he doesn’t really want to obey Jesus. Q: Do you remember the part of the parable that the sun got hot and the plants died?Q: Whenever something bad happens or someone is mean to him or tells him to stop believing in

Jesus, then what does the person with the rocky heart do?A: Stops believing. Just like the plant died, that person’s faith dies.Q: That sounds bad, doesn’t it?Q: What did we do before we planted grass seeds in our yard?A: Took out all the rocks!We don’t want our hearts to have rocks in them! We don’t want to have sinful hearts that stop believing that Jesus is King. That’s why we pray for God to give us new hearts!

Q: What did the third kind of soil have in it?A: Thorns!Jesus said that’s like a person who hears the message about the Kingdom and believes it. But he wants other things.


Q: What kind of things could that person want?A: Money and toys and games and food and candy and cars and computers. And his wants are like thorns. They choke his faith and stop him from growing to know God and obey Him.Q: We don’t want to be like third kind of soil, do we?A: No!We shouldn’t want other things more than we want God! Because Jesus is better than everything!

Q: What kind of soil was the fourth soil?A: Good soil!Q: Did that soil have rocks or thorns?A: No! There was nothing in the way of the good news about King Jesus, and so lots of good things came out of that person’s heart! That kind of person believes everything God says and obeys Him and praises Him all the time!Q: Which kind of soil do we want to be like?A: The fourth!

That’s why Jesus told that parable. He wanted all of us to be careful how we hear the good news about the Kingdom. It’s not good enough just to hear it. We have to really believe and obey. That’s why we pray for God to give us new hearts and His Spirit to help us believe and obey, so that God will be praised!One time Jesus went to the other side of the Sea, and a big crowd of people followed Him because they had seen all the miracles He was doing for the sick. There about 5,000 men, so when you count the women and children, there were maybe 20,000 people! Jesus went up on a mountain, and when Jesus saw all the people, He loved them and felt sorry for them, and so He healed all of the sick ones, and He was teaching them many things about the Kingdom of God. When it was getting close to dark, the disciples thought they should send all of the people to hotels, so they could buy their own food to eat and find a place to sleep. But Jesus asked His disciple Philip, “Where can we buy bread, so that these people may eat?” Q: Do you think Jesus already knew the answer?A: Yes!He did, but He was testing Philip. Philip answered, “$30,000 would not buy enough bread for each of them to get even just a little!” That would cost too much! Then one of Jesus’ disciples, Peter’s brother Andrew, said, “There is a boy hear who has five loaves of bread and two fish, but what good are they for so many?” Q: Do you think that five loaves of bread and two fish could feed 20,000 people? A: No!Not usually! So, the disciples didn’t think there was any way to feed all of those people.Q: Do you think Jesus could feed 20,000 people with five loaves of bread and two fish?A: Yes!

Jesus asked for the five loaves and two fish, and He told the disciples to tell everybody in the crowd to sit down. Then Jesus looked up to heaven, and He thanked God the Father for the food, and He prayed for the Father to bless the food. Then Jesus broke the bread and fish and gave the pieces to the disciples to pass out to the people. When the disciples started passing out the food, they didn’t run out! The food was multiplying! All of a sudden more food and more food was there to give to the crowd. 20,000 people ate as much as they wanted, and they were all full and satisfied (that means they were happy to have eaten a good meal).Q: How did five loaves and two fish turn into enough food to feed 20,000 people?!A: Jesus did a miracle!When everyone was full, Jesus told the apostles to pick up the food that was left, and they filled twelve baskets with the leftovers of only five loaves of bread! The people saw what happened, and they were amazed! They said, “This really is the Prophet who was promised to come into the world!”Q: Is Jesus a Prophet?


A: Yes!Q: The Christ is the Man who is given the Spirit of God to be what three things?A: Prophet, priest, and king!You’re right! And that crowd wanted to make Jesus the King of Israel right then, but Jesus went away to another mountain by Himself.

He had more to do and more to teach before everyone would know that He is the King of heaven and earth. Tomorrow we’ll learn how He used this miracle to teach the people about who He is.


LESSON 95: THE BREAD OF LIFE FED 5,000 FAMILIES (PART 2)

Q: What’s the name of the Book in heaven that has the names of all the people who are going to have eternal life because of Jesus?

A: The Book of Life!

Q: What is a parable?A: A special kind of story that teaches a lesson. Q: The first parable Jesus taught is called the Parable of the Four ___ ?A: Soils!Q: What is soil?A: Dirt that we plant seeds in!

Q: How many people followed Jesus the time that it was getting close to dark and they need to eat?A: 5,000 men, so when you count the women and children, there were maybe 20,000 people!When Jesus saw all the people, He loved them and felt sorry for them, and so He healed all of the sick ones, and He was teaching them many things about the Kingdom of God. The disciples thought they should send all of the people to hotels, so they could buy their own food to eat and find a place to sleep. But Jesus asked His disciple Philip, “Where can we buy bread, so that these people may eat?” He was testing Philip. Philip answered, “$30,000 would not buy enough bread for each of them to get even just a little!” That would cost too much! Then one of Jesus’ disciples, Peter’s brother Andrew found a boy with some food.Q: What did the boy have? A: Five loaves of bread and two fish!Peter said, “But what good are they for so many?” The disciples didn’t think there was any way to feed all of those people.Q: What did Jesus do?Jesus asked for the five loaves and two fish, and He told the disciples to tell everybody in the crowd to sit down. Then Jesus looked up to heaven, and He thanked God the Father for the food, and He prayed for the Father to bless the food. Then Jesus broke the bread and fish and gave the pieces to the disciples to pass out to the people. Q: When the disciples started passing out the food, what happened?A: They didn’t run out! The food was multiplying! All of a sudden more food and more food was there to give to the crowd. 20,000 people ate as much as they wanted, and they were all full and satisfied (that means they were happy to have eaten a good meal).Q: How many baskets were full of leftovers from the five loaves?A: Twelve!They finished with more than they started! The people saw what happened, and they were amazed! They said, “This really is the Prophet who was promised to come into the world!” They wanted to make Jesus the King of Israel right then, but Jesus went away to another mountain by Himself.

The next day, the crowd of people found Jesus again. And Jesus said, “Truly, you were looking for Me just because you ate your fill of bread.” Jesus was saying that their hearts were selfish. They didn’t really want to obey Jesus and be His disciples; they just wanted Him to give them stuff. Jesus said, “Don’t work for food that goes away, but for food that stays for eternal life, which the Son will give you.” They asked, “What do we have to do to be doing the works of God?” Jesus said, “Believe into the One whom God the Father sent.” Q: Who is the One sent by God?A: Jesus, His Son!The crowd said, “What are You going to do so that we may believe You?”Q: Do you think they should have believed already?A: Yes!But they said, “Our great-great-great-great-great-grandfathers ate manna in the desert.” Jesus had fed


them bread from earth, but they wanted a miracle from heaven like when Moses was their leader. Jesus said, “My Father gives you the true Bread from heaven.” When Jesus said “true Bread,” that means He wasn’t really talking about bread. It’s like a parable again. Jesus said, “The true Bread is He who comes down from heaven and gives life to the world.”Q: Who came down from heaven to give us eternal life?A: Jesus, God’s Son!But the crowd didn’t understand. They said, “Give us this bread always.” So Jesus said, “I AM the Bread of Life; whoever comes to me will never hunger. Because I have come down from heaven to do My Father’s will, so that everyone who believes into the Son of God will have eternal life, and I will raise him up at the last day.”Q: Isn’t that awesome?!The Israelites thought badly about Jesus because He said, “I am the Bread that came down from heaven.” They thought, “Isn’t this Joseph’s son? How can He say that He came down from heaven?”Q: Who was really Jesus’ Father?A: God!Q: Did Jesus exist before He was in Mary’s tummy?A: Yes!He was in heaven, and then He came down from heaven to become the God-Man, and God the Spirit put God the Son into Mary’s tummy and named Him Jesus.

So, Jesus said to them, “Your great-great-great-great-great-grandfathers ate manna in the desert, and they died. I AM the Bread of Life. If anyone eats My body, then he will live forever.” The Israelites thought that was crazy: “How can He give us His body to eat?” Q: Do you think Jesus meant for us to really eat His body?A: No!They didn’t understand that He was teaching like a parable. Q: What happens if we don’t eat food?A: We die.Q: Where does food go when we eat it?A: In our tummies!Right, it goes inside of us, and the food keeps us alive. Jesus was trying to teach them that the only way that their spiritual hearts can be alive, the only way that anyone can have eternal life is if the Son of God is in them.Q: How can we get Jesus in us?A: Believe!In the parable, believing is like eating! We have to believe God’s words about Jesus, believe that He is God the Son who has always been God, and He came down from heaven to give us eternal life. If God the Father gives us new hearts and helps us believe that Jesus is His Son, then Jesus will send His Holy Spirit into our hearts! Our spirits will never be hungry again! We’ll be happy with Jesus forever!

But the Israelites didn’t understand, and they didn’t believe. And almost all of them stopped following Jesus because of this teaching. Jesus turned to the Twelve and asked them, “Are you going to leave, too?” Peter answered for them, “Lord, who else would we go to? You have the words of eternal life, and we have believed, and we have come to know that You are the Holy One of God!”Q: Was that a good answer?A: Yeah!


LESSON 96: THE PARABLE OF THE WHEAT AND WEEDS

When Jesus saw about 20,000 people following Him, He wanted to feed them all. One of Jesus’ disciples, Peter’s brother Andrew found a boy with some food.Q: What did the boy have? A: Five loaves of bread and two fish!That wasn’t enough! But Jesus asked for the five loaves and two fish, and He told the disciples to tell everybody in the crowd to sit down. Q: Then Jesus looked up to heaven, and what did He do?A: He thanked God the Father for the food, and He prayed for the Father to bless the food. Then Jesus broke the bread and fish and gave the pieces to the disciples to pass out to the people. Q: When the disciples started passing out the food, what happened?A: They didn’t run out! 20,000 people ate as much as they wanted!Q: How many baskets were full of leftovers from the five loaves?A: Twelve!They finished with more than they started!

The next day, the crowd of people found Jesus again. And Jesus said, “Truly, you were looking for Me just because you ate your fill of bread.” Jesus was saying that their hearts were selfish. They didn’t really want to obey Jesus and be His disciples; they just wanted Him to give them stuff. Jesus said, “Don’t work for food that goes away, but for food that stays for eternal life, which the Son will give you.” They asked, “What do we have to do to be doing the works of God?” Q: What was Jesus’ answer? What do we have to do to make God happy?A: “Believe into the One whom God the Father sent.” Q: Who is the One sent by God?A: Jesus, His Son!The crowd said, “What are You going to do so that we may believe You?”Q: Do you think they should have believed already?A: Yes!But they said, “Our great-great-great-great-great-grandfathers ate manna in the desert.” Jesus had fed them bread from earth, but they wanted a miracle from heaven like when Moses was their leader. Jesus said, “My Father gives you the true Bread from heaven.” Q: When Jesus said “true Bread,” was He talking about regular bread?A: No!It’s like a parable again. Jesus said, “The true Bread is He who comes down from heaven and gives life to the world.”Q: Who came down from heaven to give us eternal life?A: Jesus, God’s Son!But the crowd didn’t understand. They said, “Give us this bread always.” So Jesus said, “I AM the Bread of Life; whoever comes to me will never hunger. Because I have come down from heaven to do My Father’s will, so that everyone who believes into the Son of God will have eternal life, and I will raise him up at the last day.”Q: What did Jesus mean by “raise him up at the last day”?A: His disciples will come back to life!The Israelites thought badly about Jesus because He said, “I am the Bread that came down from heaven.” They thought, “Isn’t this Joseph’s son? How can He say that He came down from heaven?”Q: Who was really Jesus’ Father?A: God!Q: Did Jesus exist before He was in Mary’s tummy?A: Yes!He was in heaven, and then He came down from heaven to become the God-Man, and God the Spirit put God the Son into Mary’s tummy and named Him Jesus.


So, Jesus said to them, “Your great-great-great-great-great-grandfathers ate manna in the desert, and they died. I AM the Bread of Life. If anyone eats My body, then he will live forever.” The Israelites thought that was crazy: “How can He give us His body to eat?” Q: Did Jesus mean for us to really eat His body?A: No!Q: What did He really mean? How can we get Jesus’ life inside of us?A: Believe!In the parable, believing is like eating! When we eat food, it goes inside of us and keeps us alive. Jesus taught that the only way our spiritual hearts can be alive, the only way we can have eternal life is if the Son of God is in us. If God the Father gives us new hearts and helps us believe that Jesus is His Son, then Jesus will send His Holy Spirit into our hearts! Our spirits will never be hungry again! We’ll be happy with Jesus forever!

But the Israelites didn’t understand, and they didn’t believe. And almost all of them stopped following Jesus because of this teaching. Jesus turned to the Twelve and asked them, “Are you going to leave, too?”Q: Which disciple answered for them?A: Peter!He said, “Lord, who else would we go to? You have the words of eternal life, and we have believed, and we have come to know that You are the Holy One of God!”

Later, in front of another crowd, Jesus taught another parable. Q: What is a parable?A: A special kind of story that teaches a lesson. We call this second one the Parable of the Wheat and Weeds. Q: Do you know what wheat is?A: It’s a plant that grows with grains that we make into bread and other food! It looks like this.Jesus said, “The Kingdom of God is like a man who planted good seed in his field, but while his helpers were sleeping, his enemy came and planted weeds. When the plants came up and grew wheat grains, then weeds grew up, too. And the master’s helpers said, “Master, do you want us to pull up the weeds?” But the master said, “No, because you might accidentally pull up the wheat, too. Let the weeds and the wheat grow together until the wheat is done growing. Then the workers will pull up the weeds first and wrap them in bundles to be burned in the fire. But they will gather the wheat into my barn.”

When Jesus left the crowds and went into a house, His disciples came and said, “Please explain the parable to us!” Jesus answered, “The one who planted the good seed is the Son of God. He planted the good seed into his field, because the field means the world. The good seed means the sons and daughters of the Kingdom.”Q: Do you know what sons and daughters of the Kingdom mean?A: No.That means the men and women and boys and girls who believe that Jesus is the King, and so they become part of the Kingdom of God. They want Jesus to rule them and bless them.Q: That sounds good, right?A: Yes!So the man planted good seed in His field means that Jesus makes people throughout the world to believe in Him.Q: But who is the King’s enemy?A: Satan!Satan planted weeds, and Jesus said, “The weeds are the sons of the evil one.” They are the ones who don’t believe that Jesus is King, so they are tricked by Satan into being like him.Q: We don’t want to be like Satan, do we?!A: No!Jesus explained that He was going to let there be evil people mixed in the world with His disciples until the very end of the world. When there are people who believe in Jesus from all the different languages in the world, then He will come back, and He will send His angels to pull up the weeds to be burned in the


fire. That means the people who don’t believe in Jesus and don’t want Jesus to be King will be killed and thrown into Hades.Q: Do you remember? What is Hades?A: It’s the bad place that people go who don’t believe in Jesus to be punished for their sins. It’s dark and

hot like fire, so it hurts. There’s nothing good there, because God is not there.So that’s what the parable meant that the weeds would be burned. The ones who don’t believe in Jesus and don’t obey Him as King will be thrown into Hades to be punished for their sins forever. Jesus said those people will be crying in Hades.Q: Is it right for God to make them go to Hades to punished?A: Yes.God is always right. If God left those people on the earth, then there would always be sin on the earth, and they would always be hurting God’s people. So He is good to send sinners to Hades to be punished like they deserve.

But Jesus said that He would send His angels to gather the wheat, the sons and daughters of the Kingdom, into His barn, which means into His Kingdom on the New Earth. Then Jesus said, “They will shine like the sun in the Kingdom of God the Father!” We’ll have God’s glory shining out of us!Q: Doesn’t that sound awesome?!A: Yes!


LESSON 97: JESUS WALKED ON WATER!

The day after Jesus fed 5,000 families, the crowd asked, “What do we have to do to be doing the works of God?” Q: What was Jesus’ answer? What do we have to do to make God happy?A: “Believe into the One whom God the Father sent.” Q: Who is the One sent by God?A: Jesus, His Son!Q: Jesus said, “I AM the Bread of _____” ?A: Life! Q: “Whoever comes to me will never _____” ?A: Hunger! Jesus said to them, “Your great-great-great-great-great-grandfathers ate manna in the desert, and they died. I AM the Bread of Life.”Q: “If anyone eats My _____” ?A: Body!“… then he will live forever.” The Israelites thought that was crazy: “How can He give us His body to eat?” Q: Did Jesus mean for us to really eat His body?A: No!Q: What did He really mean? How can we get Jesus’ life inside of us?A: Believe!In the parable, believing is like eating! If we believe Jesus is the Son of God, then His Spirit lives in us, and our spirits will never be hungry again! We’ll be happy with Jesus forever!

Q: What is a parable?A: A special kind of story that teaches a lesson. We call this second one the Parable of the Wheat and Weeds. Q: Do you know what wheat is?A: It’s a plant that grows with grains that we make into bread and other food! Jesus said, “The Kingdom of God is like a man who planted good seed in his field, but while his helpers were sleeping, his enemy came and planted weeds. When the plants came up and grew wheat grains, then weeds grew up, too. And the master’s helpers said, “Master, do you want us to pull up the weeds?” But the master said, “No, because you might accidentally pull up the wheat, too. Let the weeds and the wheat grow together until the wheat is done growing. Then the workers will pull up the weeds first and wrap them in bundles to be burned in the fire. But they will gather the wheat into my barn.”

When Jesus left the crowds and went into a house, His disciples came and said, “Please explain the parable to us!”Q: Who did Jesus say is the One who planted the good seed?A: The Son of God! He planted the good seed into his field, because the field means the world. Q: What does the good seed mean?A: The sons and daughters of the Kingdom!Q: Who are the sons and daughters of the Kingdom?A: The men and women and boys and girls who believe that Jesus is the King, and so they become part

of the Kingdom of God. They want Jesus to rule them and bless them.So the man planted good seed in His field means that Jesus makes people throughout the world to believe in Him.Q: But who is the King’s enemy?A: Satan!Q: What does Satan plant?A: Weeds! Q: Who are the weeds?


A: The sons of the evil one. They are the ones who don’t believe that Jesus is King, so they are tricked by Satan into being like him.

Jesus explained that He was going to let there be evil people mixed in the world with His disciples until the very end of the world. Q: When there are people who believe in Jesus from all the different languages in the world, then

what will happen?A: He will come back!And He will send His angels to pull up the weeds.Q: What will happen to the weeds?A: They’ll be burned in the fire. Q: What does that mean?A: They will be punished for their sins in Hades forever.Jesus said those people will be crying in Hades.

But Jesus said that He would send His angels to gather the wheat, the sons and daughters of the Kingdom into His barn.Q: What does His barn mean?A: The Kingdom of God on the New Earth! Then Jesus said, “They will shine like the sun in the Kingdom of God the Father!” We’ll have God’s glory shining out of us!Q: Doesn’t that sound awesome?!

One night Jesus sent His disciples in a boat to sail to the other side of the Sea, but Jesus went up on a mountain to pray by Himself. When it was night, Jesus was alone, and the boat with the disciples was already a long ways away from the land, out in the water. And a strong wind was making the waves hit the boat, and the disciples were having to work hard for hours to stay safe and keep going. In the middle of the night, Jesus came to His disciples in the middle of the Sea, walking on the water!Q: Can you believe that?!A: Yes!When the disciples saw Him walking on the water, they were so scared, and they cried, “It’s a ghost!” But Jesus said to them, “Don’t be afraid. Be brave. I AM!”Q: Why did Jesus say, “I AM”? What Name means I AM?A: Yahweh!Jesus was saying, “Don’t be afraid, because I’m not a ghost, I am Yahweh!” That’s how Jesus could walk on the water, because He is the God who created the water and holds the water together!

When Jesus said that, Peter answered, “Lord, if it is you, command me to come to you on the water!” Jesus said, “Come!” So Peter got out of the boat and walked on the water and came to Jesus! But when Peter saw the waves because the wind was strong, he was afraid, and when he started to sink, he cried out, “Lord, save me!” Right away Jesus reached out His hand and grabbed Peter and said, “O you of little faith, why did you doubt?” Q: Peter was walking on the water as long as he kept his eyes on Jesus, wasn’t he?When Peter looked at the waves instead of Jesus, he was scared and started to sink. But Jesus caught him and saved him, and they both got into the boat. As soon as Jesus got into the boat, the wind stopped. And the disciples in the boat worshiped Jesus, saying, “Truly, You are the Son of God!”

And when the boat came to land, they got out, and the people there recognized Jesus and brought all of their sick people to Jesus and begged that they might only touch His clothes. And everyone who touched His clothes were healed!

Songs: You Do Miracles and You Are My All in All chorus, changed to:


Jesus, Son of GodWorthy is Your Name!


98: PETER'S FAITH AND CHRIST’S PROMISE OF DEATH AND RESURRECTION

Q: Jesus said, “I AM the Bread of _____” ?A: Life! Q: “Whoever comes to me will never _____” ?A: Hunger! Q: How do we eat Jesus’ Body?A: Believe!

Q: What is a parable?A: A special kind of story that teaches a lesson. Q: The first parable Jesus taught is called the Parable of the Four ___ ?A: Soils!Q: What is soil?A: Dirt that we plant seeds in! Q: What did Jesus tell them that the seed means?A: The message about the Kingdom of God!Q: What does the soil mean?A: Our hearts! When anyone hears the message of the Kingdom of God, but he doesn’t understand, doesn’t like it, that person’s heart is like hard ground, like the road, and not good soil.Q: What did it mean that the birds came and ate the seed?A: Satan comes and takes away the message of the Kingdom, so that person doesn’t believe the good

news about Jesus being King.Q: What did it mean that the plants in the rocky ground grew quickly but died when the sun came

out?A: They stopped believing (because something bad happened or someone was mean or told him to stop

believing in Jesus).Just like the plant died, that person’s faith dies.Q: What did the third kind of soil have in it?A: Thorns!Q: What did the thorns mean?A: He wants other things like money and toys and games and food and candy and cars and computers

and iPods.Those wants choke his faith like thorns and stop him from growing to know God and obey Him.Q: What kind of soil was the fourth soil?A: Good soil!Q: Did that soil have rocks or thorns?A: No! There was nothing in the way of the good news about King Jesus, and so lots of good things came out of that person’s heart! That kind of person believes everything God says and obeys Him and praises Him all the time! That’s why we pray for God to give us new hearts and His Spirit to help us believe and obey, so that God will be praised!

Q: When the disciples were in a boat in the middle of the Sea with the wind making waves, how did Jesus get to them?

A: He walked on water!Q: The disciples were so scared; what did they cry out?A: “It’s a ghost!”Q: What did Jesus answer?A: “Don’t be afraid. Be brave. I AM!”Q: Why did Jesus say, “I AM”?A: Because He is Yahweh!That’s how Jesus could walk on the water, because He is the God who created the water and holds the


water together!

Peter said, “Lord, if it is you, command me to come to you on the water!” Jesus said, “Come!” So Peter got out of the boat and walked on the water and came to Jesus! Peter was walking on water, too, because of his faith in the power of Jesus’ word – since Jesus said, “Come!”Q: But what happened when Peter saw the waves because the wind was strong?A: He was afraid, and he started to sink!He cried out, “Lord, save me!” Right away Jesus reached out His hand and grabbed Peter and said, “O you of little faith, why did you doubt?” They both got into the boat, and as soon as Jesus got into the boat, the wind stopped. Q: Then what did all of the disciples in the boat do?A: Worshiped Jesus!Q: What did they say to Jesus?A: “Truly, You are the Son of God!”

And when the boat came to land, they got out, and the people there recognized Jesus and brought all of their sick people to Jesus. Q: What did the sick people do?A: Touched Jesus’ clothes and were healed!

Another time Jesus was with His disciples, and He asked them, “Who do people say that I am?” They said, “Some say a prophet. Some say John the Baptist. Some say the prophet Elijah.” Q: Were those people right?A: No!A lot of people were confused about Jesus. So Jesus asked His disciples, “Who do you say that I am?” Peter answered for them and said, “You are the Christ, the Son of the living God!”Q: Was Peter right?A: Yes!Jesus said back to him, “Blessed are you, Peter, because humans didn’t teach you this, but My Father in heaven taught you this.” Yahweh was helping Peter and the other disciples to believe the truth about Jesus!

From that time on Jesus started to teach His disciples that He must go to Jerusalem, and be hurt by the leaders of the Israelites, and be killed.Q: Do you remember our lessons a long time ago that the Jewish leaders and teachers, like the

Pharisees, did not believe in Jesus and hated Jesus?A: Yes.They were jealous of Jesus because so many people thought Jesus was a better teacher than they were. And they thought Jesus was a liar when He said that He was God’s Son who came down from heaven. And they thought Jesus was sinning by healing people on Sabbaths. They wanted to murder Jesus because He said that He does everything God the Father does, making Himself equal with God.Q: Is Jesus equal with God?A: Yes! He is God the Son with the Father and the Spirit – One God!

So Jesus said that He must go to Jerusalem and be killed. But guess what! Then Jesus said that on the third day after He would be killed, that He would be raised back to life! Just like Jesus raised the mom’s son back to life, and just like Jesus raised Jairus’ daughter back to life, God would raise Jesus back to life after He died in Jerusalem.Q: Is that amazing that Jesus would say that?A: Yes.

Peter took Jesus aside and started to tell Jesus that He was wrong, and that would never happen!Q: Do you think Peter was right to tell Jesus that He was wrong?


A: No.Jesus told Peter in front of everybody: “Get behind Me, Satan!” He called Peter by the name Satan, and said, “You are not thinking about God’s plan, and you are like a rock to trip Me and keep Me from doing God’s plan.”

So, at first, Peter did a really good job of saying, “You are the Christ, the Son of the living God.” But right after that, Peter did a bad job of not believing that Jesus knew how to do God’s plan.

Q: What is God’s plan that Jesus was talking about? Do you remember the hand actions we learned about the things God promised through the prophets?

Hands up in the air: God is big, everywhere, above the heavens!Hands on tummy: God promised to become a Man, the Christ!Hands out: The Christ would be killed on a Cross for our sins!Crouch down: The Christ would be buried in the ground.Jump up, hands in the air: God would raise the Christ back to life to rule forever over the new heavens and new earth!Hands to hearts: God promised to give new hearts full of the Holy Spirit!Hands out: We will shine with God’s glory!


99: THE COST OF BEING JESUS’ DISCIPLE

After Jesus was baptized and after He began beating Satan in the desert, there was a time that John the Baptist saw Jesus coming toward him, and so he said to the people there:Q: “Behold, the _____ “?A: Lamb of God!Q: “Who takes away the _____ “?A: Sin of the world!Q: What did the prophet John mean by “Lamb of God”?A: The Passover lamb!Remember God said through the prophets like Isaiah and Daniel that the Christ would be like the Passover lamb.Q: What does it mean that Christ would be like the Passover lamb?A: He would be killed.Q: Why did the Christ have to die?A: To take the punishment for our sins instead of us, so that God could forgive us.Q: What does forgive mean?A: To stop being angry because of sins.That’s why John the Baptist said, “Look! The Lamb of God who takes away the sin of the world!” And he said, “I saw the Holy Spirit come down from heaven like a dove and rest on Him. I know He is the Son of God!”

A long time later, Jesus was with His disciples, and He asked them, “Who do people say that I am?” They said, “Some say a prophet. Some say John the Baptist. Some say the prophet Elijah.” So Jesus asked His disciples, “Who do you say that I am?” Q: Who answered for them?A: Peter!Q: What did Peter answer?A: “You are the Christ, the Son of the living God!”Q: Was Peter right?A: Yes!Jesus said back to him, “Blessed are you, Peter, because humans didn’t teach you this, but….”Q: Who did Jesus say taught Peter that?A: God the Father!Yahweh was helping Peter and the other disciples to believe the truth about Jesus!

Q: From that time on Jesus started to teach His disciples that He must go to Jerusalem, and what would happen there?

A: He would be hurt by the leaders of the Israelites and be killed.Q: Why did the leaders and teachers of Israel want to kill Jesus?A: They were jealous of Jesus, and they thought Jesus was a liar when He said that He was God’s Son

who came down from heaven. And they thought Jesus was sinning by healing people on Sabbaths. And they wanted to murder Jesus because He said that He does everything God the Father does, making Himself equal with God.

So Jesus said that He must go to Jerusalem and be killed. Q: But what did Jesus say would happen to Him on the third day after He was killed?A: He would be raised back to life!

Q: Peter took Jesus aside, and what did Peter do?A: Told Jesus that He was wrong and that would never happen! Q: What did Jesus tell Peter in front of everybody?A: “Get behind Me, Satan! You are not thinking about God’s plan, and you are like a rock to trip Me and

keep Me from doing God’s plan.”


Q: What is God’s plan that Jesus was talking about?A: For the Christ to die as the punishment for our sins, so God could forgive us and give us His Holy

Spirit and eternal life.

When all the crowds were following Jesus, He turned to them and told them, “Anyone who loves his dad or mom more than Me can’t be My disciple. Anyone who loves his son or his daughter more than Me can’t be My disciple.”Q: How much do I love you guys?A: This much!Q: Do you think I love you more or Jesus more?A: Jesus!I have to! Because He is the greatest! He is my God! My King!

If Jesus told me to go on a long trip, and I would have to leave you guys and be gone a long time, that would make me really sad, because I love you guys, and I never want to be gone from you. Q: But, would it be a sin if I told Jesus, “No, I love my wife and kids too much. I won’t do what you

say.”A: Yes.Q: Could I be Jesus’ disciple if I love you guys or mom more than Jesus?A: No.

Jesus also said, “If anyone loves even his own life, he can’t be my disciple.” If anyone tries to be in charge of his own life, he can’t be Jesus’ disciple.Q: Who is supposed to be in charge of our lives?A: God!

Jesus also said, “If anyone wants to be My disciple, He must deny himself….” “Deny himself” means not be selfish – not want anything for yourself more than you want to obey Jesus.

Jesus said, “If anyone wants to be My disciple, He must deny himself and take up his cross everyday and follow Me.”Q: Do you know what “take up his cross” means?Q: What is a cross? Right, it’s two pieces of wood tied together. It might look kind of like this. They would nail one hand to this side of the cross and the other hand to the other side. Then they would nail the feet together down here. Q: Does that sound like it would hurt a lot?A: Yes.It would hurt so much. The person would hang there and bleed until he died. Q: Do you remember how the prophet David promised the Christ would die?A: On a cross!

And Jesus said, “If anyone wants to be My disciple, He must deny himself and take up his cross everyday and follow Me.” Jesus was saying that, to be a disciple, you must want to obey Jesus no matter what, even if it means that you would be killed.Q: Do you think that we should want to do whatever Jesus tells us to do, even if somebody might

hate us and kill us?A: Yes.If Jesus gave me a job to go tell people on the other side of the ocean about Him, but they might hate Jesus and hate me for telling them to stop sinning and believe, and they might kill me…Q: Could I be Jesus’ disciple if I loved my life so much that I told Him, “No, I won’t go”?A: No.A disciple of Jesus has to want to do everything Jesus says, no matter what, even if he might be killed. That’s what it means to believe – to believe that Jesus is better than everything.


Q: Was Jesus willing to die to do God’s plan?A: Yes.And a disciple follows his Teacher to learn to be like His teacher. Jesus was willing to die, and so his disciples must be willing to obey God no matter what.

Jesus said, “If anyone does not give up everything he has, he can’t be my disciple.”Q: If Jesus told us to sell our house and sell our extra clothes and all of our toys – if Jesus told us to

sell everything we have and give the money to people who don’t have any food to eat, so they stay alive, would we do it?

A: Yes.Q: Would you give up everything to obey Jesus and make Jesus happy?A: Yes.Q: If you gave up everything, do you think you could still be happy, just by knowing God the Father,

Son, and Holy Spirit?A: Yes!He’s better than everything!Q: If you gave up everything on earth, do you think Jesus would give you a reward in heaven?A: Yes!Q: Do you think the reward in heaven would be better than everything on earth?A: Yes!He promises to do that! Jesus’ disciples like Peter, Andrew, James, and John – they left everything to follow Jesus. They left their wives and children and houses and jobs and everything to follow Jesus.Q: Is Jesus worth it? Is He that good?A: Yes!And Jesus promised to reward all of His disciples in eternal life – to be full of joy forever!


100: THE RICH YOUNG RULER

Jesus asked His disciples, “Who do you say that I am?” Q: Who answered for them?A: Peter!Q: What did Peter answer?A: “You are the Christ, the Son of the living God!”Q: Was Peter right?A: Yes!Jesus said back to him, “Blessed are you, Peter, because humans didn’t teach you this, but….”Q: Who did Jesus say taught Peter that?A: God the Father!

Q: From that time on Jesus started to teach His disciples that He must go to Jerusalem, and what would happen there?

A: He would be hurt by the leaders of the Israelites and be killed.Q: But what did Jesus say would happen to Him on the third day after He was killed?A: He would be raised back to life!

Q: Peter took Jesus aside, and what did Peter do?A: Told Jesus that He was wrong and that would never happen! Q: What did Jesus tell Peter in front of everybody?A: “Get behind Me, Satan! You are not thinking about God’s plan, and you are like a rock to trip Me and

keep Me from doing God’s plan.”

When all the crowds were following Jesus, He turned to them and told them:Q: “Anyone who loves his dad or mom more than Me can’t be My ______ “?A: Disciple. Q: “Anyone who loves his son or his daughter more than Me can’t be My ______ “?A: Disciple.Q: “Anyone who loves even his own life can’t be My ______ “?A: Disciple.

Jesus also said, “If anyone wants to be My disciple, He must deny himself….” Q: What does “deny himself” mean?A: To not be selfish – not want anything for yourself more than you want to obey Jesus.Q: Jesus said, “If anyone wants to be My disciple, He must deny himself and take up his ______

everyday and follow Me”?A: Cross.

Q: How much do I love you guys?A: This much!Q: Do you think I love you more or Jesus more?A: Jesus!I have to! Because He is the greatest! He is my God! My King!

If Jesus told me to go on a long trip, and I would have to leave you guys and be gone a long time, that would make me really sad, because I love you guys, and I never want to be gone from you. Q: But, if I told Jesus, “No, I love my wife and kids too much. I won’t do what you say,” then could I

be a disciple?A: No.If Jesus gave me a job to go tell people on the other side of the ocean about Him, but they might hate Jesus and hate me for telling them to stop sinning and believe, and they might kill me…Q: Could I be Jesus’ disciple if I loved my life so much that I told Him, “No, I won’t go”?


A: No.A disciple of Jesus has to want to do everything Jesus says, no matter what, even if he might be killed. That’s what it means to believe – to believe that Jesus is better than everything. Q: Was Jesus willing to die to do God’s plan?A: Yes.And a disciple follows his Teacher to learn to be like His teacher. Jesus was willing to die, and so his disciples must be willing to obey God no matter what.

Q: Jesus said, “If anyone does not give up everything he has, he can’t be My ______ “?A: DiscipleQ: If Jesus told us to sell everything we have and give the money to people who don’t have any food

to eat, so they stay alive, would we do it?A: Yes.Q: If you gave up everything on earth, do you think Jesus would give you a reward in heaven?A: Yes!Q: Do you think the reward in heaven would be better than everything on earth?A: Yes!He promises to do that! Jesus’ disciples like Peter, Andrew, James, and John – they left everything to follow Jesus. They left their wives and children and houses and jobs and everything to follow Jesus. And Jesus promised to reward all of His disciples in eternal life – to be full of joy forever!

One day a young man came to Jesus, and this man was rich.Q: Do you know what rich means?A: He had lots of money, and he owned lots of things! More than most people.This man asked Jesus how he could have eternal life.Q: What is the answer?A: Believe in Jesus!But Jesus was going to answer in a smart way to try to help this rich young man. Jesus said, “You know the commandments: You will not murder; you will not do adultery; you will not steal; you will not lie; honor your father and your mother; love your neighbor like yourself.”

The young man said, “All of these I have obeyed since I was a child.” Q: Do you think that was true? Did he perfectly obey God’s commandments?A: No!But he acted like it. Even though he acted like it, he asked Jesus, “What am I still missing?” He felt like something was missing, like he wasn’t able to get eternal life that way. Jesus looked at him and loved him. And Jesus said, “You are still missing one thing: sell everything you have and give the money to the poor….”Q: Do you know who the poor are?A: Poor means they don’t have enough money to have enough food or clothes or a house.So Jesus said, “One thing you still lack: sell everything you have, give the money to the poor, and then you will have treasure in heaven [waiting for you], and come, follow Me.”Q: What do you think the rich young man did?A: Followed Jesus!He should have! But he loved money, and he loved all of the things that he had, and he didn’t want to sell them. So instead of obeying Jesus, and selling everything, giving to the poor, and following Jesus, he just went away sad.Q: Will that rich young man have eternal life?A: No.Because didn’t give up everything to be Jesus’ disciple. He loved things more than He loved Jesus. He was like the third soil with thorns that choked the message about the Kingdom. He didn’t believe Jesus was the greatest. And if he didn’t repent, change his mind, later, then he went to Hades.Q: Would we give up everything to be Jesus’ disciples?A: Yes!


101: ZACCHAEUS

Q: Jesus said, “If anyone wants to be My disciple, He must ______ “?A: Deny himself!Q: What does “deny himself” mean?A: To not be selfish – not want anything for yourself more than you want to obey Jesus.Q: Jesus said, “If anyone wants to be My disciple, He must deny himself and take up ______ everyday

and follow Me”?A: His cross!Q: What does it mean to take up our own crosses everyday?A: To want to obey God no matter what, even if we might be killed by someone who hates Jesus.

Q: Jesus said, “If anyone does not give up everything he has, he can’t be My ______ “?A: Disciple

One day a young man came to Jesus, and this man was rich.Q: What does rich mean?A: He had lots of money, and he owned lots of things! More than most people.Q: What did the rich man ask Jesus?A: “How can I have eternal life?”Q: What is the answer?A: Believe in Jesus!But Jesus was going to answer in a smart way to try to help this rich young man. Jesus said, “You know the commandments: You will not murder; you will not do adultery; you will not steal; you will not lie; honor your father and your mother; love your neighbor like yourself.” Q: What did the rich man answer?A: “All of these I have obeyed since I was a child.” Q: Do you think that was true? A: No!He was a sinner like everyone, so he had not perfectly obeyed all of God’s commandments. But he acted like it. Even though he acted like it, he asked Jesus, “What am I still missing?” He felt like something was missing, like he wasn’t able to get eternal life that way. Q: Did Jesus love this rich young man?A: Yes!So Jesus said, “You are still missing one thing….” Q: What did Jesus tell him to do?A: Sell everything you have and give the money to the poor….”Q: Who are the poor?A: People who don’t have enough money to have enough food or clothes or a house.Q: So Jesus said, “You are still missing one thing: sell everything you have, give the money to the

poor, and then you will have treasure… where?A: In heaven! Yes! “Then you will have treasure in heaven [waiting for you], and come, follow Me.”Q: What did the rich young man do?A: Went away sad!Q: Why?A: Because he loved money, and he loved all of the things that he had, and he didn’t want to sell them.

So instead of obeying Jesus, and selling everything, giving to the poor, and following Jesus, he just went away sad.

Q: Will that rich young man have eternal life?A: No.Because didn’t give up everything to be Jesus’ disciple. He loved things more than He loved Jesus. He didn’t believe Jesus was the greatest. And if he didn’t repent, change his mind, later, then he went to Hades.


Jesus was sad when the rich man left and told His disciples that it’s really hard for a rich man to enter the Kingdom of God. (It’s hard because rich people are tempted to love money and things more than Jesus.) His disciples were surprised and asked, “Then who can be saved?” Jesus said, “It’s impossible for every man; but for God, anything is possible.” Q: God is so good and powerful that He can do anything He wants, right?A: Yes!Jesus was saying that only God can help people repent and believe in Jesus and be saved into the Kingdom.

Later Jesus was walking with a big crowd following Him. There was a man named Zacchaeus, who was rich, and he really wanted to see Jesus, but he was so short that he couldn’t see over the crowd. So Zacchaeus ran ahead of the crowd and climbed a tree! That way he was tall and could see Jesus went He came by! Jesus looked up and said, “Zacchaeus, hurry and come down, because I must stay at your house today!”Q: Do you think that would be awesome if Jesus wanted to stay at your house?!A: Yes!Q: Do you think Zacchaeus was happy?A: Yes!The Bible says that Zacchaeus hurried down the tree and welcomed Jesus into his home full of joy!

The people in the crowd didn’t like Zacchaeus because he had cheated them and taken more money from them than he should have. But being with Jesus made Zacchaeus sorry for his sins and made him want to repent. Zacchaeus stood up and said, “Lord, half of my things I am going to give to the poor! And if I have cheated anyone of anything, I am going to give him back four times more than I took!”Q: Does that sound like Zacchaeus loved money more or Jesus more?A: Jesus!So Jesus said, “Today salvation has come to this house! Because the Son came to seek and save the lost.” “The lost” means sinners who have lost their way and can’t find God. The Son of God came to find them and save them and bring them back to God! And He did it for Zacchaeus!


102: JESUS SHINING ON THE MOUNTAIN

Q: Jesus said, “If anyone does not give up everything he has, he can’t be My ______ “?A: Disciple

Jesus said to the rich young man, “You are still missing one thing….” Q: What did Jesus tell him to do?A: Sell everything you have and give the money to the poor….”Q: Who are the poor?A: People who don’t have enough money to have enough food or clothes or a house.Q: So Jesus said, “You are still missing one thing: sell everything you have, give the money to the

poor, and then you will have treasure… where?A: In heaven! Yes! “Then you will have treasure in heaven [waiting for you], and…Q: “… Come and ______” ? A: Follow Me!Q: What did the rich young man do?A: Went away sad!Q: Why?A: Because he loved money, and he loved all of the things that he had, and he didn’t want to sell them.Q: Will that rich young man have eternal life?A: No.

Jesus was sad when the rich man left and told His disciples that it’s really hard for a rich man to enter the Kingdom of God. (It’s hard because rich people are tempted to love money and things more than Jesus.) His disciples were surprised and asked, “Then who can be saved?” Q: What did Jesus answer?A: “It’s impossible for every man; but for God, anything is possible.” Jesus was saying that only God can help people repent and believe in Jesus and be saved into the Kingdom.

Later Jesus was walking with a big crowd following Him. There was a man named Zacchaeus, who was rich, and he really wanted to see Jesus.Q: Why couldn’t Zacchaeus see Jesus?A: Because he was so short that he couldn’t see over the crowd! Q: So what did Zacchaeus do?A: Ran ahead of the crowd and climbed a tree! Q: What did Jesus say when He looked up and saw Zacchaeus?A: “Zacchaeus, hurry and come down, because I must stay at your house today!”Q: Was Zacchaeus was happy?A: Yes!The Bible says that Zacchaeus hurried down the tree and welcomed Jesus into his home full of joy!

Q: Why the people in the crowd not like Zacchaeus?A: Because he had cheated them and taken more money from them than he should have. But being with Jesus made Zacchaeus sorry for his sins and made him want to repent. Q: What did Zacchaeus stand up and say?A: “Lord, half of my things I am going to give to the poor! And if I have cheated anyone of anything, I

am going to give him back four times more than I took!”Q: Did Zacchaeus love money more or Jesus more?A: Jesus!Q: What did Jesus say?A: “Today salvation has come to this house! Q: “Because the Son came to seek and save the ______ “?


A: Lost! “The lost” means sinners who have lost their way and can’t find God. The Son of God came to find them and save them and bring them back to God! And He did it for Zacchaeus!

One time Jesus went up onto a tall mountain, and He took Peter, James, and John with Him. All of a sudden, Jesus’ looks changed right in front of their eyes. His face was shining like the sun, and His clothes were shining as white as light!Q: Is that amazing?!A: Yes!God the Father was letting Jesus show His three disciples a little bit of His glory!Q: What is glory?A: The shining of who God is!And Jesus is God the Son, so it was God’s glory was shining on the mountain!

Then all of a sudden, Moses and the prophet Elijah were standing there, talking with Jesus!Q: Is that crazy?!A: Yes!Q: Where did they come from?A: Heaven!Q: How did they get there?!A: God put them back on earth just to talk to Jesus!They were talking to Jesus about the Exodus that Jesus was going to make happen in Jerusalem! Remember that Moses was the leader for the first Exodus that saved the Israelites? Jesus was going to make a New Exodus to save the people, and that’s what they were talking about with Jesus.

Peter said, “Lord, if you want, I will make three tabernacles right here – one for You, one for Moses, and one for Elijah!” He was still saying this when all of a sudden a bright cloud came over them, and a voice from the cloud said, “This is My Son, whom I love, in whom I am delighted.”Q: Who do you think that voice was?A: God the Father!Q: When else did we hear Him say that?A: When Jesus was baptized in the Jordan River!Yes. God the Father said, “This is My Son, whom I love, in whom I am delighted. Listen to Him!” And the disciples fell down on their faces, scared! But Jesus came and touched them and said, “Get up, and don’t be afraid.” When they looked up, they saw no one but Jesus. Moses and Elijah were gone, and they learned from the Father to look only to Jesus and listen to everything He says because He is God’s Son.

Then Jesus and His disciples went down the mountain and healed a young boy and lots of other people, too.

Do you know what? When Jesus comes back, His face is going to be shining like the sun then, too. We are going to see Him in His glory like Peter, James, and John got to see Him on that mountain!


103: HUMILITY



One time Jesus went up onto a tall mountain, and He took Peter, James, and John with Him. All of a sudden, Jesus’ looks changed right in front of their eyes. Q: What did Jesus’ face look like?A: It was shining like the sun!Q: And His clothes were white as ______ ?A: Light!God the Father was letting Jesus show His three disciples a little bit of His glory!Q: What is glory?A: The shining of who God is!And Jesus is God the Son, so it was God’s glory was shining on the mountain!

Q: Then all of a sudden, who were stand with Jesus?A: Moses and the prophet Elijah! Q: Where did they come from?A: Heaven!Q: How did they get there?!A: God put them back on earth just to talk to Jesus!They were talking to Jesus about the Exodus that Jesus was going to make happen in Jerusalem!

All of a sudden a bright cloud came over them.Q: And what did the voice from the cloud say?A: “This is My Son, whom I love, in whom I am delighted. Listen to Him!”And the disciples fell down on their faces, scared! But Jesus came and touched them and said, “Get up, and don’t be afraid.” Q: When they looked up, who did they see?A: Only Jesus! Moses and Elijah were gone, and they learned from the Father to look only to Jesus and listen to everything He says because He is God’s Son.

Q: What is Jesus’ face going to look like when He comes back?A: Shining like the sun!We’ll get to see His glory, too!

When Jesus and the disciples were Galilee, Jesus said to them, “The Son is about to be given into the hands of men, and they will kill Him, and He will be raised on the third day.” And the disciples were really sad and worried because this was the second time that Jesus said He was going to die in Jerusalem.Q: Why did the Christ have to die?A: So God could be angry and punish Him for our sins instead of us, so that He could forgive us and

give us eternal life.Jesus told His disciples that He was going to die and be raised on the third day because He wanted them to be ready for it and not surprised and afraid. But they didn’t understand God’s plan.


While they were traveling, the disciples started to argue with one another about which one of them was the greatest. (They knew Jesus was the greatest of all, but they argued about which one of the Twelve was the greatest disciple.)Q: Do you think they should have cared about which one of them was greatest?A: No.They had pride in their hearts. Being proud is a sin when you think you’re better than everyone else. The opposite of pride is being humble. Q: Can you say humble?Being humble means that you know God is great and big and holy, but you are small and a sinner who needs God’s mercy. So, a humble person is not proud and doesn’t try to be better than anyone; instead, a humble person cares for other people and wants to help them and make them better and make them happy.

When Jesus knew that the disciples were arguing about who was the greatest, He sat them down in front of Him. He said, “If anyone wants to be first, he must be last and the servant of all.”Q: Do you know what servant means?A: A servant is like a helper, someone who serves and helps others.Jesus said, “If anyone wants to be first, he must be last and the servant of all.” Instead of trying to be first in line or trying to be better than others, a humble person is not selfish and let’s others go first and helps them.Q: Do you think Jesus is prideful or humble?A: Humble!The Bible says Jesus’ is humble! Even though He was in heaven sitting on His throne as God the Son with angels worshiping Him and serving Him, the Son came to earth as a Man, so that He could be a humble servant of God and help sinners be saved.

Q: What does a disciple do?A: Follows his teacher to learn to be like his teacher.So we want to learn to be humble like Jesus, to deny ourselves, and take up our crosses, and care about others and help them.


104: PHARISEES MAD AT SABBATH HEALING (BORN BLIND)



When Jesus and the disciples were Galilee, Jesus said to them, “The Son is about to be given into the hands of men, and they will kill Him….” Q: But what did He said would happen on the third day?A: He will be raised back to life!And the disciples were really sad and worried because this was the second time that Jesus said He was going to die in Jerusalem.Q: Why did the Christ have to die?A: So God could be angry and punish Him for our sins instead of us, so that He could forgive us and

give us eternal life.

While they were traveling, the disciples started to argue with one another about which one of them was the greatest. They had pride in their hearts. Q: What is pride?A: Thinking you’re better than everyone else.The opposite of pride is being humble. Being humble means that you know God is great and big and holy, but you are small and a sinner who needs God’s mercy. So, a humble person is not proud and doesn’t try to be better than anyone; instead, a humble person cares for other people and wants to help them and make them better and make them happy.

When Jesus knew that the disciples were arguing about who was the greatest, He sat them down in front of Him. Q: He said, “If anyone wants to be first, he must be ______ “?A: “Last and the servant of all.”Q: What is a servant?A: A helper, someone who serves and helps others.Jesus said, “If anyone wants to be first, he must be last and the servant of all.” Instead of trying to be first in line or trying to be better than others, a humble person is not selfish and let’s others go first and helps them, just like Jesus is humble.One time Jesus and his disciples walked by a man who had been blind since he was born.Q: What does blind mean?A: You can’t see.Q: Do you think it would be sad to be born blind and never be able to see?A: Yes.

Jesus’ disciples asked, “Teacher, is this man blind because his parents sinned or because he sinned?” Jesus said, “It was not because this man sinned or his parents, but it was so that a miracle of God can be shown in him, because I AM the light of the world!” Q: Do you remember in the very beginning, after the earth became ruin and dark and flooded with

water, but God said, “Let there be ______ “?A: Light!Q: Where did that light come from? The sun?A: No! The sun wasn’t created until Day Four. The light came from God, who is light!


Jesus was saying that He is the light of the world; He is the light from Day One when He was fixing the earth!Q: Could the blind man see light, or only darkness?A: Darkness.So Jesus was saying that He was going to do a miracle to make this man being able to see light, so that He could prove that He is the Son of God who makes light!

So Jesus spit on the ground and made mud with the dirt and spit, and Jesus put the mud on the man’s eyes.Q: Is that crazy?!A: Yes!Jesus was only doing what the Father was telling Him to do by the Spirit. He probably used the dirt to teach us that He is God the Son who made Adam from dirt. It’s like Jesus was making this man new by healing his eyes! Jesus told the blind man with the mud on his eyes to go wash in a pool named Siloam. Jesus said that because Siloam means “sent” in Jesus’ language, and He wanted this miracle to help everyone believe that He was sent from heaven by God, His Father. So the man went and washed the mud off in the pool called Sent.Q: And what do you think happened?!A: He could see!And people were amazed!

But it was a Sabbath when Jesus made the mud to heal him, so the Pharisees were mad because they thought making the mud was a sin, working on the Sabbath. They said, “This man [Jesus] is not from God, because He does not obey the Sabbath.” But others said, “How could a sinner do such miracles?!” The man who had been healed said, “I was blind, but now I see! Never since the world began has anyone opened the eyes of a man born blind! Jesus must be a prophet from God!”Q: Was that man right?A: Yes!But the Pharisees were so mad that they told that man he must have been born in sin, and they kicked him out of the church and told him that he could never come back in the church again.

So Jesus found the man after that and asked him, “Do you believe in the Son?” The man said, “Who is He, so I may believe in Him?” Jesus said, “You have seen him, and it is He who is speaking to you.” And the man said, “Lord, I believe!” And he worshiped Jesus!

Isn’t that cool? That man had never seen before, ever in his whole life, but now he could see Jesus!


105: “LAZARUS, COME OUT!”

Q: What is pride?A: Thinking you’re better than everyone else.Q: What does it mean to be humble?A: You know God is great and big and holy, but you are small and a sinner who needs God’s mercy. So, a

humble person is not proud and doesn’t try to be better than anyone; instead, a humble person cares for other people and wants to help them and make them better and make them happy.

Q: Jesus said, “If anyone wants to be first, he must be ______ “?A: “Last and the servant of all.”Q: What is a servant?A: A helper, someone who serves and helps others.

Jesus said the man was born blind not because he sinned or his parents.Q: Why was he born blind? A: So that a miracle of God can be shown in him!Q: Jesus wanted people to believe, so He said, “I AM the ______ “? A: “Light of the world!”Jesus is God’s Light from Day One when He was fixing the earth!

Q: What did Jesus put on the man’s eyes?A: Mud!Yeah! Jesus spit on the ground and made mud out of the dirt.Q: Why do we think He used dirt?A: To teach us that He is God the Son who made Adam from dirt. It’s like Jesus was making this man

new by healing his eyes! Q: What did Jesus tell the blind man to do?A: Go wash in the pool!Q: What was the name of the pool?A: Siloam!Q: What does Siloam mean in English?A: Sent!Q: Why did Jesus pick a pool called Sent?A: He wanted this miracle to help everyone believe that He was sent from heaven by God, His Father. Q: What happened when the man washed?!A: He could see!

Q: What kind of day was it?A: A Sabbath!Q: So who was mad at Jesus for making mud on the Sabbath?A: The Pharisees!They said, “This man [Jesus] is not from God, because He does not obey the Sabbath.” But others said, “How could a sinner do such miracles?!” The man who had been healed said, “I was blind, but now I see! Never since the world began has anyone opened the eyes of a man born blind! Jesus must be a prophet from God!”Q: What did the Pharisees do to the man who was blind but now can see?A: Kicked him out of the church and told him that he could never come back in the church again.

So Jesus found the man after that and asked him, “Do you believe in the Son?” The man said, “Who is He, so I may believe in Him?” Jesus said, “You have seen him, and it is He who is speaking to you.” Q: What did the man do?A: He said, “Lord, I believe!” And he worshiped Jesus!


So the Pharisees were mad at Jesus for working miracles on Sabbaths and for saying that He is the Son of God who came from heaven and that He is equal with God the Father. They thought He was a liar, and they were jealous of Him because He was getting so famous. And they wanted to kill Him. So Jesus went away from Jerusalem, across the Jordan River where John had been baptizing, and many people came to Him and believed in Him there.

After awhile, one of Jesus’ best friends became really sick. His name was Lazarus.Q: Can you say, “Lazarus”?Lazarus had two sisters named Mary and Martha, who were also Jesus’ friends. They sent a message to Jesus that their brother Lazarus was sick. When Jesus found out, He told His disciples, “This sickness will not end in death. It is for the glory of God, so that the Son of God may be given glory through it.”

Jesus loved Martha and Mary and Lazarus, so He stayed where He was two more days. Q: Do you think it’s strange that Jesus waited two more days instead of going to help His friend right

away?A: Yes.The Bible says Jesus waited because He loved them. And then Jesus told His disciples, “Let’s go to Lazarus’ town by Jerusalem.” And the disciples said, “But the Pharisees want to kill you; why do you want to go back there?” But Jesus wasn’t afraid. He said, “Our friend Lazarus has fallen asleep, but I am going to wake him up.” The disciples thought Jesus should let him keep sleeping, so that he could get better. But Jesus meant that Lazarus had died.

Q: Do you remember that Jesus said the sickness would not end in death?A: Yes. Q: Then why did Jesus wait two days and let His friend Lazarus die?A: I don’t know. Jesus knew that God the Father wanted Him to do a miracle for His glory. So He told His disciples, “Lazarus has died, and for your sake, I am glad that I was not there, so that you may believe. But let us go to him.”Q: What do you think Jesus is going to do?A: Tell him to wake up!

When Jesus and His disciples came to Lazarus’ town, they found out that Lazarus had already been dead and buried for four days. When his sister Martha heard that Jesus was coming, she ran out to meet Him. She said, “Lord, if You had been here, my brother would not have died!” She was trying to be nice, but she thought it was Jesus’ fault because He waited so long to come. She said, “But even now I know that whatever you ask from God, God will give you.” Jesus said, “Your brother will rise again.” Martha said, “I know he will rise again at the resurrection on the last day.” Q: Do you know what resurrection means?A: Resurrection means be raised from the dead back to life!Martha thought that Jesus meant that Lazarus would be raised when Jesus comes back at the end and everyone has a resurrection. But Jesus said to her, “I AM the Resurrection and the Life.” He was telling Martha that He Himself is the power of Life; He makes everyone live; and so He can raise anyone back to life anytime He wants. Jesus said, “I AM the Resurrection and the Life. He who is believing into Me, even if He dies, He will live!” And Jesus asked Martha, “Do you believe this?” She said, “Yes, Lord. I believe that You are the Christ, the Son of God!”

Then Martha got her sister Mary, and Mary came out and fell at Jesus’ feet and said to Him, “Lord, if You had been here, my brother would not have died!” (just like her sister). Jesus asked, “Where have you laid him?” Mary, Martha, and all of their friends and family started walking with Jesus to the place that Lazarus was buried, and they were crying. And Jesus cried, too. He loved them, and He was sad because they were all so sad because Lazarus was dead.

Then they came to the tomb where Lazarus was buried.


Q: Do you know what a tomb is?A: A tomb is like a cave, a room in a rock where they would put dead bodies and close the tomb with a

big, round rock.Jesus told them, “Take away the rock.” Martha didn’t think it was a good idea, because Lazarus had already been dead for four days. Jesus said to her, “Didn’t I tell you that if you believed you would see the glory of God?” So they took away the rock in front of the tomb. Jesus looked up to heaven and prayed, “Father, I thank You that You have heard Me. I knew You always hear Me, but I say this prayer for the people standing by Me, so that they may believe that You sent Me.” After Jesus prayed, He called out with a loud voice, “Lazarus, come out!”

Q: What do you think happened?!A: He came back to life!You’re right! Jesus is Resurrection and Life, and Jesus’ words are so powerful that His words, “Lazarus, come out!” put life back into his dead body! And Lazarus walked out of the tomb!

Q: Do you think Martha, Mary, Lazarus, and all their friends and family believed in Jesus and honored Him and praised Him because of that miracle?

A: Yes!Yes, I think they were so happy and full of joy to be able to praise Jesus for Lazarus’ resurrection!Q: Do you think we should be happy to praise Him, too?A: Yes!

Songs: You Do Miracles, Mighty God, God You Are (Life)


106: THE PARABLE OF JOY FOR THE HIDDEN TREASURE

When one of Jesus’ best friends named Lazarus became really sick, Jesus told His disciples, “This sickness will not end in death.”Q: “It is for the _______ “?A: “Glory of God, so that the Son of God may be given glory through it.”

Jesus loved Martha and Mary and Lazarus, so He stayed where He was two more days, and Lazarus died.Q: Why did Jesus wait two days and let His friend Lazarus die?A: Jesus knew that God the Father wanted Him to do a miracle for His glory. So He told His disciples, “Our friend Lazarus has fallen asleep, but I am going to wake him up. Lazarus has died, and for your sake, I am glad that I was not there, so that you may believe. But let us go to him.”

Q: When Jesus and His disciples came to Lazarus’ town, how many days had Lazarus been dead and buried?A: Four days. When his sister Martha heard that Jesus was coming, she ran out to meet Him. Q: What did Martha say to Jesus?A: “Lord, if You had been here, my brother would not have died!” She was trying to be nice, but she thought it was Jesus’ fault because He waited so long to come. She said, “But even now I know that whatever you ask from God, God will give you.” Jesus said, “Your brother will rise again.” Martha said, “I know he will rise again at the resurrection on the last day.” Q: What does resurrection mean?A: Resurrection means be raised from the dead back to life!Martha thought that Jesus meant that Lazarus would be raised when Jesus comes back at the end and everyone has a resurrection. Q: But what did Jesus say to her?A: “I AM the Resurrection and the Life.” He was telling Martha that He Himself is the power of Life; He makes everyone live; and so He can raise anyone back to life anytime He wants. Jesus said, “I AM the Resurrection and the Life….”Q: “He who is believing into Me, even if He dies, He will ______ “?A: “Live!” And Jesus asked Martha, “Do you believe this?” She said, “Yes, Lord. I believe that You are the Christ, the Son of God!”

Then Martha got her sister Mary, and Mary came out and fell at Jesus’ feet.Q: What did Mary say to Jesus?A: “Lord, if You had been here, my brother would not have died!” Jesus asked, “Where have you laid him?” Mary, Martha, and all of their friends and family started walking with Jesus to the place that Lazarus was buried, and they were crying. Q: What did Jesus do?A: Jesus cried, too. He loved them, and He was sad because they were all so sad because Lazarus was dead.

Then they came to the tomb where Lazarus was buried.Q: What is a tomb?A: A tomb is like a cave, a room in a rock where they would put dead bodies and close the tomb with a

big, round rock.Jesus told them, “Take away the rock.” Martha didn’t think it was a good idea, because Lazarus had already been dead for four days. Q: Jesus said to her, “Didn’t I tell you that if you believed you would see the ______ “? A: “Glory of God!” So they took away the rock in front of the tomb. Jesus looked up to heaven and prayed, “Father, I thank


You that You have heard Me. I knew You always hear Me, but I say this prayer for the people standing by Me, so that they may believe that You sent Me.” After Jesus prayed, He called out with a loud voice…. Q: What did Jesus say?A: “Lazarus, come out!”

Q: What happened?!A: He came back to life!You’re right! Jesus is Resurrection and Life, and Jesus’ words are so powerful that His words, “Lazarus, come out!” put life back into his dead body! And Lazarus walked out of the tomb!

So many people believed in Jesus because He raised Lazarus from the dead, that the Pharisees started making plans to kill Jesus, because He was becoming so famous. The Pharisees also wanted to kill Lazarus because so many were believing in Jesus because he was alive again.

So Jesus told His disciples for the third time that He was going to be killed. He said, “We are going to Jerusalem, and the Passover is coming…. Q: Do you remember that God told the Israelites to celebrate Passover every year to remember the

first time that He passed over them in Egypt and did not kill them because of the blood of the Passover Lamb?

A: Yes.Jesus said, “We are going to Jerusalem, and the Passover is coming, and the leaders of the Israelites will decide the Son should die, and the Son will be made fun of and beat up and crucified.”Q: Do you know what crucified means?A: Crucified means to be killed on a cross.Q: Do you remember the prophet David said that they would nail the Christ’s hands and feet?A: Yes.Q: Why did the Christ have to die?A: So God could be angry and punish Him for our sins instead of us, so that He could forgive us and

give us eternal life.Q: What did Jesus say would happen three days after He died?A: He would be raised back to life!

Q: Do you think Jesus wanted to die?A: No.The Bible tells us that Jesus kind of did not want to die, because He didn’t want God the Father to be angry with Him (for our sins). But the Bible tells us that, really, Jesus did want to die. He wasn’t forced to die. It was His choice. He wanted to do God’s plan, and He wanted to save us from our punishment for sins, so that God would be honored and praised.

Jesus told His disciples a parable. Q: What is a parable?A: A special kind of story that teaches a lesson!Jesus said, “The Kingdom of God is like a treasure hidden in a field. And a Man found that treasure, and in His joy, He sold all that He had to buy that field.” Here’s what I believe the parable means. The field is the world. (Do you remember the other parables were the field was the world?) The field is the world, and the treasure in the world is everybody would become Jesus’ disciples. Jesus calls His disciples a treasure, because He loves His disciples so much that they are better than money and gold. In the parable, Jesus said that a Man found the treasure. The Man is Jesus. He said the Man sold everything He had to buy that treasure – that means that Jesus would give up everything, even give up His life and died to get that treasure, to save His disciples.Q: Do you understand?And Jesus said in the parable that He would sell everything in joy.Q: What does joy mean?A: Really, really happy!


So Jesus taught that He would be really, really happy to sell everything to buy the treasure – to die, so that He could save His disciples and give them eternal life.

Even though it was going hurt really bad, Jesus had joy when He chose to do God’s plan (His plan!) to be crucified, to be killed on a cross to save us. The most important thing Jesus wanted was God the Father to be honored and to be praised for being a good God who punished sin and showed mercy to sinners. And Jesus loves the people He created in His Image, and He wanted to save them and live forever with them on the New Earth. So, Jesus knew it would hurt, but He thought it was better to die and then be raised back to life, so that He could have joy with the Father and the Spirit and His disciples!


107: HOSANNA! JESUS ENTERED JERUSALEM

So many people believed in Jesus because He raised Lazarus from the dead, that the Pharisees started making plans to kill Jesus, because He was becoming so famous. So Jesus told His disciples, “We are going to Jerusalem, and the Passover is coming, and the leaders of the Israelites will decide the Son should die, and the Son will be made fun of and beat up and crucified.”Q: What does it mean to be crucified?A: To be killed on a cross.Q: Do you remember the prophet David said that they would nail the Christ’s hands and feet?A: Yes.Q: Why did the Christ have to die?A: So God could be angry and punish Him for our sins instead of us, so that He could forgive us and

give us eternal life.Q: What did Jesus say would happen after He died?A: He would be raised back to life in three days!

Q: Do you think Jesus wanted to die?A: Yes.The Bible tells us that Jesus kind of did not want to die, because He didn’t want God the Father to be angry with Him (for our sins). But the Bible tells us that, really, Jesus did want to die. He wasn’t forced to die. It was His choice. He wanted to do God’s plan, and He wanted to save us from our punishment for sins, so that God would be honored and praised.

Jesus told His disciples a parable. Q: What is a parable?A: A special kind of story that teaches a lesson!Jesus said, “The Kingdom of God is like a treasure hidden in a field. And a Man found that treasure, and in His joy, He sold all that He had to buy that field.” Q: What does the field mean?A: The world! Q: Who is the treasure?A: Everybody would become Jesus’ disciples! Jesus calls His disciples a treasure, because He loves His disciples so much that they are better than money and gold. Q: Who is the the Man who found the treasure?A: Jesus! He said the Man sold everything He had to buy that treasure – that means that Jesus would give up everything, even give up His life and died to get that treasure, to save His disciples. And Jesus said in the parable that He would sell everything in joy. So Jesus taught that He would be really, really happy to sell everything to buy the treasure – to die, so that He could save His disciples and give them eternal life.

Even though it was going hurt really bad, Jesus had joy when He chose to do God’s plan to be crucified, to be killed on a cross to save us. Q: What was the most important thing Jesus wanted to happen because He was crucified? He wanted

God the Father to be ______ ?A: Honored and praised for being a good God who punished sin and showed mercy to sinners! Q: What was another reason that Jesus chose to be crucified? How does Jesus feel about the people

He created in His Image?A: Jesus loves the people He created in His Image, and He wanted to save them and live forever with them on the New Earth! So, Jesus knew it would hurt, but He thought it was better to die and then be raised back to life, so that He could have joy with the Father and the Spirit and His disciples!

On the way into Jerusalem, Jesus borrowed a donkey, and He rode the donkey into Jerusalem. And a big


crowd of people came because they saw or heard about how Jesus raised Lazarus from the dead! The people were waving palm branches in the air, celebrating and shouting, “Hosanna!”Q: Do you know what hosanna means?A: No.Hosanna is a word from Jesus’ language that started as a prayer, “Save us!” And the people believed that God would answer the prayer, so the word hosanna started to be like the word “praise!” When the people shouted, “Hosanna!” it was like they were praising God for saving them!

So Jesus was riding into Jerusalem on the donkey, and the crowd of people were celebrating and shouting, “Hosanna to the Son of David!” That’s like saying, “Praise the Son of David for saving us!” And they shouted, “Hosanna! Blessed is the King who comes in the Name of the Lord! Blessed be the King of Israel!”Q: Was Jesus the Son of David who was promised to rule forever?A: Yes!Q: Was Jesus the King of Israel?A: Yes!The Pharisees told Jesus to make His disciples be quiet, but Jesus said, “If these are quiet, then the very rocks would shout!”Q: Is that funny?A: Yeah!Jesus was saying that He deserved to be praised so much that, if people didn’t praise Him, then the rocks would praise Him!

When Jesus made it into Jerusalem, He went into the temple, and people were selling things and trading money in the temple?Q: Do you think they should have been doing that?A: No.So Jesus told all of them to get out, and He turned over all of the tables of the sellers and money-changers. He was mad, but He was right, and He wasn’t sinning! He said to them, “God wrote in the Bible, ‘My house will be a house of prayer, but you make it a house of stealers!’” So Jesus cleaned out the temple, so that it could be a place for prayer and teaching God’s words. And the blind and the sick came to Jesus, and He healed them.

Children were shouting in the temple, “Hosanna to the Son of David!” The leaders of the Israelites were jealous, but Jesus said the children were right to praise Yahweh!

Songs: Hosanna!, Blessed Be the Name of Yahweh


108: JUDAS BETRAYED JESUS

So many people believed in Jesus because He raised Lazarus from the dead, that the Pharisees started making plans to kill Jesus, because He was becoming so famous. So Jesus told His disciples, “We are going to Jerusalem, and the Passover is coming, and the leaders of the Israelites will decide the Son should die, and the Son will be made fun of and beat up and crucified.”Q: What does it mean to be crucified?A: To be killed on a cross.Q: Why did the Christ have to die?A: So God could be angry and punish Him for our sins instead of us, so that He could forgive us and

give us eternal life.Q: What did Jesus say would happen after He died?A: He would be raised back to life in three days!

Q: Did Jesus want to die?A: Yes. Jesus had joy when He chose to do God’s plan to be crucified, to be killed on a cross to save us.Q: What two things did Jesus want to happen because He was crucified? What was the first thing,

most important thing?A: He wanted God to be honored and praised.Q: Why would God be honored and praised for killing His Son?A: Because it proved He is good when He punished sins and showed mercy to sinners.So the first thing, the most important thing jesus wanted to happen because He was crucified is for God to be honored and praised.Q: What was the second thing?A: He wanted to save us from Hades and give us His Spirit, eternal life!

Q: What did Jesus borrow to ride into Jerusalem?A: A donkey! Q: Why did big crowd of people follow Him?A: Because they saw or heard about how Jesus raised Lazarus from the dead! Q: What were the people waving in the air?A: Palm branches!Q: They were celebrating; and what were they shouting?A: “Hosanna!”Q: What does hosanna mean?A: Praise!Yes! Hosanna is a word from Jesus’ language that started as a prayer, “Save us!” But the people believed that God would answer the prayer, so the word hosanna started to be like the word “praise!” When the people shouted, “Hosanna!” it was like they were praising God for saving them!

So they were shouting, “Hosanna to the Son of David!” That’s like saying, “Praise the Son of David for saving us!” And they shouted, “Hosanna! Blessed is the King who comes in the Name of the Lord! Blessed be the King of Israel!” The Pharisees told Jesus to make His disciples be quiet.Q: But what did Jesus say to them?A: “If these are quiet, then the very rocks would shout!”Jesus was saying that He deserved to be praised so much that, if people didn’t praise Him, then the rocks would praise Him!

When Jesus made it into Jerusalem, He went into the temple, and people were selling things and trading money in the temple?Q: What did Jesus do?A: Jesus told all of them to get out, and He turned over all of the tables of the sellers and money-

changers.


Q: He said to them, “God wrote in the Bible, ‘My house will be a house of ______ “?A: Prayer! Q: “But you make it a house of ______ “?A: Stealers!He was mad, but He was right, and He wasn’t sinning! Jesus cleaned out the temple, so that it could be a place for prayer and teaching God’s words. And the blind and the sick came to Jesus, and He healed them. Q: What were the children shouting in the temple?A: “Hosanna to the Son of David!” The leaders of the Israelites were jealous, but Jesus said the children were right to praise Yahweh!

Q: Do you guys remember what Cain did to Abel?A: Murdered him.Q: Who lied to Cain and talked Cain into doing that?A: Satan.Q: Do you think Satan was the one trying to get the Pharisees to murder Jesus?A: Yes.Jesus even told the Pharisees that it was Satan who wanted them to kill Him, but they did not repent.

Then Satan put a thought into the heart of one of Jesus’ disciples named Judas Iscariot. Judas was one of the Twelve Apostles. Jesus picked Judas to be one of His closest friends, to travel with Him everywhere, to learn from Him, and help Him teach and heal people. But Satan put a thought into Judas’ heart to help the Pharisees murder Jesus.

So Judas Iscariot went to the Pharisees and asked them, “What will you give me if I help you get Jesus?” They were happy and promised to give him thirty pieces of silver, if he helped them have Jesus crucified. Then Judas went back to be with Jesus and the Twelve Apostles. When they were eating the Passover meal together, Satan came into Judas!Q: Do you remember that Satan’s bad angels, called demons, would sometimes go into a person to

hurt them or make them sin?A: Yes.Satan even went into Judas to talk him into go to the Pharisees and telling them where they could catch Jesus. And Jesus knew what happened because the Holy Spirit told him, and so Jesus said to Judas, “Go, do it quickly.” Remember, Jesus wanted to die to honor God and save us from our sins.

And Judas went to the Pharisees, and then he took them and soldiers… Q: Do you remember what soldiers are?A: Soldiers are men who are tight how to fight. And the soldiers here were kind of like policemen (but they were doing bad instead of good). Judas took the Pharisees and soldiers with swords to a place where he knew Jesus would be praying. And Jesus knew what was going to happen to Him, so He stepped forward and said, “Who are you looking for?” They said, “Jesus of Nazareth.” And Jesus said, “I AM.” When Jesus said, “I AM,” the soldiers fell to the ground!Q: Why did they do that?! Whose Name means I AM?A: Yahweh!Yes! When Jesus said, “I AM,” He said it with the power of Yahweh, because He is Yahweh, the God-Man! And the soldiers felt the power of Yahweh, and they fell down! So Jesus had to ask them again, and He told them to take Him, but to let His disciples go away safely.

But Peter took a sword and tried to fight them, and he cut off somebody’s ear. But Jesus told Peter, “Put your sword away! Don’t you think I could ask My Father, and He would send 12,000 angels to save Me? But then how would the promises from the prophets in the Bible come true? This has to happen to Me.” Remember, Jesus wanted to die to honor God and save us from our sins. So after Jesus stopped Peter from fighting, He picked up that man’s ear that Peter had cut off, and Jesus put it back on his head and healed


him!Q: Isn’t that amazing?!Jesus even healed someone who came to take him to be crucified because He is so good and loving!

The soldiers took Jesus to the place where the leaders met, so they could decide that Jesus deserved to die. And many people came and said bad things about Jesus that were lies. But Jesus didn’t argue with them; He didn’t say anything back, because He wanted to die to honor God and save us from our sins. Finally, the leader of the Jews said, “Tell us: are You the Christ, the Son of God?” Jesus said, “You are right to say that I am. And you will see Me sitting at the right hand of God and coming back on the clouds of heaven for all the peoples to worship Me.” Since they thought He was lying about being God the Son, they all said, “He deserves to die!” And they started to hit Jesus and spit in His face and make fun of Him.

But the Jews were not allowed to kill anybody, so they had to take him to the Romans. The Romans were the Kingdom that was in control of Israel. They were the real police, so the Jews took Jesus to the Romans to tell them to crucify Him. We’ll learn about that tomorrow.


109: CHRIST CRUCIFIED

Q: Who was it who was lying to the Pharisees, trying to get them to murder Jesus?A: Satan.Q: Which one of the Twelve Apostles did Satan get to help them?A: Judas Iscariot.Satan put a thought into Judas’ heart, so Judas Iscariot went to the Pharisees and asked them, “What will you give me if I help you get Jesus?” Q: They were happy and promised to give him how much money?A: Thirty pieces of silver.Then Judas went back to be with Jesus and the Twelve Apostles. When they were eating the Passover meal together, Satan came into Judas to talk him into going to the Pharisees and telling them where they could catch Jesus. And Jesus knew what happened because the Holy Spirit told him, and so Jesus said to Judas, “Go, do it quickly.” Remember, Jesus wanted to die to honor God and save us from our sins.

And Judas went and took the Pharisees and soldiers with swords to a place where he knew Jesus would be praying. And Jesus knew what was going to happen to Him, so He stepped forward and said, “Who are you looking for?” They said, “Jesus of Nazareth.” Q: What did Jesus answer?A: “I AM.” Q: When Jesus said, “I AM,” what did the soldiers do?A: Fell to the ground!Q: Why did they do that?! A: Because Yahweh means I AM!Yes! When Jesus said, “I AM,” He said it with the power of Yahweh, because He is Yahweh, the God-Man! And the soldiers felt the power of Yahweh, and they fell down! So Jesus had to ask them again, and He told them to take Him, but to let His disciples go away safely.

Q: But what did Peter do?A: Took a sword and tried to fight them, and he cut off somebody’s ear. Q: What did Jesus say to Peter?A: “Put your sword away!”And He said, “Don’t you think I could ask My Father, and He would send 12,000 angels to save Me? But then how would the promises from the prophets in the Bible come true? This has to happen to Me.” Remember, Jesus wanted to die to honor God and save us from our sins.

So after Jesus stopped Peter from fighting, He healed the man whose ear had been cut off! Jesus even healed someone who came to take him to be crucified because He is so good and loving!

The soldiers took Jesus to the place where the leaders met, so they could decide that Jesus deserved to die. And many people came and said bad things about Jesus that were lies. Q: Did Jesus argue with them?A: No.Q: Did He say anything?A: No.Because He wanted to die to honor God and save us from our sins. Finally, the leader of the Jews said, “Tell us: are You the Christ, the Son of God?” Q: What did Jesus say to that?A: “You are right to say that I am.”Q: And He said, “And you will see Me sitting at the right hand of God and coming back on the”

what?A: Clouds of heaven! “For all the peoples to worship Me.” They thought He was lying about being God the Son.


Q: So what did they say?A: “He deserves to die!” And they started to hit Jesus and spit in His face and make fun of Him.

But the Jews were not allowed to kill anybody, so they had to take him to the Romans. The Romans were the Kingdom that was in control of Israel. They were the real police, so the Jews took Jesus to the Romans to tell them to crucify Him.

The leader of the Romans over Israel was named Pilate.Q: Can you say, “Pilate”?They took Jesus to Pilate, and Pilate asked, “Are You the King of the Jews?” Jesus said, “You are right to say that I am.” Then the Israelite leaders told lies about Jesus to Pilate, and Pilate asked Jesus if they were true.Q: Do you think Jesus argued back?A: No.Pilate was amazed that Jesus didn’t argue back, and he knew that Jesus did not deserve to die. He could tell that the leaders of the Israelites only wanted to kill Him because they were jealous. So Pilate tried to let Jesus go by saying that he would let one of the prisoners go free. He brought out a man named Barabbas, who was a murderer. Pilate said to the crowd of Israelites, “Do you want me to let Barabbas go or Jesus who is called the Christ, the King of the Jews?” And the leaders of Israel talked the crowd into shouting that they wanted Pilate to let Barabbas go instead of Jesus. Pilate said, “Then what will I do with the Man called the King of the Jews?” And the crowd shouted, “Crucify Him! Crucify Him!” Pilate said, “But He has done nothing to deserve to die!” The leaders answered, “He called Himself the Son of God!” And the crowd kept shouting, “Crucify! Crucify!” Finally, Pilate gave up and did what the crowd wanted, even though he knew it was wrong. He gave Jesus to his soldiers to scourge Jesus.Q: Can you say, “Scourge”?That means they took a rope that turned into a lot of little ropes, and it had pieces of sharp rocks and metal and glass tied into it. And they took Jesus’ shirt off, and they hit Him on the back with this scourge. And the rocks and metal and glass would dig into His skin and break His skin open and make Him bleed.Q: Does that sound like it would hurt really bad?A: Yes.The soldiers scourged Jesus for a long time, so that He would die quicker on the cross. And then they put a robe on Him to pretend like He was a king, so they could make fun of Him. And they made a crown for Him out of thorns, and they stuck it on His head, so the thorns would poke Him and make Him bleed more. And they made fun of Him, saying, “Praise the King of the Jews! Praise the King of the Jews!” But they didn’t mean it; they were making fun of Him. And they hit Him in the head with big sticks and spit in His face. Then they took off the robe and took Him outside of the city to be crucified.

And they nailed Jesus’ hand to the cross, and they nailed His other hand to the other side. And they nailed His feet to the bottom of the cross. And so Jesus was hanging on the cross, bleeding and hurting.

And the leaders of the Jews made fun of Jesus, “He saved others, but He can’t save Himself! Come down from there, Christ, King of the Jews, and then we will believe in you!”Q: Do you think Jesus could have done a miracle to get off the cross and heal himself?A: Yes.Q: Why didn’t He?A: Because He wanted to do God’s plan. Q: What were two things Jesus wanted to happen because He was crucified? First, Jesus wanted God

to be _______ ?A: Honored and praised for being a good God who punished sins and showed mercy to sinners. Q: What was the second thing?A: He wanted to save us from Hades and give us His Spirit, eternal life!

Instead of being angry at the people crucifying Him, Jesus prayed, “Father, forgive them, because they


don’t know what they are doing.”

And Jesus hung on the cross for about three hours. And then for the next three hours the sun stopped shining, and it was dark. Jesus is the Light of the world, and He was dying, so the sun’s light stopped shining. God was showing everybody how bad this was.

When Jesus was on the Cross, God the Father was being angry at Him because of our sins.Q: When you do something wrong, and Mom or I are angry with you for sinning, and you are getting

in trouble, does that make you feel bad?A: Yes.It feels bad to get in trouble for one thing, but when Jesus was on the cross, God the Father was being angry at Him for all of the sins of all of the people in the world! God was really angry for all of those sins, and that hurt Jesus more than all of the hurts in His bleeding body. Jesus cried out, “Eli, Eli, lema sabachthani?” That’s Jesus’ language that means, “My God, My God, why have You left Me?”

Q: Jordan, have you ever sinned?A: Yes.Q: Have you sinned lots of times?A: Yes.When Jesus was on the cross, God the Father was being angry at Jesus because of your sins, instead of being angry at you.Q: Does it make you feel sad that Jesus had to be punished because of your sins?A: Yes.Q: Taylor, have you ever sinned?A: Yes.Q: Have you sinned lots of times?A: Yes.When Jesus was on the cross, God the Father was being angry at Jesus because of your sins, instead of being angry at you.Q: Does it make you feel sad that Jesus had to be punished because of your sins?A: Yes.God the Father was also being angry at Jesus for my sins, and Mom’s sins, and the sins of everyone in the world, and it makes me sad that Jesus had to be crucified because of me.

When Jesus knew that He had done everything God planned, He shouted, “It has been finished!” That means that He had been perfect, but He had been punished for all of our sins instead of us. And Jesus prayed, “Father, into Your hands I give My spirit.” And He breathed for the last time. And He died.

Songs: Amazing Love (How Can It Be?), You are Worthy of My Praise (chorus)


110: CHRIST BURIED

Q: Who was it who was lying to the Pharisees, trying to get them to murder Jesus?A: Satan.Q: Which one of the Twelve Apostles did Satan get to help them?A: Judas Iscariot.After the soldiers brought Jesus to the Israelite leaders, but Jesus didn’t argue with their lies, the leader of the Jews said, “Tell us: are You the Christ, the Son of God?” Q: What did Jesus say to that?A: “You are right to say that I am.”Q: And He said, “And you will see Me sitting at the right hand of God and coming back on the”

what?A: Clouds of heaven! “For all the peoples to worship Me.” They thought He was lying about being God the Son.Q: So what did they say?A: “He deserves to die!” And they started to hit Jesus and spit in His face and make fun of Him.

But the Jews were not allowed to kill anybody, so they had to take him to the Romans, the Kingdom that was in control of Israel. They were the real police. The leader of the Romans over Israel was named Pilate. He asked Jesus, “Are You the King of the Jews?” Q: What did Jesus say to that?A: “You are right to say that I am.” Then the Israelite leaders told lies about Jesus to Pilate, and Pilate asked Jesus if they were true.Q: Did Jesus argue back?A: No.Q: Did Pilate think Jesus deserved to die?A: No.So Pilate tried to let Jesus go by saying that he would let one of the prisoners go free. He brought out a man named Barabbas, who was a murderer. Pilate said to the crowd of Israelites, “Do you want me to let Barabbas go or Jesus who is called the Christ, the King of the Jews?” Q: Who did the leaders of Israel talk the crowd into shouting that they wanted let go?A: Barabbas!Pilate said, “Then what will I do with the Man called the King of the Jews?” Q: What did the crowd shout?A: “Crucify Him! Crucify Him!” Pilate said, “But He has done nothing to deserve to die!” The leaders answered, “He called Himself the Son of God!” And the crowd kept shouting, “Crucify! Crucify!” Finally, Pilate gave up and did what the crowd wanted, even though he knew it was wrong. He gave Jesus to his soldiers to scourge Jesus.Q: What does it mean to scourge?A: That means they took a rope that turned into a lot of little ropes, and it had pieces of sharp rocks and

metal and glass tied into it. And they took Jesus’ shirt off, and they hit Him on the back with this scourge. And the rocks and metal and glass would dig into His skin and break His skin open and make Him bleed.

The soldiers scourged Jesus for a long time, so that He would die quicker on the cross. And then they put a robe on Him to pretend like He was a king, so they could make fun of Him. Q: What kind of crown did they put on His head?A: A crown of thorns.And they hit Him in the head with big sticks and spit in His face. Then they took off the robe and took Him outside of the city to be crucified.

And they nailed Jesus’ hand to the cross, and they nailed His other hand to the other side. And they


nailed His feet to the bottom of the cross. And so Jesus was hanging on the cross, bleeding and hurting.

And the leaders of the Jews made fun of Jesus, “He saved others, but He can’t save Himself! Come down from there, Christ, King of the Jews, and then we will believe in you!”Q: Why didn’t Jesus do a miracle to get off the cross?A: Because He wanted to do God’s plan. Q: What were two things Jesus wanted to happen because He was crucified? First, Jesus wanted God


Q: Instead of being angry at the people crucifying Him, what did Jesus pray?A: “Father, forgive them, because they don’t know what they are doing.”

And Jesus hung on the cross for about three hours. Q: And then for the next three hours, what happened to the sun?A: It stopped shining! And it was dark. Jesus is the Light of the world, and He was dying, so the sun’s light stopped shining. God was showing everybody how bad this was.

When Jesus was on the Cross, God the Father was being angry at Him because of our sins. It feels bad to get in trouble for one thing, but when Jesus was on the cross, God the Father was being angry at Him for all of the sins of all of the people in the world! God was really angry for all of those sins, and that hurt Jesus more than all of the hurts in His bleeding body. Jesus cried out, “Eli, Eli, lema sabachthani?” Q: That’s Jesus’ language that means, “My God, My God, why have You _______”? A: “Left Me?”Q: Do you guys feel sad that Jesus had to be crucified because of your sins?A: Yes.Me, too.Q: Are you thankful that Jesus loves you so much that He wanted to die in your place, so that you did

not have to die and go to Hades?A: Yes.Me, too.

When Jesus knew that He had done everything God planned, He shouted:Q: “It has been _______”? A: “Finished!” That means that He had been perfect, but He had been punished for all of our sins instead of us. Q: And Jesus prayed, “Father, into Your hands I give My _______”?A: “Spirit.” And He breathed for the last time. And He died.

When He died, there was an earthquake, and rocks broken open, and the curtain to the Holy of Holies was torn from top to bottom! And people who had believed in the Christ, but who had already died and been buried in tombs – when Jesus died, lots of them came back to life! Jesus’ death gave them life! Some of the soldiers who had crucified Jesus felt the earthquake when Jesus died, and they said, “This really was the Son of God!”

It was the soldiers job to make sure that Jesus really was dead, so one of them took a spear (a really long, sharp, pointy stick) and stuck it into Jesus’ side, by his heart, and blood came out, and they knew He really was dead. And Jesus’ disciples and His mother, Mary, were standing far off, watching all of this, and they were crying. Then they took him down off of the cross and wrapped His body in sheets, and they buried Him in a tomb, and they rolled the big rock in front of the door.


Q: Do you remember that Joseph’s brothers were jealous of Joseph and his robe of many colors, and that’s why they hated him and wanted to kill him, but they sold him as a slave to Egypt?

A: Yes.Q: Do you remember that after Joseph saved his brothers by giving them the food he had saved up,

that Joseph told them, “You planned evil against me, but God planned your evil for good, to keep many people alive”?

A: Yes.Bad things can only happen if God plans for them to happen, and God plans even bad things for good reasons. Just like Joseph’s brothers were jealous and wanted to kill Joseph, the Pharisees were jealous of Jesus and wanted to kill Jesus. And just like God planned the evil that Joseph’s brothers did for good, God planned the Pharisee’s evil against Jesus for good.Q: What was the good thing that God planned because Jesus was killed?A: To save us!It was the worst thing ever to kill the Son of God, but God wanted it to happen for good. Even before God created the world, He planned that His Son would be killed to save us, so that He could be angry at His Son, the Lamb of God, because of our sins, and then He could forgive us.

Song:

What can wash away my sin?Nothing but the blood of Jesus!What can make me [new] again?Nothing but the blood of Jesus!

Thank You for the blood!


111: CHRIST IS RISEN!

Q: What does it mean that the Roman soldiers scourged Jesus?A: That means they took a rope that turned into a lot of little ropes, and it had pieces of sharp rocks and

metal and glass tied into it. And they took Jesus’ shirt off, and they hit Him on the back with this scourge. And the rocks and metal and glass would dig into His skin and break His skin open and make Him bleed.

The soldiers scourged Jesus for a long time, so that He would die quicker on the cross. And then they put a robe on Him to pretend like He was a king, so they could make fun of Him. Q: What kind of crown did they put on His head?A: A crown of thorns.And they hit Him in the head with big sticks and spit in His face. Then they took off the robe and took Him outside of the city to be crucified.

And they nailed Jesus’ hand and feet to the cross. And so Jesus was hanging on the cross, bleeding and hurting.

And the leaders of the Jews made fun of Jesus, “He saved others, but He can’t save Himself! Come down from there, Christ, King of the Jews, and then we will believe in you!”Q: Why didn’t Jesus do a miracle to get off the cross?A: Because He wanted to do God’s plan. Q: What were two things Jesus wanted to happen because He was crucified? First, Jesus wanted God


Q: Instead of being angry at the people crucifying Him, what did Jesus pray?A: “Father, forgive them, because they don’t know what they are doing.”

And Jesus hung on the cross for about three hours. Q: And then for the next three hours, what happened to the sun?A: It stopped shining!

It feels bad to get in trouble for one thing, but when Jesus was on the cross, God the Father was being angry at Him for all of the sins of all of the people in the world! God was really angry for all of those sins, and that hurt Jesus more than all of the hurts in His bleeding body. Jesus cried out, “Eli, Eli, lema sabachthani?” Q: That’s Jesus’ language that means, “My God, My God, why have You _______”? A: “Left Me?”

When Jesus knew that He had done everything God planned, He shouted:Q: “It has been _______”? A: “Finished!” That means that He had been perfect, but He had been punished for all of our sins instead of us. Q: And Jesus prayed, “Father, into Your hands I give My _______”?A: “Spirit.” And He breathed for the last time. And He died.

Q: When Jesus died, what happened to the earth?A: There was an earthquake, and rocks broken open.Q: What curtain was torn?A: The curtain to the Holy of Holies. Q: What happened to some of the people who had believed in the Christ but had already died and


been buried in tombs?A: They came back to life!Jesus’ death gave them life, so they could tell people about Jesus! Q: What did some of the soldiers who crucified Jesus say after they saw everything and felt the

earthquake?A: “This really was the Son of God!”

It was the soldiers job to make sure that Jesus really was dead.Q: So what did they do with a spear?A: Stuck it into Jesus’ side, by his heart, and blood came out, and they knew He really was dead. And Jesus’ disciples and His mother, Mary, were standing far off, watching all of this, and they were crying. Then they took him down off of the cross and wrapped His body in sheets, and they buried Him in a tomb, and they rolled the big rock in front of the door.

So Jesus died on a Friday, on Passover, and he was buried. And His body was in the tomb on Saturday, the second day. Then Sunday was the third day. Q: What did Jesus say would happen after he was killed?A: He would be raised back to life on the third day!The leaders of the Jews knew that Jesus had said that, so they had Pilate put Romans soldiers in front of the tomb to make sure that nobody would try to steal Jesus’ body and make up a lie that Jesus came back to life.

Really early on Sunday morning, the third day after Jesus was crucified, when the sun was about to come up, there was another earthquake because an angel of God came down and rolled away the big rock in front of the tomb. The angel looked like lightning, and the soldiers guarding the tomb were so scared that they fell down like they were dead! (They weren’t really dead, but they passed out – kind of like sleeping.)

Then some of the women who were Jesus’ disciples came to visit Jesus’ tomb. They saw that the tomb was open, and they looked inside and saw it was empty, that Jesus’ body wasn’t there anymore. They ran back to tell Peter and John, and those two ran to the tomb as fast as they could. Peter went in and saw the sheets that had been wrapped around Jesus’ dead body, but the sheets were just laying there, and Jesus was not there! But they still didn’t understand that Jesus had promised He would be raised back to life, so they went back home.

But the women stayed there, crying. Two angels showed up and said, “Don’t be afraid. I know you are looking for Jesus who was crucified. He is not here because He has risen, just like He said. Go quickly and tell His disciples that He has risen from the dead.” And the women ran quickly with great joy to tell Jesus’ disciples, and on the way, all of a sudden, Jesus met them and said, “Rejoice!” And they hugged Him and fell at His feet and worshiped Him!Q: Isn’t this amazing?!A: Yes!Q: Are you guys happy that Jesus came back to life?!A: Yes!

Q: How did it happen?! What happens to people who believe in God after they die?A: Their bodies are buried, but their spirits go to be with God in heaven.When Jesus breathed for the last time and died on the Cross, He said, “Father, into Your hands I give My spirit.” And Jesus’ spirit left His body (and His body died), and His spirit went to be with God in heaven. Then on the third day, God sent Jesus’ spirit back into His body that was buried in the tomb, and Jesus’ body was raised back to life! He was too holy to stay dead! Jesus beat death in His resurrection! Q: Do you remember Jesus saying, “I AM the Resurrection and the Life”?A: Yes!His resurrected body can never die again!


Q: Do you guys remember a long time ago, what we learned – what did God say to Satan in the snake right after he tricked Eve and Adam into sinning?

A: “A Man from Eve’s family will beat you!”Q: Who is that Man?A: Jesus!The way that Satan was winning was by getting everybody in the world to be sinners who had to die and go to Hades forever. The way that Jesus beat Satan was by never sinning, so that He could be punished instead of sinners, and God could forgive their sins, so that they would not have to be punished in Hades. If God forgives your sins because of Jesus’ death, then Satan can’t keep you in Hades. Jesus beat Satan because Jesus forgave our sins! And Jesus beat death!

Q: Do you believe this?!A: Yes!

Let’s sing!

We fix our eyes upon the crossAnd run to him who showed great loveAnd bled for usFreely you bled, for us

Christ is risen from the deadTrampling over death by deathCome awake, come awake!Come and rise up from the grave!

Christ is risen from the deadWe are one with Him againCome awake, come awake!Come and rise up from the grave!

O death! Where is your sting?O hell! Where is your victory?O Church! Come stand in the light!Our God is not dead! He’s alive! He’s alive!


112: THE RISEN CHRIST APPEARED TO HIS DISCIPLES

Q: What are some of the things that Jesus said on the cross?A: “Father, forgive them….”

“My God, my God, why have You left Me?”“It has been finished!”“Father, into Your hands I give My spirit.”

Q: Why did the Christ have to die?A: So God could be angry and punish Him for our sins instead of us, so that He could forgive us and

give us eternal life.

Q: Why did Jesus die on the same day as Passover?A: Because God was showing us that Jesus is the Passover Lamb who takes away the sins of the world!So Jesus died on a Friday, on Passover, and he was buried. And His body was in the tomb on Saturday, the second day. Then Sunday was the third day. Q: What did Jesus say would happen after he was killed?A: He would be raised back to life on the third day!Really early on Sunday morning, the third day after Jesus was crucified, when the sun was about to come up, there was another earthquake because an angel of God came down and rolled away the big rock in front of the tomb. Q: What did the angel look like?A: Lightning!Q: What did the soldiers guarding the tomb do?A: Fell down like they were dead!Q: Then who came to visit Jesus’ tomb?A: Some of the women who were His disciples.Q: When they looked inside, was Jesus’ body there?A: No!They ran back to tell the disciples, and they didn’t believe it. Peter and John ran to the tomb as fast as they could. Peter went in and saw the sheets that had been wrapped around Jesus’ dead body, but the sheets were just laying there, and Jesus was not there! But they still didn’t understand that Jesus had promised He would be raised back to life, so they went back home.

But the women stayed there, crying. Two angels showed up and said, “Don’t be afraid. I know you are looking for Jesus who was crucified.”Q: “He is not here, because _______ ”? A: “He has risen, just like He said!”Q: So the women ran quickly with great joy to tell Jesus’ disciples, and on the way, all of a sudden,

who met them?!A: Jesus! And He said, “Rejoice!” Q: What did they do?!A: They hugged Him and fell at His feet and worshiped Him!Q: Are you guys happy that Jesus came back to life?!A: Yes!

Q: How did it happen?! When Jesus breathed for the last time and died on the Cross, He said, “Father, into Your hands I give My spirit.” Q: Where did Jesus’ spirit go?A: To be with God in heaven! Then on the third day, God sent Jesus’ spirit back into His body that was buried in the tomb, and Jesus’ body was raised back to life! He was too holy to stay dead! Jesus beat death in His resurrection!


Q: Because Jesus told Lazarus’ sister, “I AM the _______ ”? A: “Resurrection and the Life!”Q: Can Jesus’ resurrected body ever die again?A: No!

After Jesus showed Himself alive again to the women disciples, there were two men, who were Jesus’ disciples, walking on the road leaving Jerusalem. They were really sad, talking to each other about all that had happened when Jesus was crucified and buried. They didn’t know that Jesus had been raised back to life; they didn’t know that Jesus had shown Himself to the women disciples. They thought He was still dead. All of a sudden, Jesus came and started walking with them! But God kept them from being able to recognize that it was Jesus; they thought it was somebody else they didn’t know. And He asked them, “What are you talking about?” And they said, “Are You the only One who doesn’t know what happened in Jerusalem? Jesus of Nazareth was a prophet who was powerful in the miracles He did and the words He spoke, but He was crucified. We were hoping He was the One to save Israel from our sins. But this is the third day since He was crucified. Some of the women in our group went to the tomb, but it was empty, and they said that saw two angels who said Jesus is alive! But Peter and John went to the empty tomb and did not see Jesus.” (Remember, they don’t know yet that Jesus showed Himself to the women later, and they don’t know that they are really talking to Jesus! Isn’t that crazy?)

Then He said to them, “Why are you so slow to believe in your hearts all the prophets said?” Then, while they were still walking on the road, He taught them everything in the Bible, the things that Moses and all the prophets wrote about how the Christ had to die and be raised. The two disciples hearts felt hot, because they were starting to believe that it was really true!

Then they got to the place they were going, and they invited Jesus to come in to eat with them. Jesus took the bread and blessed it and broke it and gave it to them – and then God made their eyes able to recognize that it was really Jesus! They knew He had been raised back to life! Then all of a sudden, Jesus disappeared from them! And they ran back to Jerusalem to tell the disciples, “The Lord really has been raised!” And they found out that Jesus had showed Himself to Peter, too!

While all the disciples were talking about this, all of a sudden, Jesus Himself stood there with them! He didn’t come through the door; He just showed up in the room! And they were scared and thought maybe they were only seeing a spirit. But Jesus said, “Why are you scared, and why did you doubt? Look at My hands and My feet; it’s really Me.” Q: Why do you think Jesus showed them His hands and His feet? (What had happened to His hands

and feet?)A: Because that’s where the nails went in when He was crucified. He still had marks from dying for them, so they knew it was really His body. And Jesus said, “Touch Me and see – a spirit doesn’t have skin and bones like you see that I have.” Q: Do you think the disciples were full of joy?!A: Yes!Jesus said, “Do you have anything here to eat?” They gave him some fish, and He ate it with them. Jesus did this to prove that He was not just a spirit. He proved that His real human body had been raised back from the dead, and He was alive on earth again!

Q: What did God say to Satan in the snake right after he tricked Eve and Adam into sinning?A: “A Man from Eve’s family will beat you!”Q: Who is that Man?A: Jesus!The way that Satan was winning was by getting everybody in the world to be sinners who had to die and go to Hades forever. Q: How did Jesus beat Satan? A: (1) By never sinning! (2) By dying for our sins, so God could forgive us and Satan couldn’t keep us in

Hades! (3) By being raised and beating death, so that he can make us live forever with Him when He


comes back!

Songs: Christ Is Risen, Mighty to Save (chorus/bridge)


113: THE RISEN CHRIST APPEARED TO THOMAS

Q: What are some of the things that Jesus said on the cross?A: “Father, forgive them….”

“My God, my God, why have You left Me?”“It has been finished!”“Father, into Your hands I give My spirit.”


give us eternal life.Q: Why did Jesus die on the same day as Passover?A: Because God was showing us that Jesus is the Passover Lamb who takes away the sins of the world!Q: What did Jesus say would happen after he was killed?A: He would be raised back to life on the third day!Q: Who were the first ones to see Jesus after His resurrection?A: Some of the women disciples!

After Jesus showed Himself alive again to the women disciples, there were two men, who were Jesus’ disciples, walking on the road leaving Jerusalem. They were really sad, talking to each other about all that had happened when Jesus was crucified and buried. Q: Did they know yet that Jesus had been raised back to life?A: No!Q: Did they know that Jesus had shown Himself to the women disciples?A: No!Q: Who all of a sudden came to walk beside them on the road?A: Jesus!Q: Did they recognize Him?A: No!They told Him why they were so sad, and He said to them, “Why are you so slow to believe in your hearts all the prophets said?” Then, while they were still walking on the road, He taught them everything in the Bible, the things that Moses and all the prophets wrote about how the Christ had to die and be raised. Q: What did the two disciples’ hearts feel like when He was teaching them?A: Hot!Because they were starting to believe it was really true!

Then they got to the place they were going, and they invited Jesus to come in to eat with them. Jesus took the bread and blessed it and broke it and gave it to them.Q: And then what happened?!A: God made their eyes able to recognize that it was really Jesus! They knew He had been raised back to life! Q: Then what did Jesus do?A: Disappeared!They ran back to Jerusalem to tell the disciples, “The Lord really has been raised!” And they found out that Jesus had showed Himself to Peter, too!

While all the disciples were talking about this, all of a sudden, Jesus Himself stood there with them! He didn’t come through the door; He just showed up in the room! Q: And they were scared and thought maybe they were only seeing a what?A: A spirit! But Jesus said, “Why are you scared, and why did you doubt?”Q: What did Jesus tell them to look at?A: He said, “Look at My hands and My feet; it’s really Me.”


Q: Why did Jesus show them His hands and His feet?A: Because that’s where the nails went in when He was crucified. He still had marks from dying for them, so they knew it was really His body. And Jesus said, “Touch Me and see – a spirit doesn’t have skin and bones like you see that I have.” Q: Do you think the disciples were full of joy?!A: Yes!Jesus said, “Do you have anything here to eat?” Q: What did they give Him?A: Fish!He ate it with them to prove that He was not just a spirit. He proved that His real human body had been raised back from the dead, and He was alive on earth again!


Hades! (3) By being raised and beating death, so that he can make us live forever with Him when He comes back!

One of the disciples was not with them when Jesus showed up in that room. His name was Thomas. After Jesus left again, then Thomas came, and the disciples told him, “We have seen the Lord!” But Thomas said, “I will never believe, unless I see in His hands the mark of the nails and put my finger on the mark of the nails and put my hand on His side.”Q: Do you think Thomas should have believed them even without seeing?A: Yes!Eight days later, even the doors were locked, Jesus all of a sudden stood in the room with them! He said, “Peace be with you.” Then He said to Thomas, “Put your finger here, and see My hands, and put your hand in My side. Do not disbelieve. Believe!”Q: Do you think Thomas believed now?A: Yes!Thomas said to Jesus, “My Lord and my God!”Q: Is Jesus God?A: Yes!Jesus said to Thomas, “Have you believed because you have seen Me? Happy are those who have not seen, but still believe.”Q: Have we seen Jesus yet?A: No.Q: But do we still believe that Jesus is the Son of God, and He died for our sins and was raised again

on the third day?A: Yes!Q: Are we happy because of that?A: Yes!

Songs: Nothing But the Blood, Christ Is Risen, Mighty to Save (chorus/bridge)


114: ANOTHER MIRACLE CATCH; I AM GOING BACK TO THE FATHER


give us eternal life.Q: Why did Jesus die on the same day as Passover?A: Because God was showing us that Jesus is the Passover Lamb who takes away the sins of the world!Q: What did Jesus say would happen after he was killed?A: He would be raised back to life on the third day!Q: Who were the first ones to see Jesus after His resurrection?A: Some of the women disciples!Q: Did the two disciples walking on the road recognize Jesus?A: No!Jesus taught them everything in the Bible, the things that Moses and all the prophets wrote about how the Christ had to die and be raised. Q: What did the two disciples’ hearts feel like when He was teaching them?A: Hot!Because they were starting to believe it was really true!Q: What happened when Jesus took the bread and blessed it and broke it and gave it to them?A: God made their eyes able to recognize that it was really Jesus! They knew He had been raised back to life!

Q: When Jesus showed up in the room with all the disciples, what did Jesus tell them to look at?A: He said, “Look at My hands and My feet; it’s really Me.” Q: Why did Jesus show them His hands and His feet?A: Because that’s where the nails went in when He was crucified. He still had marks from dying for them, so they knew it was really His body. And Jesus said, “Touch Me and see – a spirit doesn’t have skin and bones like you see that I have.” And the disciples were full of joy!Q: What did Jesus eat with them?A: Fish!He ate it with them to prove that He was not just a spirit. He proved that His real human body had been raised back from the dead, and He was alive on earth again!



Q: Who was the disciple who was not there when Jesus showed Himself to all of them in the house?A: Thomas!After Jesus left again, then Thomas came, and the disciples told him, “We have seen the Lord!” Q: But Thomas said, “I will never believe, unless I see” what?A: “The mark of the nails in His hands and put my finger on the mark of the nails and put my hand on

His side.”Q: Do you think Thomas should have believed them even without seeing?A: Yes!Eight days later, even the doors were locked, Jesus all of a sudden stood in the room with them! He said, “Peace be with you.”


Q: What did Jesus say to Thomas?A: “Put your finger here, and see My hands, and put your hand in My side. Do not disbelieve. Believe!”Q: What did Thomas say back to Jesus?A: “My Lord and my God!”Q: Is Jesus God?A: Yes!Jesus said to Thomas, “Have you believed because you have seen Me? Happy are those who have not seen, but still believe.”Q: Have we seen Jesus yet?A: No.Q: But do we still believe that Jesus is the Son of God, and He died for our sins and was raised again

on the third day?A: Yes!Q: Are we happy because of that?A: Yes!

Jesus left them again, and there was another time that seven of the disciples went fishing on the Sea of Galilee (Peter, Thomas, Nathanael, James, John and two more). And they fished all night, but they didn’t catch anything. When it was becoming morning, a Man stood on the beach and yelled out to them on the boat, “Do you have any fish?” They answered, “No!” The Man said, “Throw your net on the other side of the boat, and you will find some.” When they did it, they caught so many fish that they couldn’t pull the net into the boat! But the net didn’t break!Q: Who do you think the Man on the beach was?A: Jesus!Q: Do you remember that Jesus did a miracle fish catch when He first told Peter, Andrew, James, and

John to be His disciples?A: Yes!Once they realized that it was another miracle, John said to Peter, “It’s the Lord!” So Peter jumped in the water and started swimming to Jesus as fast as he could! The rest of the disciples came in the boat, pulling the net of fish. When they got to the beach, Jesus wanted to eat fish with them again. They counted the fish that Jesus’ miracle helped them catch, and there were 153 fish!Q: Isn’t that amazing?!

After Jesus’ resurrection, He kept teaching them lots of things about the Kingdom of God. Like He taught the two disciples on the road, He taught all the disciples how to understand the Bible – all the things that God told Moses and the prophets to write in the Bible about how the Christ had to die and be raised again.

And Jesus taught His disciples that He was going to leave the world and go back to be with His Father in heaven.Q: Do you think the disciples were sad to hear that Jesus was going to leave?A: Yes.Yes; they had left everything to follow Jesus for three-and-a-half years, and now He was going to leave them. But Jesus told them that it was better that He goes away, because He won’t leave us alone. He said, “I will ask the Father, and He will give you another Helper, the Spirit of Truth, and He will be in you. He will talk to you about Me and bring Me glory. And He will teach you all things. He will put peace in your heart and love and full joy!”

Q: Do you remember the hand actions we learn about the prophets’ promises?A: Yes!Let’s do them!Hands up in the air: God is big, everywhere, above the heavens!Hands on tummy: God promised to become a Man, the Christ!Hands out: The Christ would be killed on a Cross for our sins!


Crouch down: The Christ would be buried in the ground.Jump up, hands in the air: God would raise the Christ back to life to rule forever over the new heavens and new earth!Hands to hearts: God promised to give new hearts full of the Holy Spirit!Hands out: We will shine with God’s glory!


115: TELL ALL PEOPLES THE GOOD NEWS, AND I WILL COME BACK FOR YOU


give us eternal life.Q: What did Jesus say would happen after he was killed?A: He would be raised back to life on the third day! Q: Why did Jesus show His disciples His hands and His feet?A: Because that’s where the nails went in when He was crucified. He still had marks from dying for them, so they knew it was really His body.



Q: Who was the disciple who was not there when Jesus showed Himself to all of them in the house?A: Thomas!Q: When Thomas finally saw Jesus, what did Thomas say?A: “My Lord and my God!”

Jesus left them again, and there was another time that seven of the disciples went fishing on the Sea of Galilee, all night long.Q: Did they catch anything?A: No! Q: What did the Man on the beach tell them to do?A: “Throw your net on the other side of the boat, and you will find some.” Q: When they did it, what happened?A: They caught so many fish that they couldn’t pull the net into the boat! But the net didn’t break!Q: Once they realized that it was another miracle, what did John say to Peter?A: “It’s the Lord!” Q: What did Peter do?So Peter jumped in the water and started swimming to Jesus as fast as he could! The rest of the disciples came in the boat, pulling the net of fish. When they got to the beach, Jesus wanted to eat fish with them again (to prove He had a real human body that was resurrected). Q: How many fish did they count in Jesus’ miracle catch?A: 153!Q: Isn’t that amazing?!

After Jesus’ resurrection, He kept teaching them lots of things about the Kingdom of God. Like He taught the two disciples on the road, He taught all the disciples how to understand the Bible. Q: And Jesus taught His disciples that He was going to leave the world and go where?A: Back to be with His Father in heaven!Q: Do you think the disciples were sad to hear that Jesus was going to leave?A: Yes.Yes; they had left everything to follow Jesus for three-and-a-half years, and now He was going to leave them.


Q: Did Jesus say that would be better or worse, for Him to leave?A: Better!Q: Why?A: Because He’ll give us His Spirit!He said, “I will ask the Father, and He will give you another Helper, the Spirit of Truth, and He will be in you. He will talk to you about Me and bring Me glory. And He will teach you all things. He will put peace in your heart and love and full joy!”

Q: Do you remember the hand actions we learn about the prophets’ promises?A: Yes!Let’s do them!Hands up in the air: God is big, everywhere, above the heavens!Hands on tummy: God promised to become a Man, the Christ!Hands out: The Christ would be killed on a Cross for our sins!Crouch down: The Christ would be buried in the ground.Jump up, hands in the air: God would raise the Christ back to life to rule forever over the new heavens and new earth!Hands to hearts: God promised to give new hearts full of the Holy Spirit!Hands out: We will shine with God’s glory!

Before it gets to that, before we have new bodies on the New Earth with no sin and all glory, Jesus said that we have to go to all the places where they speak different languages and tell all those peoples the good news about who Jesus is and what He did for us, dying for our sins and being raised again. And we have to tell them to repent.Q: Do you remember – what does repent mean?A: To change your mind (about God and sins). Yeah, and to want to stop sinning. We have to tell them to repent and believe the good news of Jesus. And we get to promise them that, if they repent and believe in Jesus, then God will forgive their sins and give them His Spirit, so they can have eternal life. And we have to tell them that Jesus is coming back to be King over all the earth, and only His disciples get to live on the New Earth with Him, so they should become His disciples.

But Jesus warned His disciples that not everybody is going to believe the good news, because not everybody wants to repent. Some people want to just keep sinning and disobeying God.Q: That doesn’t sound good, does it?Jesus warned His disciples that some people will get really mad at you because you believe in Jesus and because you tell them to believe. Jesus said, “They will hate you because of Me. And they will kill some of you, just like they killed Me.” Jesus said, If they hurt you or try to kill you, you will still be happy because My Spirit will help you.

Jesus said that someone is going to come called the Antichrist. (He hasn’t come yet, but Jesus said the Antichrist will come.)Q: Can you say, “Antichrist”?Saying “anti” in front of Christ (“antichrist”) means that he is going to pretend to be the Christ, but really, he is the opposite of the Christ, and he is against Jesus. Just like God became a Man, Jesus Christ – Satan is going to come into the Antichrist, and Satan is going to help the Antichrist do miracles and trick people into thinking he’s the real Christ. And he’s going to rule the world, and people are going to worship him.Q: Should we worship anyone other than God the Father, Son, and Spirit?A: No!

So, Jesus said that the Antichrist and the people who hate Jesus and hate us because we believe in Jesus may hurt us or try to kill us. But even if we die, our spirits will go to be with God and Jesus in heaven. And, after the Antichrist comes and after Jesus’ disciples tell people in all the languages about Jesus, then Jesus promised He will come back to earth! Any of His disciples who have died, their spirits will come


back with Jesus, and He will resurrect their bodies. And any of His disciples who are still alive, we’ll fly up in the air to meet them, and we’ll get new bodies, perfect bodies, full of the glory of God! And we’ll shine and rule with Jesus on the New Earth forever!


116: THE FINAL PLAGUES AND THE SECOND COMING


give us eternal life.Q: What did Jesus say would happen after he was killed?A: He would be raised back to life on the third day! Q: Why did Jesus show His disciples His hands and His feet?A: Because that’s where the nails went in when He was crucified. He still had marks from dying for them, so they knew it was really His body.

Q: How did Jesus beat Satan? A: (1) By never sinning! (2) By dying for our sins, so God could forgive us and Satan couldn’t keep us in


Q: When Thomas finally saw Jesus, what did Thomas say?A: “My Lord and my God!”

Q: After Jesus’ resurrection, He taught His disciples that He was going to leave the world and go where?

A: Back to be with His Father in heaven!Q: Did Jesus say that would be better or worse, for Him to leave?A: Better!Q: Why?A: Because He’ll give us His Spirit!He said, “I will ask the Father, and He will give you another Helper, the Spirit of Truth, and He will be in you. He will talk to you about Me and bring Me glory. And He will teach you all things. He will put peace in your heart and love and full joy!”

Jesus said that we have to go to all the places where they speak different languages and tell all those peoples the good news about who Jesus is and what He did for us, dying for our sins and being raised again. And we have to tell them to repent.Q: What does repent mean?A: To change your mind (about God and sins). Yeah, and to want to stop sinning. We have to tell them to repent and believe the good news of Jesus. Q: What do we get to promise them? If they repent and believe in Jesus, what will God do for them?A: Forgive their sins and give them His Spirit, so they can have eternal life! And we have to tell them that Jesus is coming back to be King over all the earth.Q: Does everybody get to live on the New Earth with Jesus, or only His disciples?A: Only His disciples!So we have to tell them that they should become His disciples.

Q: Is everybody going to believe in Jesus?A: No.Q: Why not?A: Some people want to just keep sinning and disobeying God.Q: How will some of those people treat Jesus’ disciples?A: Some people will get really mad at you because you believe in Jesus and because you tell them to

believe. Jesus said, “They will hate you because of Me. And they will kill some of you, just like they killed Me.”

Jesus said, If they hurt you or try to kill you, you will still be happy because My Spirit will help you.

Jesus said that someone is going to come called the Antichrist. (He hasn’t come yet, but Jesus said the


Antichrist will come.)Q: What does it mean that he is not the Christ, but the Antichrist.A: He is going to pretend to be the Christ, but really, he is the opposite of the Christ, and he is against Jesus. Q: Who is going to come into the Antichrist to help him do miracles and trick people into thinking

he’s the real Christ?A: Satan.Q: What are people who won’t believe in the real Jesus going to do about the Antichrist?A: Worship him.And let him rule the whole world. So, Jesus said that the Antichrist and the people who hate Jesus and hate us because we believe in Jesus may hurt us or try to kill us. Q: But even if we die, where will our spirits go?A: To be with God and Jesus in heaven!

Jesus taught His disciples that once the Antichrist starts claiming to be God, then the real God is going to do plagues like He did against Pharaoh and the Egyptians during the Exodus. It will be like a New Exodus.Q: Do you remember – what is a plague?A: A punishment.God will punish the people who don’t believe and worship the Antichrist. He will give them boils.Q: Do you remember – what are boils?A: Sores (ouchies) on your skin that hurt.And God will turn rivers to blood and throw down big hail from heaven. And there will be a plague of locusts that sting the people who worship the Antichrist. And God will make lots of people who worship the Antichrist get sick and die.Q: Is God right to punish people like this?A: God is always right!Since God is holy and good, He has to punish sins.Q: What is the punishment for sin?A: To die.But God will also be showing mercy whenever someone gets sick or hurt, but doesn’t die. They deserve to die, but God is letting them live, telling them that they have to repent. But lots of people won’t repent. And they will meet the Antichrist at a place called Armageddon. Q: Can you say, “Armageddon”?They’ll meet at Armageddon, so that they can fight Jesus when He comes back.Q: Would that be a sin, to fight against Jesus?A: Yes! A really bad sin!

One of the last plagues is that God is going to make the sun and the moon stop shining, and the stars are going to fall to the earth, so it is going to be completely dark.Q: Do you remember when it was first completely dark on the earth? A: When God took away Lucifer’s light and threw him and the bad angels down to earth!It’s going to be like that again – completely dark. And then, there is going to be a Light shining in the East.Q: Who do you think that is?A: Jesus!Jesus is the Light of the world, coming into the darkness! Any of His disciples who have died, their spirits will come back with Jesus!Q: What will Jesus do about their dead bodies that were buried? A: He will resurrect their bodies! Q: What will happen to His disciples who are still alive when He comes back?A: They will fly up in the air to meet them! Q: And what will happen to their bodies?A: They’ll get new bodies, perfect bodies, full of the glory of God!


Q: After Jesus comes in the clouds, then where will He go?A: Down to earth!

We’ll talk next lesson about what will happen after Jesus comes down to earth.


117: ARMAGEDDON AND 1,000 YEARS

Q: How did Jesus beat Satan? A: (1) By never sinning! (2) By dying for our sins, so God could forgive us and Satan couldn’t keep us in


Q: After Jesus’ resurrection, He taught His disciples that He was going to leave the world and go where?

A: Back to be with His Father in heaven!Q: Did Jesus say that would be better or worse, for Him to leave?A: Better!Q: Why?A: Because He’ll give us His Spirit!

Q: What are we supposed to go tell people in all the different languages in the world?A: The good news about who Jesus is, that He died for our sins and was raised again!Q: What do we tell them they have to do?A: Repent and believe! Become Jesus’ disciples! Q: If they do, what do we get to promise them that God will do for them?A: Forgive their sins and give them His Spirit, so they can have eternal life! Q: Does everybody get to live on the New Earth with Jesus, or only His disciples?A: Only His disciples!Q: Is everybody going to believe in Jesus?A: No.Q: Why not?A: Some people want to just keep sinning and disobeying God.Q: How will some of those people treat Jesus’ disciples?A: Some people will get really mad at you because you believe in Jesus and because you tell them to

believe. Jesus said, “They will hate you because of Me. And they will kill some of you, just like they killed Me.”

Jesus said, If they hurt you or try to kill you, you will still be happy because My Spirit will help you.

Q: What is the name of the bad guy who Jesus said is going to come?A: Antichrist.Q: What does it mean that he is not the Christ, but the Antichrist?A: He is going to pretend to be the Christ, but really, he is the opposite of the Christ, and he is against Jesus. Q: Who is going to come into the Antichrist to help him do miracles and trick people into thinking


Jesus taught His disciples that once the Antichrist starts claiming to be God, then the real God is going to do plagues like He did against Pharaoh and the Egyptians during the Exodus. It will be like a New Exodus.Q: What is a plague?A: A punishment.God will punish the people who don’t believe and worship the Antichrist. He will give them boils and


turn rivers to blood and throw down big hail from heaven. And there will be a plague of locusts that sting the people who worship the Antichrist. There will be lots of other plagues. And God will make lots of people who worship the Antichrist get sick and die.Q: Is God right to punish people like this?A: God is always right!Since God is holy and good, He has to punish sins. But lots of people won’t repent.Q: What is the name of the place they’ll meet with the Antichrist to fight against Jesus when He

comes back?A: Armageddon

Q: What is God going to do to the sun, moon, and stars for one of the last plagues?A: Make them stop shining, and the stars will fall to the earth, so it will be completely dark!Q: Then who will come shining in the East?A: Jesus!Jesus is the Light of the world, coming into the darkness! Q: Who will come back with Jesus, riding on the clouds?A: The angels and His disciples who have died; their spirits will come back with Jesus!Q: What will Jesus do about their dead bodies that were buried? A: He will resurrect their bodies! Q: What will happen to His disciples who are still alive when He comes back?A: They will fly up in the air to meet them! Q: And what will happen to their bodies?A: They’ll get new bodies, perfect bodies, full of the glory of God! Q: After Jesus comes in the clouds, then where will He go?A: Down to earth!

Then the people who don’t want Jesus to be King, who worship the Antichrist and want him to be king, those people are going to fight against Jesus and His angels and His disciples! But Jesus is going to kill them with the breath of His mouth. I don’t know if He’s going to breathe on them, so that they are killed, or if He is going to say a word, but Jesus will win without any of us even getting hurt.

Then God is going to lock Satan in Hades, like a prison, so that he can’t get out for 1,000 years, so that he can’t trick people for 1,000 years. And Jesus is going to rule over all the earth, and everyone who had believed in Jesus are going to rule with Him. And we will be fixing the earth from all the plagues and from the Antichrist being such a bad ruler. We’ll be getting the earth ready for God the Father to come down and live after the 1,000 years are over.Q: Does that sound good?A: Yes!

Next lesson, I’ll tell you want will happen after the 1,000 years. More really serious things have to happen before God the Father can come down and make the New Earth perfect and full of glory forever.


118: THE JUDGMENT AND THE NEW EARTH

Q: What is the name of the bad guy who Jesus said is going to come?A: Antichrist.Q: What does it mean that he is not the Christ, but the Antichrist?A: He is going to pretend to be the Christ, but really, he is the opposite of the Christ, and he is against Jesus. Q: Who is going to come into the Antichrist to help him do miracles and trick people into thinking


Jesus taught His disciples that once the Antichrist starts claiming to be God, then the real God is going to do plagues like He did against Pharaoh and the Egyptians during the Exodus. It will be like a New Exodus.Q: What are some of the plagues that God is going to do against the Antichrist and the people who worship him?A: Boils. Rivers to blood. Huge hail. Locusts that sting. Sickness and death.Q: Will they repent because of God’s punishments?A: No.Q: What is the name of the place they’ll meet with the Antichrist to fight against Jesus when He


Q: What is God going to do to the sun, moon, and stars for one of the last plagues?A: Make them stop shining, and the stars will fall to the earth, so it will be completely dark!Q: Then who will come shining in the East?A: Jesus!Q: Who will come back with Jesus, riding on the clouds?A: The angels and His disciples who have died; their spirits will come back with Jesus!Q: What will Jesus do about their dead bodies that were buried? A: He will resurrect their bodies! Q: What will happen to His disciples who are still alive when He comes back?A: They will fly up in the air to meet them! Q: And what will happen to their bodies?A: They’ll get new bodies, perfect bodies, full of the glory of God! Q: After Jesus comes in the clouds, then where will He go?A: Down to earth!

Q: What are the Antichrist and his people going to do to Jesus when He comes down to earth?A: Fight against him (and His angels and His disciples).Q: What is Jesus going to do?A: Kill them with the breath of His mouth.Jesus will win without any of us even getting hurt.

Q: Then what is going to happen to Satan?A: God is going to lock Satan in Hades, like a prison.Q: For how long?A: 1,000 years, so that he can’t trick people for 1,000 years.


Q: What is Jesus going to do for those 1,000 years?A: Rule the earth!Q: What are His disciples going to do for those 1,000 years?A: Rule the earth with Jesus.We will be fixing the earth from all the plagues and from the Antichrist being such a bad ruler. Q: Who are we getting the earth ready for?A: God the Father!

After the 1,000 years, God is going to let Satan out of Hades, and Satan is going to trick people into fighting against Jesus and His disciples again. And they are going to start marching toward Jerusalem to fight, but then all of a sudden, fire is going to fall from heaven and kill them. None of us will get hurt. And God is going to throw Satan into a place called the Lake of Fire. Q: What does a regular lake have in it?A: WaterBut this will be a lake full of fire. It’s also called hell. And Satan is going to be punished in the Lake of Fire forever. He’ll never get out, and he’ll never be able to hurt or trick any of God’s people ever again.Q: Does that sound good?A: Yes.

Then, all the sinners who didn’t believe in Jesus, whose spirits were in Hades – their bodies are going to be resurrected; their spirits are going to go back into their bodies, and they are going to stand before God and Jesus to be judged.Q: Do you know what it means to be judged?A: It’s when God and Jesus decide if you are right or wrong, sinful or holy, if you really believed and

will be saved, or if you did not believe and will be punished forever. Q: Will God know the truth about every single person?A: Yes.

Now, Hades is going to be empty, and so Hades is going to be thrown into hell, the Lake of Fire. And God is going to open a book called the Lamb’s Book of Life. It’s the Book that belongs to the Lamb, to Jesus.Q: Do you remember the Book of Life? If your name is written in the Lamb’s Book of Life, what

happens to you?A: You get to live on the New Earth with God forever!Right! But these people being judged are the sinners who did not believe in Jesus; their names are not written in the Lamb’s Book of Life, so they will be thrown into the Lake of Fire to be punished forever. Q: Do you remember the Parable of the Wheat and Weeds? How Jesus said He would gather the

weeds and burn them in the fire?A: Yes.He was talking about hell, about the Lake of Fire. They will never get out, and they will always know that they are being punished for not believing or obeying Jesus. And it will hurt, and they will cry, because they will never be with God, and they will never be happy, ever.Q: Does that sound bad?A: Yes.

After all of the people who didn’t want Jesus to be King and Satan and the Antichrist are all in the Lake of Fire, then God the Father will come down and live on the earth with us forever! And it will be like a New Earth, because there will be no more sin, and nothing wrong, and everything will be perfect! We’ll never cry again. We’ll never hurt. We’ll never die. God will say, “Come into the joy of Your Master!” We will be happy forever, living with God and with King Jesus. And we’ll worship Him forever! And everything will be full of God’s glory!Q: Do you guys want that?A: Yes!Me, too!Songs: “Come, Lord Jesus” and “We’ll Praise Your Name Forever”


119: THE GREAT COMMISSION AND THE ASCENSION

Q: What is the name of the bad guy who Jesus said is going to come?A: Antichrist.Q: Who is going to come into the Antichrist?A: Satan.Q: What is going to help the Antichrist do? A: Miracles and tricking people into thinking he’s the real Christ.Q: What are people who won’t believe in the real Jesus going to do about the Antichrist?A: Worship him.And let him rule the whole world. Then God is going to do plagues, but they still won’t repent.Q: What is the name of the place they’ll meet with the Antichrist to fight against Jesus when He


Q: What is God going to do to the sun, moon, and stars for one of the last plagues?A: Make them stop shining, and the stars will fall to the earth, so it will be completely dark!Q: Then who will come shining in the East?A: Jesus!Q: What are the Antichrist and his people going to do to Jesus when He comes down to earth?A: Fight against him (and His angels and His disciples).Q: What is Jesus going to do?A: Kill them with the breath of His mouth.

Q: Then what is going to happen to Satan?A: God is going to lock Satan in Hades, like a prison.Q: For how long?A: 1,000 years, so that he can’t trick people for 1,000 years. Q: What is Jesus going to do for those 1,000 years?A: Rule the earth!Q: What are His disciples going to do for those 1,000 years?A: Rule the earth with Jesus! We will be fixing the earth.Q: Who are we getting the earth ready for?A: God the Father!

Q: After the 1,000 years, what is God going to do with Satan?A: Let him out of Hades.Q: Then what will Satan do?A: Trick people into fighting against Jesus and His disciples again. And they are going to start marching toward Jerusalem to fight.Q: But then what will happen?A: Fire is going to fall from heaven and kill them. Q: Where is God going to throw Satan?A: The Lake of Fire. Q: What’s another name for the Lake of Fire? (Starts with an “h”.) A: Hell. Q: Will Satan ever get out of the Lake of Fire?A: No.He’ll be punished there forever and ever. He’ll never be able to hurt or trick any of God’s people ever again.

Then, all the sinners who didn’t believe in Jesus, whose spirits were in Hades – their bodies are going to be resurrected; their spirits are going to go back into their bodies, and they are going to stand before God and Jesus to be judged.


Q: What does it mean to be judged?A: It’s when God and Jesus decide if you are right or wrong, sinful or holy, if you really believed and

will be saved, or if you did not believe and will be punished forever. Now, Hades is going to be empty.Q: Where will Hades be thrown?A: Into the Lake of Fire.And God is going to open a book.Q: What’s it called? A: The Lamb’s Book of Life. It’s the Book that belongs to the Lamb, to Jesus.Q: If your name is written in the Lamb’s Book of Life, what happens to you?A: You get to have eternal life on the New Earth with God forever!Right! But these people being judged are the sinners who did not believe in Jesus; their names are not written in the Lamb’s Book of Life.Q: Where will these people be thrown?A: Into the Lake of Fire.Q: Will they ever get out?A: No. They’ll be punished for their sins forever and ever.And it will hurt, and they will cry, because they will never be with God, and they will never be happy, ever.

Q: After all of the people who didn’t want Jesus to be King and Satan and the Antichrist are all in the Lake of Fire, then who is going to come down to earth?

A: God the Father! To live on the earth with us forever! Q: Will there be any more sin?A: No!Q: Will anything ever be wrong?A: No!Q: Will we ever hurt again?A: No!Q: Will we ever cry again?A: No!Q: Will anybody ever die again?A: No!It will be like a New Earth! Everything will be perfect! God will say, “Come into the joy of Your Master!” We will be happy forever, living with God and with King Jesus. And we’ll worship Him forever! And everything will be full of God’s glory!

Q: Do we want that?A: Yes!Q: Do we want anyone to go to the Lake of Fire?A: No!That’s why Jesus said this to all of His disciples before He went back to be with His Father in heaven. First, He said, “All authority in heaven and on earth was given to Me.”Q: What is authority?A: Authority is the right to rule. Jesus was saying that the right to rule and be in charge of everything in heaven and everything on earth was given to Him.Q: Who do you think gave Him the authority?A: God the Father!Right! Jesus said, “All authority in heaven and on earth was given to Me. So, go, make disciples of all the peoples, baptizing them into the Name of the Father and of the Son and of the Holy Spirit, teaching them to obey all that I commanded you.”


Q: Do you think everybody in all the different languages should be Jesus’ disciples?A: Yes!Jesus was saying, “Go, tell them!” Jesus said, “Go, tell people in all of the different languages to repent and believe into Me and become My disciples, so that they can be forgiven of their sins! And then be teaching them all that I commanded, so that can obey Me and worship Me forever!”

The disciples were maybe wondering, “How can I do that?” So Jesus gave them a promise, “Behold, I AM with you all the days.” Jesus promised that He would send His Spirit to be in His disciple’s hearts. Jesus promised to be with them because His Spirit is with them. And He said that His Spirit would give us the love and the power to be brave and tell everyone about Jesus. He told His disciples to wait in Jerusalem until they were given the Holy Spirit.

Then they went up on a mountain, and all of sudden, Jesus started floating up into the sky, and then He disappeared behind a cloud, and He went into the third heaven to sit on God’s throne!Q: Isn’t that amazing?!A: Yes!Then two angels showed up and told them, “This Jesus will come back from heaven in the same kind of way that you saw Him go into heaven” (riding on the clouds!).

That’s where Jesus is now! Ruling on God’s throne. Jesus is in charge of everything in heaven and everything on earth! And while we are waiting for Him to come back to earth, our job is to be disciples and make disciples – to believe and obey Jesus and teach other people to believe and obey Jesus.


120: PENTECOST

Q: After the 1,000 years, what is God going to do with Satan?A: Let him out of Hades.Q: Then what will Satan do?A: Trick people into fighting against Jesus and His disciples again. And they are going to start marching toward Jerusalem to fight.Q: But then what will happen?A: Fire is going to fall from heaven and kill them. Q: Where is God going to throw Satan?A: The Lake of Fire. Q: What’s another name for the Lake of Fire? A: Hell. Q: Will Satan ever get out of the Lake of Fire?A: No.

Then, all the sinners who didn’t believe in Jesus will be resurrected, and they are going to stand before God and Jesus to be judged.Q: What does it mean to be judged?A: It’s when God and Jesus decide if you really believed and will be saved, or if you did not believe and

will be punished forever. And God is going to open a book.Q: What’s it called? A: The Lamb’s Book of Life. Q: If your name is written in the Lamb’s Book of Life, what happens to you?A: You get to have eternal life on the New Earth with God forever!Right! But these people being judged are the sinners who did not believe in Jesus; their names are not written in the Lamb’s Book of Life.Q: Where will these people be thrown?A: Into the Lake of Fire.Q: Will they ever get out?A: No. They’ll be punished for their sins forever and ever.And it will hurt, and they will cry, because they will never be with God, and they will never be happy, ever.

Q: Do we want anyone to go to the Lake of Fire?A: No!Q: So, what did Jesus say before He went back to heaven? What is the new word we learned? What

did Jesus say was given to Him? All… ?A: Authority!Q: What is authority?A: Right to rule! Right to be in charge!Q: “All authority in _______ and on _______ was given to Me.”A: Heaven! … Earth!Jesus was saying that the right to rule and be in charge of everything in heaven and everything on earth was given to Him.Q: Who gave Him the authority?A: God the Father!Right! Jesus said, “All authority in heaven and on earth was given to Me.”Q: “So, go, make _______” ? “So go, make disciples of all the peoples, baptizing them into the Name of the Father and of the Son and of the Holy Spirit, teaching them to obey all that I commanded you.”Q: Do you think everybody in all the different languages should be Jesus’ disciples?A: Yes!


Jesus was saying, “Go, tell them!” Q: What are we supposed to tell them?A: About Jesus!Q: Who do we tell them He is?A: The Christ, the Son of the living God!Q: What do we tell them He did?A: Died for sins and was raised again!Q: What do we tell them to do?A: Repent and believe!Q: What do we promise will happen if they repent and believe?A: God will forgive their sins and give them eternal life!Q: If they want to become Jesus’ disciples, what do we teach them?A: To obey all that Jesus commanded!

The disciples were maybe wondering, “How can I do that?” So Jesus gave them a promise, “Behold, I AM with you all the days.” Jesus promised that He would send His Spirit to be in His disciple’s hearts. Jesus promised to be with them because His Spirit is with them. And He said that His Spirit would give us the love and the power to be brave and tell everyone about Jesus. Q: Where were the disciples supposed to wait until they were given the Holy Spirit?A: Jerusalem!

Then they went up on a mountain.Q: And what did Jesus do?A: Started floating up into the sky, and then He disappeared behind a cloud!Q: Where did He go and sit?A: He went into the third heaven to sit on God’s throne!Then two angels showed up and told them, “This Jesus will come back from heaven in the same kind of way that you saw Him go into heaven” (riding on the clouds!).Q: While we are waiting for Him to come back to earth, our job is what two things?A: To be disciples and make disciples – to believe and obey Jesus and teach other people to believe and

obey Jesus.

Seven days after Jesus went up to heaven, there were about 120 disciples praying together in the same place. And all of a sudden, a sound like a strong wind came from heaven and filled the whole house were they were sitting. And something that looked like tongues of fire came and rested on each of them!Q: Do you think it was real fire?A: No!It just looked like fire!Q: What do you think was happening?A: They were receiving the Holy Spirit!The Bible says, “They were all filled with the Holy Spirit!”Q: Isn’t that amazing?!God the Spirit came into their hearts! They were born again and given new hearts! Now they knew God, because He was living inside them! Just like prophets and Jesus promised!Q: And guess what?!The Holy Spirit make them able to speak in different languages! They didn’t know the languages usually, but the Spirit was speaking through them in different languages. So they went outside into Jerusalem where there were lots of people visiting from different places, so those people spoke different languages. And the Holy Spirit helped the disciples tell all of these different people the good news about Jesus! And the people were amazed to hear these Israelites speaking in their different languages.

Because everyone was watching this happen, Peter stood in front of everyone and talked loudly for everyone to hear, “People of Israel, listen to me! You know that God did miracles through Jesus. You crucified and killed Jesus, and it was God’s plan. But God raised Him up, because Jesus couldn’t be held


down by death, just like the prophet David said! And we have seen Jesus alive again! And Jesus is ruling on God’s throne, and He has given the promised Holy Spirit to His disciples, just like you are seeing and hearing today. You crucified Jesus, but God has made Him both Lord and Christ!”Q: Do you think Peter did a good job telling them about Jesus?A: Yes!Because he was full of the Holy Spirit! The Spirit was helping him!

When a lot of them heard what Peter said, it made their hearts hurt to know that they were part of the reason that the Christ was crucified. They asked, “What do we do?” Peter said, “Repent and believe! And be baptized because of the forgiveness of your sins. And you will receive the gift of the Holy Spirit!” Peter said, “The promise is for you and your children!”

Q: Can you guess how many people believed and were baptized?A: About 3,000!And all those people were filled with the Spirit, and they all started being the Church together, sharing with each other, eating together, praying together, learning from the apostles how to obey Jesus, and going out to make disciples of all the different languages!


121: PERSONAL PENTECOST

Q: What did Jesus say before He went back to heaven? What is the new word we learned? What did Jesus say was given to Him? All… ?

A: Authority!Q: What is authority?A: Right to rule! Right to be in charge!Q: “All authority in _______ and on _______ was given to Me.”A: Heaven! … Earth!Jesus was saying that the right to rule and be in charge of everything in heaven and everything on earth was given to Him.Q: Who gave Him the authority?A: God the Father!Right! Jesus said, “All authority in heaven and on earth was given to Me.”Q: “So, go, make _______” ? “So go, make disciples of all the peoples, baptizing them into the Name of the Father and of the Son and of the Holy Spirit, teaching them to obey all that I commanded you.”Q: Do you think everybody in all the different languages should be Jesus’ disciples?A: Yes!And Jesus gave them a promise, “Behold, I AM with you all the days.” Jesus promised that He would send His Spirit to be in His disciple’s hearts. Then they went up on a mountain.Q: And what did Jesus do?A: Started floating up into the sky, and then He disappeared behind a cloud!Q: Where did He go and sit?A: He went into the third heaven to sit on God’s throne!Then two angels showed up and told them, “This Jesus will come back from heaven in the same kind of way that you saw Him go into heaven” (riding on the clouds!).Q: While we are waiting for Him to come back to earth, our job is what two things?A: To be disciples and make disciples.Q: What is a disciple?A: A learner!Q: What does a disciple do?A: Follows his teacher to learn to be like his teacher.

Seven days after Jesus went up to heaven, there were about 120 disciples praying together in the same place. Q: All of a sudden, what kind of sound filled the house?A: Like a strong wind!Q: What came and rested on each of them?A: Something that looked like tongues of fire came and rested on each of them!Q: Was it real fire?A: No! It just looked like fire!Q: What was happening?A: They were receiving the Holy Spirit!The Bible says, “They were all filled with the Holy Spirit!” Q: Is the Holy Spirit God?A: Yes!God the Spirit came into their hearts! They were born again and given new hearts! Now they knew God, because He was living inside them! Just like prophets and Jesus promised!Q: What did the Holy Spirit make them able to do?A: Speak in different languages! They didn’t know the languages usually, but the Spirit was speaking through them in different languages. So they went outside into Jerusalem where there were lots of people visiting from different places, so those people spoke different languages.


Q: What did the disciples tell all of these different people in their different languages?A: The good news about Jesus! And the people were amazed to hear these Israelites speaking in their different languages.

Q: Because everyone was watching this happen, who stood up to explain it?A: Peter!“People of Israel, listen to me! You know that God did miracles through Jesus. You crucified and killed Jesus, and it was God’s plan. But God raised Him up, because Jesus couldn’t be held down by death, just like the prophet David said! And we have seen Jesus alive again! And Jesus is ruling on God’s throne, and He has given the promised Holy Spirit to His disciples, just like you are seeing and hearing today.”Q: “You crucified Jesus, but God has made Him both ____ and ____ ”?A: “Lord and Christ!”Q: Who was helping Peter tell them about Jesus?A: The Holy Spirit!

Q: How did the people feel when they heard what Peter said?A: It made their hearts hurt to know that they were part of the reason that the Christ was crucified. They asked, “What do we do?” Q: What did Peter say?A: “Repent and believe!”“And be baptized because of the forgiveness of your sins.”Q: “And you will receive the gift of the ____ ”?A: “Holy Spirit!” Peter said, “The promise is for you and your children!”

Q: How many people believed and were baptized?A: About 3,000!And all those people were filled with the Spirit, and they all started being the Church together, sharing with each other, eating together, praying together, learning from the apostles how to obey Jesus, and going out to make disciples of all the different languages!

Q: Are you a sinner?A: Yes.I'm a sinner, too. Everybody is. Q: What are some of the sins that you've done?A: Disobeyed Mom/Dad, dishonored Mom/Dad, lied, stole, mean, selfish.I've done all of those. Even more than you. Q: Are those sins only sins against people, or are they sins against God?A: God.Because God is the only Holy One who decides what we must do and not do, and He's the One who is really in charge of all of us, because He made us and keeps us alive.Q: Do you feel sorry for your sins?A: Yes.Q: Do you want to keep sinning?A: No.Q: Do you want to not sin and obey God?A: Yes.Q: Does that mean you repent?A: Yes. Q: What is the punishment for sin?A: To die.Q: Is it mercy that you are still alive?A: Yes.Q: Where should you go after you die, like all sinners?


A: Hades.Q: And then where should you go after the 1,000 years when sinners are judged?A: The Lake of Fire.Q: What is the only way that God can forgive all of your sins?A: Jesus.Q: Who is Jesus?A: The Christ, the Son of the living God!Q: Do you believe in Jesus?A: Yes!Q: Did Jesus ever sin?A: No!Q: Why did Jesus die on the Cross?A: To be punished for my sins instead of me.Q: Are you sad that God had to be angry at Jesus instead of you?A: Yes.Q: Are you thankful that Jesus did that for you?A: Yes!Q: What happened to Jesus after He died?A: He was raised back to life!Q: Where is He now?A: On God's throne in heaven.Q: What is He doing?A: Ruling!Q: Do you think Jesus should be in charge of your life?A: Yes.Q: Do you what it means to be a disciple?A: Learn to be like Jesus. Q: Do you remember that Jesus said that if anyone wants to be His disciple, he must deny Himself?A: Yes. Q: Do you remember what it means to deny yourself?A: To not be selfish. To not want anything more than you want to obey God and make Him happy. Q: Do you want to be Jesus’ disciple?A: Yes. Q: Do you want to deny yourself? To let Jesus be in charge of you?A: Yes.

That's awesome, buddy. Mom and I want Jesus to be in charge of us. We don't do whatever we want to do, to be selfish. We read the Bible and pray and ask the Spirit to tell us what to do. Because we believe Jesus is the greatest. Better than everything else! So we want Jesus to be the most important thing in our lives. Q: Do you want Jesus to be the most important Person in your life?A: Yes. Q: Do you want me and mom to help you be a disciple of Jesus?A: Yes.

Q: Do you want me to pray for you right now and ask God to fill you with the Holy Spirit, so that you'll be born again and be a disciple of Jesus?

A: Yes.


Theology 101 for Kids! - Project one28projectone28.com/Theology101forKids.pdf · Theology 101 for...

Documents

Transcript of Theology 101 for Kids! - Project one28projectone28.com/Theology101forKids.pdf · Theology 101 for...